2008-2009 Grad Catalog
G R A D U AT E C ATA L O G
2008 – 2009
President’s Message
Graduate education at WPI focuses on the highest ideals of university education: the
mastery of important information and the creation of new knowledge.
A national doctoral university with a heritage of educational innovation, WPI delivered
its first graduate program in 1893. Today the university offers an array of master’s and
doctoral degree programs in engineering, science, and management, which are pursued,
part-time (for practicing professionals) or full-time, on campus and via distance learning,
by a diverse population of students from more than 70 nations.
Three qualities distinguish WPI’s graduate programs. First, they are marked by a high
degree of interdisciplinary collaboration. WPI has long been known as a place where
ideas, innovation, and discovery freely cross disciplinary boundaries. Increasingly, the
collaborative spirit at WPI is being expanded to include exciting academic and research
partnerships with industry, government laboratories, and other universities. Our new
Life Sciences and Bioengineering Center has been expressly designed to promote research
across disciplines and to facilitate external research and development partnerships.
Second, WPI graduate students benefit from their close interactions with an
extraordinarily gifted and accomplished faculty. Among the ranks of WPI’s tenured
and tenure track faculty, 95 percent of whom hold doctoral degrees, are 18 recipients
of the National Science Foundation’s CAREER Award (the highest honor for young
faculty), 12 winners of Fulbright scholarships, and more than 40 fellows of national and
international professional societies and organizations.
Finally, WPI’s graduate programs place an important emphasis on meaningful, practical
applications of science, technology, and management a tradition that can be traced to
our founding in 1865. Our graduates emerge with the knowledge and skills to pursue
exciting careers in a range of fields – from bioinformatics to software engineering to
information security to fire protection engineering.
I invite you to learn more about WPI’s exceptional graduate and research programs. I
am confident that you will find that they offer you the knowledge, the skills, and the
experience you will need for advanced study, for career development, and, ultimately, for
making a difference in the world.
i
Sincerely,
Dennis D. Berkey
Table of Contents
President’s Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i
Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Graduate Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Graduate Programs by Department. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Graduate Programs by Degree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Graduate and Advanced Graduate Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Corporate and Professional Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Advanced Distance Learning Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Admission Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Application Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Grading System and Academic Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Registration Information and Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Degree Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Theses and Dissertations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Student Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Academic Departments and Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Biology and Biotechnology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Biomedical Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Chemical Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Chemistry and Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Civil and Environmental Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Computer and Communications Networks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Computer Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Electrical and Computer Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Fire Protection Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Interdisciplinary Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Manufacturing Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Materials Process Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Materials Science and Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Mathematical Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Mechanical Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Physics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Social Science & Policy Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Campus Telephone Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Campus Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Campus Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Academic Calendar
2008–2009
The graduate academic calendar is divided into fall, spring and summer semesters. The
undergraduate academic calendar is divided into seven-week terms: the fall semester
terms, A and B; the spring semester terms, C and D. Term E is the summer semester.
Details of the WPI academic calendar, including dates on which graduate classes begin
and end for each semester, appear below.
2008
2009
August 18
Teaching Assistants
Graduate Student Orientation
January 12
Graduate Student Orientation
May 26 (tentative)
Summer session classes begin
January 13
Teaching Assistant training (new TA’s only)
June 3
Deadline for filing application for
graduation for October 2009
August 19
Teaching Assistant training (new TA’s only)
August 28
First day of classes, Term A
(undergraduates)
August 29
Graduate Student Orientation
September 2
Graduate classes begin, Fall semester
October 16
Last day of classes, Term A
(undergraduates)
October 28
First day of classes, Term B
(undergraduates)
October 26
Deadline for filing application for
graduation for February 2008
November 25–30
Thanksgiving recess
December 18
Term B classes end
(undergraduates)
December 19
Graduate classes end, Fall semester
January 15
First day of classes, Term C
(undergraduates)
January 19
Martin Luther King Day (no classes)
January 20
Graduate classes begin, Spring semester
July 30 (tentative)
Last day of classes, 10-week summer
courses
February 11
Deadline for filing application for
graduation for May 2009
March 6
Last day of classes, Term C
(undergraduates)
March 16
First day of classes, Term D
April 1
Graduate Research Achievement Day
(GRAD 2009)
April 20
Patriots Day (no classes)
May 1
Graduate classes end, Spring semester
May 5
Last day of classes, Term D
(undergraduates)
May 16
Spring 2009 commencement
Academic Calendar
July 9 (tentative)
Last day of classes, 7-week summer courses
Graduate Information
Sessions
Campus Center, 6 p.m.
Thursday, August 21, 2008
Thursday, September 25, 2008
Wednesday, January 7, 2009
Wednesday, March 11, 2009
Wednesday, May 6, 2009
Thursday, August 20, 2009
Graduate Calendar
2008–2009
AUG
SEPTEMBER 1
LABOR DAY
SEPT
OCT
FALL
NOV
NOVEMBER 27
THANKSGIVING
DEC
JAN
JANUARY 19
MARTIN LUTHER
KING DAY
FEB
S M T W R F S
S M T W R F S
27
28
29
30
31
1
2
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
29
30
31
1
2
3
4
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
26
27
28
29
30
1
2
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
26
27
28
29
30
31
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
30
1
2
3
4
5
6
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
28
29
30
31
1
2
3
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
26
27
28
29
30
31
1
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUNE
JULY
AUG
SPRING
APRIL 20
PATRIOTS DAY
Graduation
MAY 25
MEMORIAL DAY
May 29 =
MONDAY schedule
SUMMER
JULY 3
INDEPENDENCE
DAY (observed)
Graduate Calendar About the University and the Community
Graduate Study at WPI
WPI, the nation’s third oldest independent technological university, was also
among the first to recognize the need to
provide science, engineering, and management professionals with graduate-level
educational opportunities on a part- and
full-time basis.
Opportunities for graduate study at the
university include master’s and doctoral
degree programs, graduate certificates, and
advanced study for non-degree students.
Off-campus study, available in several
academic areas through WPI’s Advanced
Distance Learning Network, brings graduate education to the workplace or home.
At WPI, part-time graduate students
benefit from the same faculty and academic quality as full-time students. In
addition, all graduate students have access
to the same state-of-the-art facilities and
modern laboratories, including the new
125,000-square-foot Life Sciences and
Bioengineering Center. This facility, home
to graduate research programs from four
academic departments, is the first building
to be built at Gateway Park, an 11-acre
life sciences-based campus the university is
developing a short distance from campus.
WPI addresses the requirements of fulltime students, technically-oriented professionals, and secondary school educators
with a wide range of advanced courses and
programs known for their flexibility, quality, and optimal accessibility.
The University
Since its founding in 1865, WPI has
emphasized the application of theoretical
knowledge to practical, real-world problems, an approach to education reflected
in the university’s motto: Lehr und Kunst,
or Theory and Practice. The university
awarded its first master of science degree
(in electrical engineering) in 1893. Its
first doctoral degree (in natural science)
was granted in 1904. New programs have
been added regularly in response to the
growing capabilities of the university and
the changing needs of the professions.
Currently, WPI offers nearly 50 master’s
and doctoral programs.
More than 40 years ago, responding to
the demanding work schedules of professionals, WPI developed the first of what
is today an extensive array of part-time
graduate programs. Each is designed to accommodate the professional development
needs of those with significant career and
family commitments.
The current student body of 3,700 includes more than 1,000 graduate students.
They are taught by approximately 320
faculty.
Colleges of Worcester
Consortium
Through the Colleges of Worcester Consortium. the area’s 20,000 students have
access to all the educational benefits of
13 public and private accredited colleges
and universities in central Massachusetts,
including eight four-year colleges with
graduate programs, a medical school,
and a veterinary school, as well as several
other specialized institutions in the area.
Consortium members and associates
whose facilities and programs have been
particularly useful to WPI graduate students include Assumption College, Clark
University, College of the Holy Cross, the
Cummings School of Veterinary Medicine
at Tufts University, the University of Massachusetts Medical School, and Worcester
State College. Cross-registration in courses
and the use of special laboratory facilities
are encouraged. The consortium operates
a free bus service for transporting students
between the colleges.
About the University and the Community
Locations
WPI is set on an 80-acre hilltop campus
situated in a residential section of Worcester, Massachusetts, New England’s third
largest city. The campus is within a region
known for its concentration of high-technology, healthcare, biotechnology, and biomedical engineering research and industry.
Worcester, a city of 170,000, is distinguished by its many colleges and for such
cultural landmarks as the Worcester Art
Museum, which houses one of the finest
collections in the country, and the worldrenowned American Antiquarian Society;
both are adjacent to WPI. Also nearby are
the historic Higgins Armory Museum and
the Ecotarium, a museum dedicated to
environmental exploration.
Music is well represented by several excellent choruses, a symphony orchestra, and
concerts performed by internationally recognized artists in Mechanics Hall, one of
the country’s finest concert halls. The city
is also home to several professional and
amateur theater companies. The 15,500seat DCU Center hosts a wide variety of
entertainment and sports events.
Located in the heart of New England,
Worcester is within an easy drive of many
historical sites, cultural centers, and recreational facilities. These include Boston’s
Freedom Trail, Fenway Park, the beaches
of Cape Cod and Maine, the ski slopes
of New Hampshire and Vermont, the
Berkshires, and several major metropolitan
areas featuring world-class museums, concert halls, and professional sports teams.
To provide easy access to some WPI
programs for working professionals, the
university offers evening graduate courses
in computer science and electrical and
computer engineering at its MetroWest
Campus in Westborough, Massachusetts.
Graduate Programs by Department
Biology and Biotechnology
Computer Science
Manufacturing Engineering
•Master of Science in Biology/
Biotechnology*
•Ph.D. in Biotechnology
•Master of Science in Computer Science
•Master of Science in Computer Science
Specializing in Computer and
Communications Networks (CCN)
•Ph.D. in Computer Science
•Graduate Certificate
•Advanced Certificate
•Master of Science in Manufacturing
Engineering
•Ph.D. in Manufacturing Engineering
•Graduate Certificate
Biomedical Engineering
•Master of Science in Biomedical
Engineering
•Master of Engineering in Biomedical
Engineering
•Master of Engineering in Clinical
Engineering
•Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering
•Joint Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering
and Medical Physics with UMass
Medical School
•Graduate Certificate
Chemical Engineering
•Master of Science in Chemical
Engineering
•Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering
Chemistry and Biochemistry
•Master of Science in Chemistry
•Master of Science in Biochemistry
•Ph.D. in Chemistry
Civil and Environmental
Engineering
•Master of Science in Civil Engineering
•Master of Science in Environmental
Engineering
•Interdisciplinary Master of Science in
Construction Project Management
•Master of Engineering in Civil
Engineering
•Ph.D. in Civil Engineering
•Graduate Certificate
•Advanced Certificate
Electrical and Computer
Engineering
•Master of Science in Electrical and
Computer Engineering
•Master of Science in Electrical and
Computer Engineering Specializing
in Computer and Communications
Networks (CCN)
•Ph.D. in Electrical and Computer
Engineering
•Graduate Certificate
•Advanced Certificate
Fire Protection Engineering
•Master of Science in Fire Protection
Engineering
•Ph.D. in Fire Protection Engineering
•Graduate Certificate
•Advanced Certificate
Interdisciplinary Studies
•Master of Science in Interdisciplinary
Studies
–Impact Engineering
–Manufacturing Engineering
Management
–Power Systems Management
–Systems Engineering
–Systems Modeling
•Ph.D., Interdisciplinary Studies
Management
•Master of Business Administration
(M.B.A.)
•Master of Science in Information
Technology
•Master of Science in Marketing and
Technological Innovation
•Master of Science in Operations Design
and Leadership
•Graduate Certificate
Materials Process Engineering
•Master of Science in Materials Process
Engineering
Materials Science and
Engineering
•Master of Science in Materials Science
and Engineering
•Ph.D. in Materials Science and
Engineering
•Graduate Certificate
Mathematical Sciences
•Master of Mathematics for Educators
(M.M.E.)
•Master of Science in Applied
Mathematics
•Master of Science in Applied Statistics
•Professional Master of Science in
Financial Mathematics
•Professional Master of Science in
Industrial Mathematics
•Ph.D. in Mathematical Sciences
•Graduate Certificate
Mechanical Engineering
•Master of Science in Mechanical
Engineering
•Ph.D. in Mechanical Engineering
•Advanced Graduate Certificate
Physics
•Master of Science in Physics
•Ph.D. in Physics
Social Science and
Policy Studies*
•Master of Science in System Dynamics
•Interdisciplinary Ph.D. in Social
Science
•Graduate Certificate in System
Dynamics
* Fall semester admission only.
Graduate Programs by Department Graduate Programs by Degree
WPI offers graduate study leading to the
master of science, master of engineering,
master of mathematics for educators,
master of business administration, and the
doctor of philosophy degrees. Please see
the list of progams on page 5 for details.
The schedule of courses over a period
of time generally allows a student taking three or four courses per semester
to complete the course requirements for
most Master’s degree programs in about
two years. Students taking two courses per
semester complete the course requirements
for the master of science or engineering
degrees in about three years, or the master
of business administration degree in about
four years.
The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Programs
Available in the following disciplines:
• Biotechnology
• Biomedical Engineering
• Joint Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering
and Medical Physics with UMass
Medical School
• Chemical Engineering
• Chemistry
• Civil Engineering
• Computer Science
• Electrical and Computer Engineering
• Fire Protection Engineering
• Interdisciplinary Studies
• Manufacturing Engineering
• Materials Science and Engineering
• Mathematical Sciences
• Mechanical Engineering
• Physics
• Social Science
Graduate Programs by Degree
Master of Science (M.S.)
Programs
Master of Engineering (M.E.)
Programs
Available, on a full-time and part-time
basis, in the following disciplines:
• Applied Mathematics
• Applied Statistics
• Biochemistry*
• Biology/Biotechnology*
• Biomedical Engineering
• Chemical Engineering*
• Chemistry*
• Civil Engineering
• Computer Science
– Specializing in Computer and
Communications Networks (CCN)
• Construction Project Management
• Electrical and Computer Engineering
– Specializing in Computer and
Communications Networks (CCN)
• Environmental Engineering
• Financial Mathematics
• Fire Protection Engineering
• Industrial Mathematics
• Information Technology
• Interdisciplinary Studies
– Impact Engineering
– Manufacturing Engineering
Management
– Power Systems Management
– Systems Engineering
– Systems Modeling
• Marketing and Technological Innovation
• Manufacturing Engineering
• Materials Process Engineering
• Materials Science and Engineering
• Mechanical Engineering
• Operations Design and Leadership
• Physics
• System Dynamics
*available only on a full-time basis
Offered in:
• Biomedical Engineering
• Clinical Engineering
• Civil Engineering
– Environmental Engineering
– Master Builder Program
Master of Business
Administration (M.B.A.)
­Program
Provides students with strategies for the
successful application of technology to
complex business environments. The
degree requirements are described in this
catalog and in a separate brochure available
from the Department of Management at
508-831-5218, or on the web at
mgt.wpi.edu/Graduate/mbatech.html.
Master of Mathematics for
­Educators (M.M.E.) Program
WPI offers a Masters in Mathematics for
Educators, a part-time program for teachers of mathematics at the middle school,
secondary, and community college levels.
Students in this program may earn a content-based degree afternoons and evenings
while still teaching full time. Taught by
professors of mathematics at WPI, the
program is designed to permit the teachers
to learn from professors’ research interests
and includes an understanding of current
developments in the field. Scholarship aid,
which covers approximately 40% of the
cost of tuition, is available to qualified participants. The MME degree may be used
to satisfy the Massachusetts Professional
License requirements, provided the person
holds an Initial License.
Combined Bachelor’s/
Master’s Program
The Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Program
offers WPI undergraduates an opportunity
to earn a bachelor’s and a master’s degree
from WPI concurrently in less time than
would be required if the student were to
complete work on the bachelor’s degree
before beginning work on the master’s
degree.
For the master of science and master of engineering degrees, the Combined Program
allows a student to complete requirements
for both degrees in about one more year
of full-time study than would be required
to earn the bachelor’s degree. With careful
planning, a student can obtain a similar
reduction in the amount of time required
to earn an M.B.A. The time limit for
completing the master’s program varies
by department from one to four years.
Undergraduate students may apply up to
four courses to the master’s degree (varies
by department) with prior written approval from professors and the academic
department. See department descriptions
for more information.
To gain the full benefit of this program, a
student should apply for the Combined
Program well before the bachelor’s degree
is completed. Application at the beginning
of the junior year is highly recommended.
Interdisciplinary Master’s and
Doctoral Programs
WPI encourages the formation of
interdisciplinary master’s and doctoral
programs to meet new professional
needs or the special interests of particular
students. For specific information on
interdisciplinary master’s and doctoral
programs (see page 71).
Graduate Programs by Degree Graduate and Advanced Graduate Certificates
Keeping pace with technological advancement today is a never-ending task. WPI’s
innovative graduate certificate programs
help technical and business professionals
keep up to date with advances in technologies and business practices without
a commitment to a graduate degree program. WPI offers two graduate certificate
programs: the Graduate Certificate Program (GCP) and the Advanced Certificate
Program (ACP).
Advanced Certificate Program
Admission and Matriculation
The Advanced Certificate Program (ACP)
provides master’s degree holders with an
opportunity to continue their studies in
advanced topics in the discipline in which
they hold their graduate degrees or that is
closely related to their graduate fields. The
ACP includes four to six courses totaling
12 to 18 credits, none of which were included in the student’s prior master’s program or in any other certificate program.
Graduate Certificate Program
Each participating department identifies
one or more guideline programs; however,
each student’s program of study may be
customized with the academic advisor’s
approval to satisfy the student’s unique
interests.
Admission to a certificate program is
granted by the faculty of the sponsoring department through the Graduate
Admissions Office. A student accepted
into a master’s or doctoral program cannot
retroactively apply to a certificate program.
Only two courses taken prior to application to a certificate program may be
counted toward a certificate program. If a
student goes beyond the second course as
a non-degree student, then those courses
cannot be applied to a graduate certificate.
However, the credits may be applied to a
WPI graduate degree program. A GCP
or ACP Certificate will not be awarded
without acceptance into a program.
The Graduate Certificate Program (GCP)
provides opportunities for students
holding undergraduate degrees to continue their study in an advanced area. A
bachelor’s degree is the general prerequisite; however, some departments look for
related background when making admission decisions. GCP students are required
to complete four to six courses totaling 12
to 18 credit hours in their area of interest. GCP courses can be applied to a WPI
graduate degree if the student is subsequently admitted to a degree program in
the same discipline.
Graduate certificates are offered in the following departments:
•Biomedical Engineering
•Civil and Environmental Engineering
•Computer Science
•Electrical and Computer Engineering
•Fire Protection Engineering
•Management
•Manufacturing Engineering
•Materials Science and Engineering
•Mathematical Sciences
•Social Science and Policy Studies
Additional programs may be developed in
consultation with an academic adviser.
For the most current listings go to
http://grad.wpi.edu/+certificate
ACP’s are available in the following
departments:
•Civil and Environmental Engineering
•Computer Science
•Electrical and Computer Engineering
•Fire Protection Engineering
•Mechanical Engineering
Additional specializations may be developed in consultation with an academic
advisor.
Application Process
Application to the GCP and ACP requires
submission of an official application form,
official transcripts of all college-level work,
and a $70 application fee (fee waived for
WPI alumni) to the Graduate Studies and
Enrollment Office. Individual departments
may require additional information. International students may apply to certificate
programs. However, for WPI to issue the
I-20 form for a student visa, international
students must be registered for a minimum
of nine credits during their first semester
and must complete their program within
one year. Applications are available on line
at http://grad.wpi.edu+certificate.
Graduate and ­Advanced Graduate Certificates
Registration Procedures
GCP and ACP students register at the
same time as other WPI graduate students,
follow the same registration procedures,
and participate in the same classes.
Tuition and Fees
Tuition and fees for GCP and ACP
students are the same as for all other WPI
graduate students.
Program Planning
Following admission, certificate students
will be assigned an academic advisor.
Within the first three months of admission, certificate students are required to
obtain approval for their Plan of Study
from their faculty advisor. The Plan of
Study form is available online (grad.
wpi.edu/+certificate). The student, the
academic advisor and the department
will maintain copies of the Plan of Study.
Students may initiate written requests to
the advisor to modify the program. The
student, the academic advisor and the
department must retain copies of any approved program modification(s).
Academic Policies
Academic policies regarding acceptable
grade point averages for certificate students follow the same guidelines as those
established for degree-seeking graduate
students with the following exception: If
a GCP or ACP student’s grade point average falls below 2.5 after completing nine
credits, he/she will be withdrawn from the
program unless the academic department
intervenes.
Program Completion
Satisfactory completion of a GCP or ACP
requires a cumulative grade point average
of 3.0 or better (A = 4.0) with individual
course grades of C or better. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, students
will receive a certificate of Graduate Study
or a Certificate of Advanced Graduate
Study in the chosen discipline. Students
are responsible for submitting the signed,
completed Plan of Study to the Registrar’s
Office to receive the certificate.
Transferring from a Certificate
Program to a Graduate
Degree Program
Admission to a certificate program is not
equivalent to admission to a degree program. However, many certificate students
eventually choose to pursue a WPI degree
program. Students enrolled in a certificate program who would like to pursue a
master’s or doctorate must meet the application and admission requirements for
the specific degree program as described in
the Graduate Catalog. All GCP and ACP
course credits will apply to a WPI graduate
degree provided that the student is admitted to a graduate degree program and
the courses are acceptable to that degree
program.
Earning a Second Certificate
A student admitted into a certificate
­program who wishes to work toward a second certificate program must apply to that
second certificate program for admission.
The application fee will be waived for the
second application. Courses counted toward one certificate may not count toward
any other certificate.
U.S. citizens will have four years from
the date of matriculation to complete
their program. International students
must complete their program within one
academic year.
Graduate and ­Advanced Graduate Certificates Corporate and Professional Education
WPI Corporate and Professional Education works with leading organizations to
maximize the value of their education and
training investment by aligning program
content with specific business and industry
needs. At WPI, we take a collaborative
approach to developing programs for our
clients, realizing that every organization
has unique needs that are specific to its
competitive environment. Our portfolio of
offerings range from one-day workshops to
two-year graduate degree programs, and all
of our programs are built on the premise
of delivering education that is integrated,
applied and relevant to both the participating student and sponsoring company. This
practical approach further enhances the
value derived by organizations in providing employees with the knowledge and
skills that can be directly applied to their
workplace challenges.
In addition to the direct benefit of individual development, WPI’s corporate
programs provide
• Increased employee retention as a result
of a demonstrated commitment and
investment in employee education
• An effective recruiting tool to attract
new talent in a competitive market
• Focused content that directs educational
spending to the areas of highest need, at
the right time
• Increased interaction among employees from various functions across the
­company
WPI’s corporate programs take on many
forms. Programs can be focused on a single
topic or expanded to encompass an entire
discipline or integrate complementary
disciplines. We work with companies
to determine the content areas to meet
their needs and then develop programs to
­effectively deliver results.
10
Corporate Graduate Programs
For decades WPI has worked with corporations to develop graduate and undergraduate programs to improve the skills
of their employees. WPI can offer custom
programs on-site, as well as through our
distance learning network.
Companies work with one of our experienced staff to develop programs that meet
their needs.
• Programs can range from a single
course, to a tightly focused graduate or
undergraduate certificate program, to a
full graduate degree program.
• Programs can focus in several disciplines
including science, engineering, technology, and management.
• Interdisciplinary programs can combine
related content that spans many academic disciplines, resulting in programs
that meet an organization’s unique
requirements and challenges from both
a technical and managerial perspective.
• All courses taught at corporate sites will
include the same material and concepts
as on-campus courses, but examples
used in courses can be customized for
each company’s needs.
Courses for WPI’s Corporate and Professional Education programs are taught
by the same faculty as our on-campus
programs. All of our faculty members
are experts in their fields and many are
working on cutting-edge research in their
disciplines. Many faculty members are
also active members in the professional
community through research partnerships,
consulting services and business ventures.
Corporate Education takes care in selecting professors to match their academic
and professional acumen with the needs of
individual organizations.
Following is a list of customized graduate
programs developed for specific companies. Contact Corporate and Professional
Education at 508-831-5517 (or www.wpi.
edu/Academics/Exended/ to learn more
about a customized education solution for
your company and industry.
Corporate and Professional Education
• Bioscience Regulations Management
• Power Systems Management
• Analog Electronics
• Mechanical Engineering
• Systems Engineering
• Manufacturing Engineering
­Management
• Information & Data Security
Executive Education
The Executive Education programs at
WPI Corporate and Professional Education offer participants three different levels
to select from based on experience and
needs. Our outcome-based course designs,
combined with practical real world applications, provide students with an engaging, world-class learning experience. As a
business partner in executive education,
we strive to create and deliver open-enrollment or tailored corporate programs that
empower participants with immediately
actionable skills and knowledge. Whether
an individual is looking for professional
development in a specific area, or an HR
representative or team leader is looking for
a solution for a group of employees, we
work with them to discuss interests and
needs in executive education.
• Introduction to Management &
Communications Certificate Program
features the latest essential skills necessary for new supervisors and managers
to be successful in their organizations.
Each segment includes specific tools and
techniques that can be put to use immediately upon return to the workplace.
• Advanced Management Program is
designed for professional managers who
have several years of experience and
would like to enhance their skills. Topics
include managing human performance,
strategic thinking, productivity management, financial acumen, decision
making, innovation and project
­management.
• Executive Leadership Program shortens the learning curve for new leaders by
developing the skills needed to achieve
excellence as a cross-functional executive. The program is designed especially
for senior managers who have been
targeted to assume significant managerial responsibilities. Participants will
acquire the skills needed for managerial
success such as strategy formulation,
negotiation, conflict resolution, decision-making, implementing change and
managing culture.
Professional Development
Workshops
WPI provides career training and development to individuals and organizations,
including both CEU-based and non-credit
programs, seminars, and workshops. There
are over 50 workshops to choose from
that are all designed to deliver the skills
needed to stay competitive. WPI’s resultsoriented programs have been providing
management and technical professionals
with proven tools and techniques needed
to exceed performance goals for over 28
years. There are a wide variety of courses
on topics that are important to career
advancement and success in many organizations. An example of topics are: project
management – 8 courses; process improvement – 9 courses; six-sigma – 6 courses;
lean enterprise – 11 courses; geometric
dimensioning & tolerancing – 7 courses;
and management development – 10
cours­es. We also offer customized training
to meet an organization’s specific training
needs.
Advanced Distance Learning Network (ADLN)
Distance Learning
Program
In 1979, WPI’s commitment to active,
lifelong learning prompted the creation
of a partnership between several academic
departments and WPI’s Academic Technology Center to serve adult students who
cannot attend class on campus. Distance
students apply for admission to WPI
utilizing the same processes and services
as campus based students. Once admitted
to WPI, students may take any distance
course that is appropriate to their WPI
program. All students can take distance
courses and, within a given program’s
requirements, can combine on campus and
distance courses.
Delivery Media
Via the Web, WPI delivers the same courses, content and material that you would
receive on campus. Faculty, working with
an instructional design team, determine
the best technologies to use in the delivery
of their distance courses. This approach
to distance learning ensures that courses
are kept current and the latest technologies are used. An e-mail account, access
to the World Wide Web and the minimal
technical requirements found at http://cpe.
wpi.edu/Individual/Distance/services.html
are required for participation in a distance
course.
Programs of Study
By taking courses through the Advanced
Distance Learning Network, students can
complete a master of business administration (M.B.A), or a master of science
(M.S.) in environmental engineering, fire
protection engineering, information technology, marketing and technological innovation, operations design and leadership,
or systems dynamics. In addition, students
may elect to take online courses to earn a
graduate or advanced certificate in these
disciplines. The programs and curricula for
online and campus students are identical;
refer to the appropriate program of study
for specifics on curriculum.
Special Programs
WPI is always willing to consider the
addition of new programs when there is
sufficient interest.
Student Services
Academic advisors are assigned upon
admission. Library services are available
online, and reference services are available
by telephone and e-mail. All students must
establish a WPI UNIX account for online
course access and e-mail. The technical
helpdesk is available by e-mail at helpdesk@wpi.edu or phone at 508-831-5888.
Career placement and counseling are
available for matriculated students. Books
may be ordered from the WPI bookstore
by calling toll-free (888-WPI-BOOKS) or
from the web (www.bkstore.com) and are
typically delivered one to four days after
ordering. (Longer delivery time is required
for international deliveries. Please contact the bookstore by phone to expedite
delivery.)
Faculty
The professors teaching distance courses
are the same highly qualified faculty who
teach in WPI’s campus-based programs.
Tuition and Fees
Distance learning courses carry the same
rate as on-campus courses. Students wishing to earn Continuing Education Units
(CEUs) instead of graduate credit may opt
to audit courses at half tuition. See page
17 for tuition rates and audit information.
Financial Aid
Loan-based aid is available. Students must
be registered on a half-time basis (two
courses per semester) or greater for federal
loan programs. See page 17 for loan information. Other loans for 3-credit courses
are available.
Contact and Information
Pamela Shelley, Assistant Director,
Advanced Distance Learning Network
Worcester Polytechnic Institute
100 Institute Road
Worcester, Massachusetts 01609-2280
U.S.A.
508-831-6789 (voice)
508-831-5694 (fax)
online@wpi.edu
www.online.wpi.edu
Advanced Distance Learning Network (ADLN) 11
Admission Information
Applying to WPI
Applications for WPI’s graduate ­science
and engineering programs may be submitted online at grad.wpi.edu.
Applications for WPI’s graduate management programs should be requested directly from the Management Department
at 508-831-5218 or at mgt.wpi.edu.
Requirements for admission include submission of the following:
• Completed Application for Admission to Graduate Study. Applicants are
strongly encouraged to complete the
online application which is available at
grad.wpi.edu/+apply.
• Nonrefundable $70 application fee
(waived for WPI alumni and current
WPI undergraduates).
• Official college transcripts in English
from all accredited degree-granting
institutions attended.
• Three letters of recommendation (and/
or other references) from individuals
who can comment on the qualifications
relevant to the applicant’s admission.
• Statement of purpose is required for
individuals applying to several programs
(see chart on page 14). This is a brief
essay discussing background, interests,
academic intent and the reasons the applicants feels he/she would benefit from
the program.
• Proof of English language proficiency
must be submitted by all applicants for
whom English is not the first language
with the exception of applicants who
have attended a United States college
or university full time for at least one
year. In order to prove English language
proficiency, applicants must submit
an official score report from either the
TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign
Language) or IELTS (International
English Language Testing Service.) The
minimum scores for admission are:
TOEFL:213 (computer based test)
550 (paper-based test)
79-80 (internet-based test)
IELTS: 6.5 overall band score with no
sub-score lower than 6.0
Note: Higher scores are required for Teaching
Assistants.
12
Admission Information
WPI’s institutional code for the TOEFL is
3969. Scores are valid for two years from
the test date. For more information or to
register to take the TOEFL go to: www.
toefl.org. For more information or to
registered to take the IELTS, go to: www.
ielts.org.
• For GRE (Graduate Record Examination) requirements, see the chart on
page 14. WPI’s school code for the GRE
is 3969. Minimum test scores vary by
department.
• On-line applicants may check the status
of their applications one week after
submission via the web at www.
wpi.edu/cgi-bin/Notices/redirect.
cgi?where=gradlogin.
The procedure for applying as a part-time
degree-seeking student is the same as that
for a full-time student.
Incomplete applications are retained in
the Graduate Studies & Enrollment Office
for one year. All applications and support
material become the property of WPI.
Priority Deadlines
Research and teaching assistantships are
typically awarded by April 1 for the fall
semester. For prospective students requesting such financial assistance, completed
applications must be on file no later than
January 15 of the academic year preceding
admission. Some programs also offer assistantships beginning in January, with an
October 15 application deadline. Applicants who do not seek financial assistance
may apply at any time prior to the start of
the semester.
Admission
Admission to a WPI graduate program is
granted by that department, program, or
sponsoring group, via the Graduate
Studies & Enrollment Office.
Some programs, in admitting a student,
determine the degree toward which the
student may work. In such a case, an admitted student who wishes to work toward
a different degree in the same program
should consult the department head of the
admitting program as to procedures to be
followed and requirements. Typically, such
cases involve students who have been ad-
mitted to a program leading to a master’s
degree and who wish to continue toward a
doctorate.
An admitted student who wishes to work
toward a second degree offered by a different department or program must apply to
that second program for admission. Standard application procedures are followed
except that no application fee is required
for a second degree.
Under some circumstances a student not
yet admitted to a program may earn graduate credit toward the requirements for a
graduate degree. The fact that a student
has been allowed to register for courses and
earn graduate credit from a program does
not guarantee that the student, at a later
date, will be admitted to that program.
Students are therefore encouraged to apply
for admission to a program at the earliest
possible date.
Probational Admission
If an applicant’s undergraduate record is
below the usual standards for admission,
but there are mitigating circumstances,
probational admission may be granted.
Such admission usually means that the
student’s performance will be reviewed
at a specified time and a decision will be
made about continuation in the graduate
program.
Conditional Admission
Under some circumstances (usually where
the background of the student is considered to be incomplete by the department
or program), conditional admission may
be granted. Conditional admission indicates that the student will receive regular
admission status only after overcoming the
specific deficiencies as outlined in the conditional admission letter. The conditionally admitted student will be instructed
as to specific course deficiencies, required
minimum grades expected to be attained
in these classes, time over which deficiencies are to be completed, etc. Progress of
the conditionally admitted student will be
monitored by the student’s department.
Please consult departmental descriptions
for more details.
Confirmation of Admission
The letter of admission from the Graduate
Admissions Office indicates the semester for which admission is granted and
requires that the student respond by a
specific date by completing the Graduate
Admission Response form and submit a
$100 nonrefundable deposit.
Deferred Enrollment
An admitted student who wishes to defer
enrollment must make such a request
in writing to the Graduate Admissions
Office, which will seek approval from the
academic department involved and reply
to the student.
Transfers and Waivers
A student may petition for permission
to use graduate courses taken at other
institutions to satisfy WPI graduate degree
requirements. A maximum of one-third
of the credit requirements for a graduate
degree may be satisfied by courses taken
elsewhere and not used to satisfy degree
requirements at other institutions. Petitions
are subject to approval by the student’s
academic department or program, and are
then filed with the Registrar. To ensure
that work constitutes current practice in
the field, the program may set a latest date
at which each course may be applied toward the degree. Such courses are recorded
on the student’s WPI transcript with the
grade CR, and are not included in calculations of grade point averages. However,
grades earned in Biomedical Consortium
courses are recorded on the transcript as if
the courses were taken on campus.
Applicants may file transfer or waiver petitions with their application for admission.
Notice of the approval may be included
in the letter of admission to the student.
This inclusion is known as admission with
advanced standing.
A student with one or more WPI master’s
degrees who is seeking an additional
master’s degree from WPI may petition
to apply up to 9 prior credits toward
satisfying requirements for the subsequent
degree.
A student who withdraws from a graduate program and is later readmitted may
apply course and other credits taken before
withdrawal toward the degree. The admitting program will determine at the time
of readmission which courses taken by the
student may be applied toward the degree
and the latest date those courses may be
applied. There is no limit, other than that
imposed by the program, on how many
credits a readmitted student may use
from prior admissions to the same degree
program.
Admission to Interdisciplinary
Doctoral Programs
With the appropriate background, a
student may ask permission to waive a
required course and substitute a specified, more advanced course in the same
discipline. Requests are subject to approval
by the student’s program and must be filed
with the Registrar within one year of the
date of matriculation in the program. A
program may waive (with specified substitutions) up to three required courses for a
single student.
Individuals with earned bachelors degrees
may wish to enroll in a single course or a
limited number of courses prior to applying for admission. When registering for
courses as a nondegree student, grading
may be either conventional (A,B,C) or
Pass/Fail. Pass/Fail grading must be elected
at the time of registration, and courses
taken on the Pass/ Fail basis are not transferable to any master’s degree program.
Acceptability of Credit
­Applicable to an
Advanced Degree
Graduate level credit, obtained from
courses, thesis and project work, may
include:
• Coursework included in the approved
Plan of Study.
• Coursework completed at the graduate
level and successfully transferred to WPI
from other institutions (see Transfers
and Waivers).
• Graduate coursework completed at the
undergraduate level at WPI and not applied toward another degree.
• Up to 9 credit hours from a previous
WPI master’s degree may be used in
partial fulfillment of the requirements
for a second master’s degree at WPI.
• Coursework approved for the Combined WPI Bachelor’s/Master’s Program.
• Project work done at the graduate level
at WPI.
• Thesis work done at the graduate level
at WPI.
Departments/programs may limit the
use of credit in any of these areas depending upon their specific departmental
requirements.
WPI encourages interdisciplinary research.
Students may apply for admission to interdisciplinary studies directly, but students
interested in such options should do so
with the assistance of WPI faculty, as these
programs require internal sponsorship (see
Interdisciplinary Doctoral Programs, pages
5 and 71).
Advanced Study for
Nondegree Students
Non-admitted students may take a
maximum of four graduate courses and
receive letter grades in most departments.
See department descriptions for specific
information. Once these maximums are
reached, additional course registrations
will be changed to pass/fail and may not
be used for degree credit.
The fact that a student has been allowed
to register for graduate courses (and earn
credit) does not guarantee that the student
will be admitted to that department’s certificate or graduate program at a later date.
Students are therefore encouraged to apply
for admission to a certificate program prior
to any course registration.
Admission Information 13
Application Requirements
Certificate Applications
Degree Applications
Applicants to all graduate certificate and advanced certificate programs are
required to submit to the Graduate Admissions Office:
1. An application form,
2. A $70 application fee, and
3. Official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended.
Note: Contact department for additional requirements.
In addition to the items listed at left, the information listed below is required
for application to all graduate degree programs. They are organized by
academic department and program.
(Management students should consult with the Graduate Management
Program ­Office for application requirements.)
Department/Program GRE Statement of Purpose Three Letters of
Recommendation TOEFL or IELTS*
Biology and Required for all applicants Biotechnology Required for all applicants
Required for all applicants Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Required for all applicants Fall semester admission only
Biomedical Engineering Required for all applicants/ Waived for WPI alumni and current
undergraduate students
Required for all applicants Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Chemical Engineering
Required for all international Not Required Required for all applicants/ applicants
Recommended for all others Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Chemistry and Biochemistry Required for all applicants/ Waived for WPI alumni and current undergraduate students
Required for all applicants
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Civil and Environ-
mental Engineering
Recommended for all Not Required applicants Required for all applicants
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Required for all applicants
Clinical Engineering Required for all applicants/ Waived for WPI alumni and current undergraduate students
Required for all applicants
Required for all applicants
Required for all applicants for whom English is not their first language
Computer Science
Required for all applicants/ Waived for WPI alumni and current
undergraduate students;
Recommendation: CS subject test
Required for all applicants
Required for all applicants
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Electrical and
Computer Engineering
Required for all U.S. fellowship applicants/Required for all international applicants
Required for Ph.D. applicants only
Required for all applicants
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Fire Protection Engineering Required for all international applicants/Required for Ph.D. applicants/ Recommended for all others
Requested for those without work
experience/ Required
for Ph.D. applicants
Required for all applicants
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Interdisciplinary
MS and PH.D.
See Page 71
Management Manufacturing Engineering Materials Process
Engineering Materials Science and Engineering Mathematical Sciences
Mechanical Engineering
Physics M.B.A. applicants must submit
GMAT scores GRE may be
Required for all Required for all
substituted for M.S. and
applicants
applicants graduate certificate applicants
Required for all international
Not Required Required for all applicants/ applicants
Recommended for all others
Required for all international
Not Required Required for all applicants/ applicants
Recommended for all others
Required for all international
Not Required Required for all applicants/ applicants
Recommended for all others
GRE and GRE Mathematics Not Required Required for all applicants
test (rescaled) Recommended
for all applicants
Recommended for all Required for all Required for all applicants applicants
applicants
Recommended for all Recommended Required for alls applicants applicants
Social Science/ Not Required for Policy Studies
certificate
Required for all other applicants
Not Required for certificate
Required for all other applicants
Not Required for certificate
Required for all
other applicants
Required for all applicants whose native
language is not English and who have
not earned a degree from an Englishinstruction college or university
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language**
Required for all applicants for whom
English is not their first language
* Waived for applicants who have attended a U.S. (English-speaking) institution full time for at least one year.
** May be waived by the department graduate coordinator after a telephone interview for applicants who have earned their BS or MS degree at a
U.S. college or university.
14 Application Requirements
Financial Information
Financial assistance to support graduate
students is available in the form of teaching assistantships, research assistantships,
fellowships, internships and loans. Entering students awarded either teaching or
research assistantships or fellowships will
receive official notification pertaining to
the type and level of financial assistance
from the Graduate Studies Office.
The academic standing of students holding awards for teaching and research
assistantships is reviewed annually. To
remain eligible for a graduate assistantship,
a student must demonstrate acceptable
progress toward degree requirements, be
registered continuously, and maintain
a minimum GPA of 3.0 in courses and
research work (A = 4.0).
Teaching Assistantships
Teaching assistantships are awarded to
graduate students on a competitive basis.
They include tuition support for a maximum of 10 credit hours per semester and a
monthly stipend. Teaching assistants (TAs)
are generally assigned duties that support
faculty in their teaching responsibilities.
Typical duties of TAs include (but are
not limited to) grading of undergraduate
and graduate student course paperwork,
supervision of undergraduate science and
engineering laboratory course sections,
as well as individual and small-group
conference sections associated with faculty
lecture courses. TAs are required to be on
campus and available for their assignments
10 days before undergraduate classes begin
in the fall, and every day the university is
open during the academic year until Commencement (see Academic Calendar page
2). TAs are expected to work 20 hours
per week on their assigned duties. Some
departments have more stringent requirements. Consult specific departmental
descriptions for details.
Research Assistantships
WPI offers the following fellowships:
Research assistants (RAs) are selected by
the faculty to participate in sponsored
research projects in connection with
their academic programs. Typical duties
of RAs include (but are not limited
to) conducting laboratory experiments
and assisting in the development of
theoretical advances related to faculty
research projects. Research projects are
typically supported by grants and contracts
awarded to the university by government
agencies, industrial firms or other private
organizations.
• Goddard Fellowships
• WPI Multi-year Fellowship
• Marietta Anderson Fellowship
• Robert and Esther Goddard ­Fellowship
Fund
• Institute Fellowships
• The Norton Graduate Fellowship
• Robert S. Parks Graduate Fellowship
• Harold Lesher Pierson Memorial
Fellowship
• Helen E. Stoddard Fellowship in
Materials Science and Engineering
• Carl and Inez Weidenmiller Fellowship
RAs who perform research directly connected to their thesis/dissertation must recognize that research is a full-time professional commitment.
The financial support provided to graduate students who have been selected for
an assistantship varies depending on the
specific nature of the coursework, project and student’s status. Funds may also
be available to support summer research
activities for students through university
or departmental sources, or sponsored
research projects.
Fellowships
Fellowship assistance for graduate students
is available in a number of areas. Some
departments offer fellowships provided by
corporate gifts or philanthropic agencies.
The university also directly supports graduate research programs through Goddard
and Institute fellowship awards. Fellowship awards are administered through the
Graduate Studies Office.
Completed fellowship applications are due
in the Graduate Studies Office no later
than January 15 for the class beginning the
following fall. Recipients receive a monthly
stipend typically for 9 or 12 months and
tuition for 12 months and full tuition.
Criteria for eligibility are available in the
Graduate Studies Office and on the Web
at grad.wpi.edu/+funding.
Internships
Graduate internship programs are offered
in several departments. A graduate internship is a short-term work assignment (3
to 9 months) in residence at a company
or other external organization that forms
an integral part of a student’s educational
program. For international students, if not
a mandatory part of the degree program,
credit must be awarded. Where credit is
involved, academic advisors will assign
grades and may require written reports
detailing the internship’s accomplishments.
Students pursuing internships at not-forprofits and government agencies typically
pay tuition themselves.
Students participating in graduate internships must be registered in a specific
course. An internship will appear on the
transcript either with or without credit.
Students may not participate as interns at
their place of employment.
Special Notes for
International Students:
An international student on an F-1 visa
must maintain full-time status for the
duration of their stay. If the student is participating in a full-time graduate internship (one that is not administered through
the Office of Cooperative Education), the
student must be registered for nine credits.
International students in F-1 status may
apply for two types of practical training:
Financial Information 15
1.Curricular Practical Training (CPT):
CPT is used for internships and cooperative education while students are pursuing their degrees. CPT is authorized
by the university and the requirement is
that the internship or co-op is an integral part of an established curriculum.
Internships should be for credit, co-op
education does not have to be for credit
if it is based on a cooperative agreement
between WPI and the employer and
approved by the Career Development
Center.
2.Optional Practical Training (OPT):
OPT is typically used by students for
one year of employment after completion of degree. It can also be used in
part for summer jobs or part-time
employment during the academic year
if employment is in the student’s field
of study. OPT requires approval by U.S.
Customs and Immigration Services.
Student Loans
Financial assistance is also available
through the WPI Financial Aid Office
in the form of student loans. To qualify,
students must be enrolled in a degreegranting program or certificate on at least
a half-time basis and must be U.S. citizens
or permanent residents of the United
States. Available loans include the Federal
Subsidized Stafford Loan, the Federal
Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, and private
education loans.
For information on loan programs and
copies of the forms, contact WPI’s Financial Aid Office at 508-831-5469, or at
www.wpi.edu/+finaid/Grad.
16 Financial Information
Grading System and Academic Standards
Grading System
In order to assess progress throughout
the graduate program, grades are assigned
to the student’s performance in course,
project and thesis work. In order to assess
progress throughout the graduate program, grades are assigned to the student’s
performance in course, project and thesis
work, except in doctoral dissertation,
which will be judged as ACCEPTED or
REJECTED. Academic achievement in
all other work is based on the following
grading system:
A Excellent
B Good
C Pass
D Unacceptable for graduate credit
F Fail
AU Audit
NC No credit (only for thesis work); will
not be recorded on transcript
P Pass; unacceptable for graduate credit
I Incomplete; transition grade only;
becomes grade of F if not changed by
instructor within 12 months
W Withdrawal
SP Satisfactory progress; continuing registration in thesis/dissertation/directed
research
CR Credit for work at another institution
UP Unsatisfactory progress; this grade
remains on the file transcript
Academic Standards
Students must maintain high academic
standards in all their program activities.
After attempting 12 credit hours, all
students must maintain an overall grade
point average (GPA) above 2.75 to be
considered as making satisfactory progress.
If a student’s overall GPA falls to 2.75 or
below, the student and advisor are notified
by the Registrar that the student is not
making satisfactory progress.
If the overall GPA of any student falls
below 2.65, the Registrar will inform the
student that all future registrations will be
given grades only on a pass/fail basis unless the department Graduate Committee
intervenes.
If the overall GPA of any student falls
below 2.5, the student is removed from the
program unless the department Graduate
Committee intervenes.
Grade Point Average (GPA)
Grades are assigned the following grade
points:
A = 4.0, B = 3.0, C = 2.0, D = 1.0 and F =
0.0. The grade point average is calculated
as the sum of the products of the grade
points and credit hours for each registered
activity (including courses, independent
studies, directed research, thesis research
and dissertation research) in the average,
divided by the total number of credit
hours for all registered activities in the
average. If a student takes the same course
more than once, the course enters the GPA
only once, the most recent grade received
for the course being used in the average.
A student’s overall GPA is calculated on
the basis of all registered activities taken
while enrolled as a graduate student at
WPI. WPI graduate courses taken before
a student had status as a degree-seeking
graduate student are included in the overall GPA. A student’s program GPA is calculated on the basis of those WPI courses
listed by the student on the student’s
Application for Graduation form. The
transcript will report the overall GPA.
Courses transferred from elsewhere for
graduate credit (for which a grade of CR
is recorded on the WPI transcript), and
courses taken to satisfy undergraduate
degree requirements or to remove deficiencies in undergraduate preparation, are not
included in either GPA. Registered activities in which the student receives grades
of AU, NC, P, I, W, SP or UP are not
included in either GPA.
Only registered activities in which a grade
of A, B, C or CR was obtained may be
used to satisfy courses or credit requirements for a graduate degree.
Grade Appeal and Grade
Change Policy
The Student Grade Appeal Procedure
affirms the general principle that grades
should be considered final. The principle
that grades for courses, thesis credit and
dissertation credit should be considered final does not excuse an instructor from the
responsibility to explain his or her grading
standards to students, and to assign grades
in a fair and appropriate manner. The ap-
peal procedure also provides an instructor
with the opportunity to change a grade
for a course or project on his or her own
initiative. The appeal procedure recognizes that errors can be made, and that an
instructor who decides it would be unfair
to allow a final grade to stand due to error,
prejudice or arbitrariness may request a
change of grade for a course or project
without the formation of an ad hoc committee. An instructor may request a grade
change by submitting a course, thesis
credit or dissertation credit grade change
request in writing to the Registrar at any
time prior to a student’s graduation.
The purpose of the Grade Appeal Policy
is to provide the student with a safeguard
against receiving an unfair final grade,
while respecting the academic responsibility of the instructor. Thus, this procedure
recognizes that:
• Every student has a right to receive a
grade assigned upon a fair and unprejudiced evaluation based on a method that
is neither arbitrary nor capricious; and,
• Instructors have the right to assign
a grade based on any method that is
professionally acceptable, submitted
in writing to all students, and applied
equally.
Instructors have the responsibility to
provide careful evaluation and timely
assignment of appropriate grades. Course
and project grading methods should be
explained to students at the beginning
of the semester. WPI presumes that the
judgement of the instructor of record is
authoritative and the final grades assigned
are correct.
A grade appeal shall be confined to charges
of unfair action toward an individual
student and may not involve a challenge
of an instructor’s grading standard. A
student has a right to expect thoughtful
and clearly defined approaches to course
and research project grading, but it must
be recognized that varied standards and
individual approaches to grading are valid.
The grade appeal considers whether a
grade was determined in a fair and appropriate manner; it does not attempt to
grade or re-grade individual assignments
or projects. It is incumbent on the student
Grading System and Academic Standards 17
to substantiate the claim that his or her
final grade represents unfair treatment,
compared to the standard applied to other
students. Only the final grade in a course
or project may be appealed. In the absence
of compelling reasons, such as clerical error, prejudice, or capriciousness, the grade
assigned by the instructor of record is to be
considered final.
Only arbitrariness, prejudice, and/or error
will be considered as legitimate grounds
for a grade change appeal.
Arbitrariness: The grade awarded represents such a substantial departure from accepted academic norms as to demonstrate
that the instructor did not actually exercise
professional judgment.
Prejudice: The grade awarded was motivated by ill will and is not indicative of the
student’s academic performance.
Error: The instructor made a mistake in
fact.
This grade appeal procedure applies only
when a student initiates a grade appeal and
not when the instructor decides to change
a grade on his or her own initiative. This
procedure does not cover instances where
students have been assigned grades based
on academic dishonesty or academic
misconduct. Academic dishonesty or
misconduct are addressed in WPI’s Academic Honesty Policy. Also excluded from
this procedure are grade appeals alleging
discrimination, harassment or retaliation
in violation of WPI’s Sexual Harassment
Policy, which shall be referred to the appropriate office at WPI as required by law
and by WPI policy.
The Grade Appeal Procedure strives to
resolve a disagreement between student
and instructor concerning the assignment
of a grade in a collegial manner. The intent
is to provide a mechanism for the informal
discussion of differences of opinion and
for the formal adjudication by faculty only
when necessary. In all instances, students
who believe that an appropriate grade has
not been assigned must first seek to resolve
the matter informally with the instructor
of record. If the matter cannot be resolved
informally, the student must present his
or her case in a timely fashion in the
procedure outlined below. Under normal
circumstances, the grade appeal process
must be started near the beginning of the
next regular academic semester after the
disputed grade is received.
Student Grade Appeal Procedure
1. A student who wishes to question a
grade must first discuss the matter with
the instructor of record as soon as possible,
preferably no later than one week after the
start of the next regular academic semester
after receiving the grade. In most cases, the
discussion between the student and the
instructor should suffice and the matter
will not need to be carried further. The
student should be aware that the only valid
basis for grade appeal beyond this first step
is to establish that an instructor assigned a
grade that was arbitrary, prejudiced or in
error.
2. If the student’s concerns remain
unresolved after the discussion with the
instructor, the student may submit a written request to meet with the appropriate
Department Head or Program Coordinator within one week of speaking with the
instructor. The appropriate Department
Head or Program Coordinator will meet
with the student within one week and,
if he or she believes that the complaint
may have merit, with the instructor. After
consultation with the appropriate Department Head or Program Coordinator, the
instructor may choose to change the grade
in question, or leave the grade unchanged.
The Department Head or Program Coordinator will communicate the result of
these discussions to the student.
3. If the matter remains unresolved after
the second step, the student should submit
a written request within one week to the
Provost’s Office to request an ad hoc Faculty Committee for Appeal of a Grade. The
Provost will meet with the student and will
18 Grading System and Academic Standards
ask the Faculty Review Committee (FRC)
to appoint the ad hoc Committee for Appeal of a Grade. The FRC, in consultation
with the Provost, will select the members
of the ad hoc committee. The Chair of the
FRC will convene the ad hoc committee
and serve as its non-voting chair. The ad
hoc committee for appeal of a course, thesis credit or dissertation credit grade will
be composed of three faculty members.
The Department Chair, Program Coordinator or Departmental Graduate Coordinator from the instructor’s Department
will be chosen as one member of the ad
hoc committee. The other two appointees
to the ad hoc committee may be any other
faculty member as long as there are no
conflicts of interest with either the student
or the instructor. Apparent conflicts of
interest would include the student’s thesis
or dissertation advisor, members of the
student’s graduate committee, or faculty
members with close research collaborations or project advising relationships with
the instructor. The ad hoc committee will
examine available written information on
the dispute, will be available for meetings
with the student, instructor, or others as it
sees fit.
4. Through its inquiries and deliberations, the ad hoc committee is charged
with determining whether the grade was
assigned in a fair and appropriate manner,
or whether clear and convincing evidence
of unfair treatment such as arbitrariness,
prejudice, and/or error might justify
changing the grade. The ad hoc committee will make its decisions by a majority
vote. If the committee concludes that the
grade was assigned in a fair and appropriate manner, this decision is final and not
subject to appeal. The ad hoc committee
will report this conclusion in writing to
the student and the instructor, and the
matter will be closed.
5. If the ad hoc committee determines that
compelling reasons exist for changing the
grade, it will request that the instructor
make the change, providing the instructor
with a written explanation of its reasons.
If the instructor is willing to voluntarily
change the grade in view of the ad hoc
committee’s recommendations, he or she
submits a grade change form to the Registrar, and sends copies to the ad hoc committee. Should the instructor decline to
change the grade, he or she must provide
a written explanation for refusing. The ad
hoc faculty committee, after considering
the instructor’s explanation, and upon
concluding that it would be unjust to
allow the original grade to stand, will then
determine what grade is to be assigned.
The new grade may be higher than, the
same as, or lower than the original grade.
Having made this determination, the
three members of the committee will sign
the grade change form and transmit it to
the Registrar. The instructor and student
will be advised of the new grade. Under
no circumstances may persons other than
the original faculty member or the ad hoc
faculty committee change a grade. The
written records of these proceedings will be
filed in the student’s file in the Registrar’s
Office.
Project, Thesis, and
Dissertation Advising
A graduate project, thesis, and/or dissertation must include a faculty advisor-of-record at the time of initial registration.
The only faculty members who may, by
virtue of their appointment, automatically
be the formal advisors-of-record for graduate projects or independent study activities
(ISGs, theses, dissertations, etc.) are:
1. tenure/tenure track faculty,
2. professors of practice, or
3. others who have at least a half-time,
full-year faculty appointment, with
advising of independent work as part of
their contractual load.
Individuals holding other faculty appointments, such as part-time adjuncts or
non-instructional research professors, may
co-advise and indeed are encouraged to do
so where appropriate.
Department heads wishing to authorize
anyone with appointments other than
these three categories as an advisor of
record for projects, theses, or independent
studies must first obtain agreement from
the Dean of Graduate Studies. (In their
absence, please refer the request to the Associate Provost for Academic Affairs.)
Plan of Study
After consultation with and approval by
the advisor, each admitted student must
file a formal Plan of Study with the department within the first semester if full-time,
and within the first year if part-time. Program changes are implemented by advisor
and student. Copies of the revised Plan of
Study will be maintained in department
files.
Grading System and Academic Standards 19
Registration Information and Procedures
The basic requirement for enrollment in
a given course is a bachelor’s degree from
an accredited institution in a relevant
field of science or engineering. Although
those with management backgrounds may
enroll in graduate management courses,
no prior management study is required.
Persons who have been admitted to graduate study at WPI are given first priority in
course registration. Persons not holding a
bachelor’s degree, but who might qualify
through training or experience, may be
allowed to enroll on either a credit or audit
basis with permission of the instructor.
Registration for graduate courses is on
a space-available basis for nonadmitted
students.
Degree-Seeking Student
­Registration
Definition of Full-Time and
Part-Time Status
Graduate students must be registered for
the semester in which degree requirements are completed. For master of science
programs requiring a thesis, the student
must register for a minimum of 1 semester credit hour. For a Ph.D. program, the
student must register for a minimum of 3
semester credit hours.
Graduate students are expected to enroll
in graduate courses or thesis credit on the
registration days designated in the WPI
academic calendar. Registration on days
not designated will result in additional fees
(see Tuition and Fees, page 17). Registration is not complete until tuition has been
paid in full.
Nondegree-seeking students register
for courses in the same manner as all
other students. However, degree-seeking
students have preference in registering for
courses with limited enrollments.
If a student is registered for 9 or more
credits, the student is deemed to be a fulltime student for that semester. If a student
needs fewer than 9 academic credits to
complete degree requirements, registration for the number of credits required for
completion of the degree gives the student
full-time status. A student pursuing a
master’s degree, whose Plan of Study shows
completion of all degree requirements
within a single two-year period, retains
full-time status so long as the student complies with that Plan of Study. A student
officially enrolled in a graduate internship
program has full-time status during the
internship period. If a student has completed the minimum number of credits
required for a degree, and is certified by
the department or program to be working
full-time toward the degree, enrollment in
1 credit of dissertation research for a student seeking the doctorate establishes full
time status. The exception to this rule is
during a doctoral candidate’s final semester
in which the student must be registered
for a minimum of 3 credits. For students
seeking a master’s degree, 1 credit of thesis
research establishes the student’s full-time
status with department certification. For
the purposes of this rule, the semesters are
fall and spring.
Enrollment in a course or courses, and
satisfactory completion of those courses,
does not constitute acceptance as a candidate for the master’s degree nor admission
to graduate study. For students seeking
advanced degrees, or graduate certficates,
formal admission to a graduate program is
required.
Graduate Student Classifications
• Full-time Degree Seeking
• Part-time Degree Seeking
• Graduate Certificate or Advanced
Graduate Certificate
• Student on Graduate Exchange or
Internship
• Nondegree Seeking/non matriculated
Students seeking degrees not requiring a
thesis are not required to maintain continuous registration.
Non-degree Student Course
Registration
Audit Registration
Students primarily interested in the
content of a particular course may register
as auditors. Audit registration receives no
credit and receives no grade. Audit registration is controlled in limited enrollment
courses. Thesis and project work cannot be
taken with audit registration.
Audit registrants are encouraged to participate in the courses, but typically do not
submit written work for evaluation. Often
professors will accept written work of audit
registrants, but this is left to the discretion
of the instructor.
A student may change from credit to audit
registration, but may not change from
audit to regular credit registration. To
change to audit registration for any graduate course, the student must complete an
audit form (available in the Registrar’s
Office) within the first three weeks of class.
No tuition or fees will be returned to students who change to audit registration.
20 Registration Information and Procedures
Summer Semester
The Summer Session schedule will be
available on the web by January of the
same calendar year. Most graduate summer courses meet in the evening hours
from mid-May through the end of June.
Graduate Computer Science classes run
through mid-July. Many graduate students
work on their research during Summer
Session. For information on summer
registration, (www.wpi.edu/+Summer) call
508-831-5999.
Transcripts
Military Leave of Absence
Tuition Payments
WPI will issue one transcript of record
to a student without charge. Additional
transcripts are issued upon receipt of a fee
of $4 per copy.
WPI graduate students who are called to
active duty by the United States military shall receive a 100% refund for the
uncompleted semester at the date of the
notice. If such students have a loan obligation to WPI they will be granted an inschool deferment status during the period
of active duty service, not to exceed a total
of three years. To initiate the process to be
classified “on leave for military service,” a
student must indicate in writing that he/
she is requesting school deferment status
while being called to active duty. A copy of
the official call to active duty notice from
the military must be included with this
request and be submitted to the Registrar’s
Office.
Tuition must be paid in full at the time
of registration. The following forms of
payment will be accepted: check payable
to WPI, American Express, MasterCard or
Discover.
If the student has paid a tuition bill with
proceeds from either a subsidized or an
unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan and
has received a refund for either or both of
the loans, the student shall be responsible
for any overpayment of funds. It is therefore necessary for the student to contact
the lender(s) upon withdrawal.
Deferred Payment Plan
Course Change Policies
Graduate course change (add/drop) without penalty may occur prior to the third
meeting of the course. A $100 late fee will
be charged for course changes made after
the 3rd course meeting and before the
4th. Course changes after the 4th course
meeting will result in a grade of W (withdrawal) and will be issued until the 10th
week of the term. No tuition or fees will
be refunded during the withdrawal period.
Withdrawal Policies
Because the university makes a financial commitment at the time a course is
scheduled for instruction, no tuition and
fees paid by the student* will be refunded
after day 10 of the semester, not including weekends. A grade of W will be issued
until the end of the 10th week of the
semester.
Withdrawal after the 10th week must be
petitioned to the Registrar’s Office. Notice
to the instructor or discontinuance of attendance does not constitute withdrawal.
Such notice must be submitted in writing
to the Registrar’s Office. Incomplete
grades are transitional grades and must
be changed by the instructor within 12
months. If coursework is not made up by
this time, the grade automatically becomes
an F.
Tuition and Fees
Tuition Rate
Tuition for all courses taken by graduate
students is based on a $1089 fee per credit
hour for the 2008-2009 academic year.
Audit Rate
A 50% reduced tuition rate per semester
hour for the 2008-2009 academic year
is available for those who wish to audit
a course. Audit registration cannot be
changed to credit once the semester has
started.
Student Withdrawal Policies
Graduate course change (add/drop) without penalty may occur prior to the third
meeting of the course. A $100 late fee will
be charged for course changes made after
the 3rd course meeting and before the 4th.
Course changes after the 4th course meeting will result in a grade of W (withdrawal) and will be issued until the 10th week
of the semester. No tuition or fess will be
refunded during the withdrawal period.
A deferred payment plan is available for
the fall and spring semesters. By paying a
one-time fee per use, students may divide
their tuition into three equal monthly payments. For specifics, call the Accounting
Office at 508-831-5728.
Health and Accident Insurance
All graduate students must be covered by
health and accident insurance equivalent
to that offered under the WPI Student
Health and Accident Insurance Plan. Optional coverage for a spouse or dependent
is available. Payment plans are available.
Please contact the Accounting Office (508831-5741) for further information.
Registration Information and Procedures 21
Degree Requirements
The following are WPI’s minimum requirements for advanced degrees. The general requirements for all advanced degrees
must be satisfied to earn any advanced
degree. The additional requirements for
specific degrees must be satisfied in order
to earn the specified degree, regardless of
the field in which the degree is earned.
Please review department requirements for
more specific information.
General Requirements for
All Advanced Degrees
All degree requirements must be satisfied
before the degree is awarded. Exceptions
to general and specific degree requirements
or to other rules may be made, but only by
the Committee on Graduate Studies and
Research (CGSR).1 Requests for exceptions are to be made by written petition to
that committee.
At the time the degree is awarded, the
student must have been admitted to the
graduate program of the degree-granting
program. Administratively, a degree-granting program may be a department or a
program.
A minimum of two-thirds of the required
graduate credit for an advanced degree
must be earned at WPI.
For the master of mathematics, the student
must have a program GPA2 of 2.9 or greater. For all other degrees, the student must
have a program GPA of 3.0 or greater.
In applying for graduation, the student
must specify by year which graduate catalog contains the rules being satisfied. These
rules may be those in place on the date of
the student’s matriculation, those in place
on the date of the student’s application for
graduation, or those in place in a single
graduate catalog in effect between the
dates of matriculation and graduation.
After the Application for Degree is submitted, all advanced degrees are subject to
the final approval of the Registrar’s Office,
which determines if the student has satisfied the letter and intent of the requirements for advanced degrees.
The Registrar’s Office submits a candidates
list to CGSR who make their recommendations for the approval of advanced degrees to the faculty of the Institute, which
in turn recommends to the president
and trustees for their final approval the
names of students who should be awarded
advanced degrees.
Requirements for the master of business
administration and master of mathematics
for educators appear under the descriptions of the awarding programs.
General Requirements for
the Master of Science and
Master of Engineering
The student must obtain a minimum of
30 credit hours of acceptable course, thesis
or project work.
If a thesis is required by the student’s
program, it must include at least 6 credit
hours of research directed toward the thesis, in a project resulting in the completion
of an M.S. thesis.
A student completing a master’s degree
with a thesis option is required to make a
public presentation of the thesis. Departments may, at their option, extend the
­presentation to include a defense of the
thesis.
The student must obtain a minimum of
21 credit hours of graduate level courses or
thesis (18 credit hours for students in the
Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Program),
including at least 15 credit hours of graduate level courses or thesis in the major field
of the student. Other courses (to make
up the minimum total of 30 credit hours)
may include advanced undergraduate
courses approved by the student’s program.
Such courses are normally considered
to be those at the 4000 level. The use
of advanced undergraduate courses for
satisfaction of graduate degree requirements must be approved by the student’s
program. A 1/3-unit WPI undergraduate
course taken for graduate credit is assigned
3 credit hours of graduate credit. A graduate student registered for graduate credit in
an undergraduate course may be assigned
additional work at the discretion of the
instructor.
General Requirements
for the Doctorate
The student must demonstrate to the
faculty high academic attainment and the
ability to carry on original independent
research.
The student must complete a minimum of
90 credit hours of graduate work beyond
the bachelor’s degree, or a minimum of 60
credit hours of graduate work beyond the
master’s degree, including in either case at
least 30 credit hours of research.
The student must establish residency by
being a full-time graduate student for at
least one continuous academic year.
The student must attain status as a doctoral candidate by satisfying specific degree
requirements in the student’s field.
The student must prepare a doctoral dissertation and defend it before a Dissertation Committee, at least two of whose
members must be from the student’s
program and at least one of whose members must be from outside the student’s
program. After a successful defense,
determined by a majority vote in the affirmative by the Dissertation Committee,
the dissertation must be endorsed by those
members of the Dissertation Committee
who voted to approve it. The completed
dissertation must follow in format the
instructions published by the library (see
page 24). After final approval for format
of the dissertation, the Provost will notify
the Registrar that the dissertation has been
approved.
1 CGSR—The Committee on Graduate Studies and Research (CGSR) is concerned with all post-baccalaureate programs of the University, and reviews and recommends
changes in WPI policies on goals, student recruitment, admissions, academic standards, teaching and research assistantships, scholarships and fellowships. It also makes
recommendations to the faculty and administration on new graduate programs and courses, and changes in programs and courses. The committee acts on admission of
graduate students to degree candidacy, dismissal for failure to meet academic standards, and student petitions on academic matters. It brings to the faculty for action the
names of students whom it has determined are eligible for post-baccalaureate degrees. The committee reviews and recommends changes in policy on the funding, promotion and conduct of research at WPI.
2 GPA—The Grade Point Average (GPA) is calculated as the sum of the products of the grade points and credit hours for each registered activity, in the average, divided
by the total number of credit hours for all registered activities in the average. Grade points are as follows: A = 4.0; B = 3.0; C = 2.0; D = 1.0; and F = 0.0.
22 Degree Requirements
Once a student has satisfied the departmental candidacy requirements, the
student will be permitted to enroll for
dissertation credits. Prior to completion of
candidacy requirements, a student may enroll for no more than 18 credits of directed
research.
In addition to the general requirements
established by WPI for an interdisciplinary doctoral degree, applicants must pass a
qualifying examination. This examination
will test the basic knowledge and understanding of the student in the disciplines
covered by the research as is normally expected of degree holders in the disciplines.
It must be administered within the first 18
credits of registration in the interdisciplinary Ph.D. program. The examination will
be administered by a committee of no less
than three members, approved by CGSR,
representing the disciplines covered by the
research. Students are allowed at most two
attempts at passing the examination, and
may take a maximum of 18 credits prior
to passage.
General Requirements
for the Combined Bachelor’s/
Master’s Degree Program
Only registered WPI undergraduates may
enter the Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s
Program. To enter, a student must submit
an application and required support
materials to the WPI Graduate Studies and
Enrollment Office, preferably in the junior
year. Admission to the Combined Program
is made by the faculty of the program that
awards the graduate degree. A student in
the Combined Program continues to be
registered as an undergraduate until the
bachelor’s degree is awarded.
While in the Combined Program, a student may continue to enroll in courses or
projects toward the undergraduate degree;
the student may also register for graduate
courses, projects, directed research or thesis
credits toward the master’s degree.
A student in the Combined Program may,
within the program limit and with prior
approval, use a limited number of the same
courses toward the bachelor’s and master’s
degrees. The limitation is computed from
the graduate credit hours for each course.
Courses whose credit hours total no more
than 40% of the credit hours required for
the master’s degree, and which meet all
other requirements for each degree, may
be used to satisfy requirements for both
degrees. Such courses are recorded on the
transcript using the credit hours/ units
and grades appropriate at the graduate or
undergraduate levels. For students in the
Combined Program, approved undergraduate courses are assigned graduate credit
with a conversion rate of 1/3 WPI undergraduate unit = 3 credit hours. Graduate
courses applied toward the undergraduate
degree are awarded undergraduate credit
with a conversion rate of 1 credit hour =
1/9 undergraduate unit.
Students in the Combined Program may
use advanced undergraduate courses to satisfy graduate degree requirements. The academic department decides which courses
may be used in this way. Faculty members
teaching these advanced undergraduate
courses may impose special requirements.
If the programs awarding the bachelor’s
and master’s degrees are not the same, the
program awarding the graduate degree
may require that the student’s major
qualifying project relate in some way to
the graduate program’s discipline. The
graduate program may also make other requirements as it deems appropriate in any
individual case. Additional requirements
appear within each department’s section in
this catalog.
To obtain a master’s degree via the Combined Program, the student must satisfy all
requirements for that master’s degree. To
obtain a bachelor’s degree via the Combined Program, the student must satisfy all
requirements for that bachelor’s degree.
The time limit for completing the
­Combined Program varies by department
from one to four years. See department
description for full information
Degree Requirements 23
Theses and Dissertations
WPI is a member of the Networked Digital Library of Theses and Dissertations.
This organization is dedicated to “unlocking access to graduate education” by making the full text of theses and dissertations
available online.
Students are required to submit an electronic version entirely through the Web.
Most documents will be made available
to the general public via the Web, but
individual authors and their advisors
may choose to restrict their works to be
accessible only by members of the WPI
community or to be completely unavailable for a period of up to five years. Factors
in this decision should include copyright, intellectual property and patenting
24 Theses and Dissertations
concerns. Students should discuss these
issues thoroughly with their advisors and
committee members as early in the process
as possible.
The following are required for proper submission of electronic theses and dissertations (ETDs):
1.The ETD Approval Form is a necessary
part of the submission process
2.A copy of the title page, with all appropriate faculty and student signatures
3.The thesis or dissertation converted to
PDF and uploaded via the ETD Web
Site
In order to submit theses and dissertations
electronically, students must have a WPI
account, obtainable online using a PIN
provided by the Projects and Registrar’s
Office.
Extensive information about creating and
submitting ETDs is available on the ETD
Web site, www.wpi.edu/+etd.
Thesis Binding
Students and departments may wish to
retain a bound paper copy of theses and
dissertations. In this case, a $10 per copy
binding fee must be paid at the Accounting Office. Once the fee is paid, students
can bring the receipt and the copies to
Technical Services in Gordon Library to
be bound.
Student Services
Facilities and Services
Bookstore
The bookstore, located on the second floor
of the Campus Center, is open during the
first days of classes from 8:00 a.m. to 7 p.m.
During the rest of the school year, hours
of operation are 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. Monday
through Thursday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Friday,
and 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Saturday.
Textbooks for off-campus courses may
be purchased at the first meeting of each
course. Payment may be made by cash,
check or credit card. Additionally, textbooks may be purchased online at www.
wpi.bkstore.com.
For more information please call (508)
831-5247 or e-mail bkswpi@bncollege.com.
WPI Police
Personal safety information, security practices at WPI and the University’s crime statistic
information can be obtained by visiting the
campus police Web site. Students can also
obtain a copy of the University’s “Right To
Know” brochure by contacting the WPI
Police Department at 508-831-5433.
Graduate students are entitled to parking
permits for the Boynton Street parking lot
located behind the library. Parking is on a
first-come, first-served basis. Parking is also
available on the city streets surrounding
the campus. Be sure to obey parking signs,
as enforcement in Worcester is strict. The
city’s winter parking regulations are available on the WPI police Web site, as well.
Decals may be purchased at the WPI
Police Department located at Founders
Hall in the Lower Level. WPI Police also
has prepared a brochure on parking regulations that is available on-site or on-line at
www.wpi.edu/Admin/Police/parking/.
Career Development Center
The Career Development Center (CDC)
at WPI assists students in the development of lifelong skills related to careers
and the job search process. CDC serves
undergraduate and graduate students and
alumni as well. Information and guidance is provided in the areas of full-time
employment, graduate school, part-time
employment, cooperative education and
summer positions. Call 508-831-5260 or
go to www.wpi.edu/Admin/CDC/.
Class Cancellation
When all classes are cancelled (severe
weather during the midday period, forecast
to last through evening) cancellation will
be broadcast on radio stations WTAG,
WSRS, WAAF, WFTQ, WKOX and
WBZ. Information will also be posted on
the university website and on the cancellation hot line at 508-831-5744.
Computer Resources
WPI’s Fuller Laboratories provides dedicated space for faculty, staff and students
working in the information sciences.
The Academic Technology Center and
Computing and Communications Center
(CCC) are located in this building, along
with the Computer Science Department.
The ATC serves the WPI community
by supporting the electronic classrooms
throughout the campus, maintaining a large
inventory of audio/visual (A/V) equipment
available for loan for academic presentation
purposes, and providing A/V support for
meetings, conferences, and special events on
campus. The ATC also manages myWPI,
the learning and information portal for
members of the WPI community.
CCC provides a wide range of services and
access to computer resources for the WPI
community and manages an array of powerful UNIX, Linux and Windows servers.
All WPI students may obtain a login ID
from the CCC for academic course works,
research and self-education. The login ID
will remain valid as long as the person
continues to be registered as a student.
The systems have been configured so that
the user will see the same familiar environment no matter which CCC workstation
is used. CCC facilities are accessible from
a wide variety of locations on campus or
from around the world via the campus
connection to the Internet. CCC operates
the campus data network and Internet
connectivity, including a VPN (Virtual
Private Network) to access internal resources remotely. CCC also provides each
student with personal network storage
space. Computer systems operated by
academic departments are also on the same
CCC communications infrastructure, so
they are accessible just as easily.
The CCC facilities offer high-end PCs, as
well as x-terminals and several Macs. In
addition to several computer classrooms
and specialized labs, the CCC supports
open access labs in every academic building totaling hundreds of stations across
the campus. Each of these labs offers the
same user interface, software profile, and
network access to personal files as does the
CCC lab. Several computer labs are available 24/7 by using a valid WPI ID card
with our card access system. Networked
black & white and color laser printers as
well as scanning devices are available in the
CCC computer labs. Students can use the
CCC print service to generate high-quality output for reports and resumes. The
servers also provide file service for many
software packages including spreadsheets,
databases, programming languages, and
department courseware.
A wireless network is available in all
academic buildings as well as primary
residence centers. Wireless laptops are
available on loan for use in the library and
campus center. In addition to supporting the academic computing system on
campus, CCC operates the administrative system that provides data processing
services to WPI administrative offices. The
WPI information system provides ready
access to important registration information. Students update their biographical
information, check grades and drop/add
courses over the network via the web interface to the administrative system.
CCC manages a computer help desk to
answer users’ questions on any of the computer platforms and to provide technical
support for endorsed software packages.
CCC also provides instruction sessions
on supported software in the state-of-theart computer-training classroom that the
CCC maintains in the Gordon Library.
Gordon Library
The George C. Gordon Library supports
the informational and research needs of
the WPI graduate community. The library
staff works closely with each department
to augment library resources pertinent to
graduate and other research interests. The
collection currently numbers approximately 271,000 books, plus an e-book collection of close to 39,000. The collection
includes subscriptions to 900+ hard copy
journals and approximately 35,000+ electronic titles. The collection also includes
WPI electronic theses and dissertations
in print and electronic formats. The WPI
Archives and Special Collections hold the
Student Services 25
records and artifacts of WPI, as well as a
significant number of rare books.
graduate students. Family housing is not
available on campus.
Many services and resources are available
to graduate students 24 hours a day via the
library’s web site (http://www.wpi.edu/Academics/Library). Here students can access
the library’s catalog, over 150 electronic
databases, full-text journal articles, online
reference materials, and other resources,
local and remote. Forms are available on
the Web site and within Your Account
in the library catalog to place interlibrary
loan requests (for items not available via
WPI’s collections), make suggested purchase recommendations, request a research
consultation, and request retrieval of items
in storage. Instructional videos and course
web pages provide guidance in use of the
library. The library building offers a variety
of work spaces for both quiet and group
study, including seven Tech Suites that
offer plasma screen and dedicated computer, DVD and VCR player, and network
access. Web conferencing is also available
in the Tech Suites.
The Office of Residential Services,
508-831-5645, provides information
regarding both on-campus and off-campus housing. A listing of off-campus
accommodations is available at www.wpi.
edu/Admin/RSO/Offcampus/.
Library staff can be contacted in person,
by telephone, by e-mail, and by chat.
E-mail queries can be sent through the
Ask-Library-Questions form on the web.
Reference staff can be phoned at 508-8316700 and Circulation staff are available at
508-831-5410. InstantAnswers, the chatbased reference service, is available through
various instant messaging applications
with the screen name wpiref. Throughout the year, members of the reference
department conduct both general interest
and course-integrated instruction sessions.
Orientation sessions are also offered to
graduate students.
In addition to Gordon Library’s resources,
WPI students may utilize the collections
of other Worcester area libraries. Students
with a WPI ID and an ARC cross-borrowing card can borrow directly from
Assumption College, Becker College,
Clark University, College of the Holy
Cross, Worcester State College and others.
ARC cards can be obtained at the Gordon
Library Circulation desk.
For more information on library services
available to graduate students, please visit:
http://www.wpi.edu/Academics/Library/
About/Services/graduate.html
Housing
Most graduate students live in rooms or
apartments in residential areas near the
campus. A limited amount of on-campus housing may be available for single
26 Student Services
International Graduate
Student Services
The Office of International Students and
Scholars is located at WPI’s International
House at 28 Trowbridge Road. The office
provides information and assistance on
immigration and other regulatory matters, information on cultural and social
programs and services, as well as general
counseling.
With an international student population
of 204 undergraduates and 209 graduate
students from 65 countries (Spring semester, 2006), WPI is the embodiment of
the diversity that characterizes the United
States. The House serves as a venue for a
variety of programs throughout the year,
such as coffee hours, movies, Midnight
Breakfast, lectures and other social and
cultural activities. The House, which
provides wireless access to the network, has
several facilities available to students and
scholars and student groups interested in
international issues, including:
• International Seminar Room for discussion groups, meetings and ESL classes
• International Resources Room with
cross-cultural material, travel information and ESL materials as well as
computer access
• lounge for students and visitors to relax
and enjoy a cup of coffee or a game of
backgammon
• two guest rooms for temporary housing
Office of International Students and
Scholars: 508-831-6030. ESL Director:
508-831-6033.
Mail Services
Located in the Campus Center, first floor.
Student Mail Room 508-831-5317,
Incoming/Receiving 508-831-5523,
Mail Processing 508-831-5317.
• Service window open (Monday through
Friday) 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
• Package pick-up
• Stamps sold
• Letters and packages weighed, metered
• Discounted Express Mail
• Fax services
• Limited number of mailboxes available
Printing Services
Located in Boynton Hall, lower level.
Telephone 508-831-5842 or -5571.
Hours (Monday through Friday)
8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
• Offset printing
• Photocopying (including color)
• Binding of reports
• Laminating
• Print from disc, electronically sent files
or hard copy
Sports and Recreation
The university provides a varied program
of sports and recreation. Graduate students
usually enter teams in several intramural
sports and may participate in certain intercollegiate club sports as well as on-campus
musical or theater groups.
There are athletic facilities for tennis, swimming, bowling, squash, basketball, racquetball and volleyball, as well as a weight-lifting
room, a fitness center, a sauna and several
outdoor playing fields. Graduate students
frequently join faculty groups for noontime
jogging, aerobics and basketball.
A wide variety of entertainment is brought
to the campus, ranging from small informal groups to popular entertainers in the
3,500-seat Harrington Auditorium. A
series of films is shown in Perreault Hall,
and chamber concerts are presented in the
Baronial Hall of Higgins House.
The normal social activities of a mediumsized city are readily accessible, many
within easy walking distance. Other
activities of interest to students are offered
by the many colleges in the Worcester
Consortium.
Student ID Cards
The WPI ID is also a student’s library card
and is used in many departments for lab
access as well.
Students may also deposit money on their
cards for use in the WPI dining locations
at a 10% discount. The ID office is located
on the ground floor of Founders Hall.
The hours are: Monday through Friday
8 a.m. to 5 p.m. For information, call
508-831-5150.
Dean of Students
The Dean of Students’ office staff is available to students enrolled in all programs
to assist with any out-of-the-classroom
concerns that may arise. Staff members are
available between 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m.
Appointments outside of these hours can
be ­arranged by calling 508-831-5201.
Departments
Programs
Specializations
Course Descriptions
Biology and Biotechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Biomedical Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Chemical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Chemistry and Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Civil and Environmental Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Computer and Communications Networks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Computer Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Electrical and Computer Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Fire Protection Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Interdisciplinary Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Manufacturing Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Materials Process Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Materials Science and Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Mathematical Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Mechanical Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Physics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Social Science & Policy Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Departments, Programs, Specializations, Course Descriptions 27
Biology and Biotechnology
Programs of Study
With the advent of genomics, the 21st
Century has been termed a “revolutionary” era in Biology and Biotechnology.
The Department of Biology and Biotechnology (BB) is perfectly situated for this
transition with the construction of the
Life Sciences and Bioengineering Center
at Gateway Park. This interdisciplinary
state-of-the-art building integrates Life
Sciences and Bioengineering graduate
programs at WPI and houses a number of
technology centers, such as the Bioengineering Institute (BEI).
The Department offers a fulltime
research-oriented program for incoming graduate students, leading to either a
doctor of philosophy (Ph.D.) in biotechnology or Masters (M.S.) degree
in biology and biotechnology. These
programs require students to successfully
complete a set of required courses in the
field and a thesis project or dissertation
that applies the basic principles of biology and biotechnology using hypothesis
driven experimental methods to a specific
research problem.
Graduates will have a broad knowledge
of the field of biology and biotechnology, a detailed knowledge in their area of
specialization, a working knowledge of
modern research tools, a strong appreciation for scientific research in theoretical
and experimental areas, and a foundation
for lifelong learning and experimenting,
both individually and as part of a team.
Students who complete these programs
will be well prepared for careers in the
academics and private sectors or further
graduate education.
Faculty in the Biology and Biotechnology Department have research interests in
three main areas; molecular/cellular/developmental biology, molecular ecology and
evolution, and applied microbial systems.
Students seeking a graduate degree in
biology and biotechnology engage in directed study with one of the department’s
faculty in his or her research specialty area.
The department suggests that, prior to
applying, students review the information
at the department’s Web site (http://www.
wpi.edu/Academics/Depts/Bio) to help
identify potential faculty advisors.
28 Biology and Biotechnology
www.wpi.edu/+bio
Application and Admission
Applications should be made to either the
M.S. program in biology and biotechnology or the Ph.D. program in biotechnology.
The department accepts applications for
admission to the Fall semester only. Applications should indicate that they wish to
be considered for Fall admission.
15 credit maximum
At the 4000 level or below for all
­requirements
Admission Requirements
Biology Seminar (BB 501) is required
every semester.
See page 12.
Degree Requirements
M.S. in Biology and
Biotechnology
Students pursuing the M.S. degree in biology and biotechnology must complete a
minimum of 30 credit hours of course and
theses work, six of which must be thesis
research credits. In addition, M.S. students
must successfully complete (grade of B
or higher) three of the four departmental
core courses (BB575, BB576, BB577 or
BB578) and the graduate seminar (BB501,
1 credit in every semester registered for
full-time study). Students must assemble
an Advisory Committee of three faculty
members. A minimum of two of the
committee members must be biology and
biotechnology program faculty members.
One of the biology and biotechnology
faculty members will chair the committee
and be the student’s faculty advisor. The
Advisory Committee must review and
approve each M.S. student’s program of
study and thesis research.
Ph.D. in Biotechnology
In addition to the WPI requirements, a
dissertation (minimum of 30 credit hours)
is required of all Ph.D. students. It is the
intention of the faculty that the student
develop for this degree a thematic focus
for a minor, interdisciplinary area of study
outside of the biology and biotechnology
department, such that the following credit
distribution be required for coursework:
15 credit minimum
BB courses at the 4000 or 500 level (an
M.S. in a biological field may be considered acceptable)
15 credit minimum
Within the minor area of study and taken
at the 4000 or 500 level (M.S. in an
appropriate minor field of study may be
considered acceptable)
2 credit minimum
To meet the cultural studies requirement
2 credit minimum
To meet the teaching skills requirement
Students must successfully complete (grade
of B or higher) three of the four departmental core courses (BB575, BB576,
BB577, or BB 578).
Teaching Requirement
2 credit minimum
The objective of this requirement is formal
training in pedagogy. It can be fulfilled by
enrolling in: (1) an advanced undergraduate or graduate course in education; or (2)
a mentored teaching experience (IS/P) arranged with an individual faculty member,
within the major discipline of the student
and the professor. This mentored teaching
experience is distinguished from a teaching
assistantship in that it requires significant
mentored student involvement in course
development, delivery and evaluation.
Cultural Studies Requirement
2 credit minimum
Graduates of the biotechnology program
will need more than technical skills to
make their way in the global market. Such
skills might include bioethics, and linguistic and interpretive skills that encourage
a reasoned awareness and acceptance of
human differences. Students may choose
from offerings in bioethics, history and
language to develop a focused strength in
one area. Graduate work in Cultural Studies is a minimum of 2 credit hours done
under the guidance of a humanities advisor. For example, a student could register
for Bioethics for 2 credits.
Publications
In order to graduate, at least one manuscript should be submitted for publication
in a refereed journal and at least one paper
must have been presented at a national or
international conference.
Exams, Reports and Dissertation Defense
A Ph.D. qualifying exam is required and
should be taken following the first year of
study. A majority of the Examining Committee must be members of the biology
and biotechnology department faculty.
The committee must also approve the
student’s dissertation research proposal
and will meet each semester to review and
assess the student’s progress. Candidates
for the Ph.D. degree must also give annual
presentations of their research work to the
department as part of the graduate seminar
course.
A public defense of the completed dissertation is required of all students and will be
followed immediately by a defense before
the Examining Committee. All members
of the Examining Committee must be
present for the defense. Operational details
of the program, including the student
qualifying exam and dissertation defense,
can be found in the graduate handbook
provided to all entering students.
Faculty
E. W. Overström, Professor and Depart­
ment Head; Ph.D., University of
Massachu­setts-Amherst; oocyte biology,
developmental cell biology, animal somatic
cell cloning.
D. S. Adams, Professor; Ph.D., University
of Texas; design of neurotrophic factors for
treating stroke, human stem cell matrices
for treating spinal cord injuries.
J. Bagshaw, Professor; Ph.D., University
of Tennessee; recombinant DNA mechanisms and technology, regulation of gene
expression.
T. C. Crusberg, Associate Professor,Ph.D.,
Clark University; heavy metal bioremediation of industrial wastewaters, cryptobiotic
desert soil crusts as indicators of environmental change in the American southwest.
A. DiIorio, Ph.D., WPI, bioprocess
design technologies for overall process
improvement and remediation of heavy
metals from waste water using a naturally
produced biopolymer.
T. Dominko, Research Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison;
regenerative cell biology, reproductive/
developmental biology.
J. B. Duffy, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Texas; molecular signal
transduction mechanisms (EGFR, TGF-B
Pathways) using drosophila model system.
D. G. Gibson III, Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., Boston University; amino acid neurotransmitters, arthropod hormones and
growth factors, invertebrate neuromuscular
junctions.
L. M. Mathews, Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., University of Louisiana; population
genetics and evolutionary ecology of marine and aquatic invertebrates, design and
application of molecular genetic tools for
ecological research, conservation biology.
R. L. Page, Research Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
State University; regenerative cell biology,
somatic cell cloning.
S. M. Politz, Associate Professor; Ph.D.;
UCLA. Genetic control of surface glycoprotein expression in the nematode Caenorhabditis elegans; chemosensory control
of nematode behavior and development;
host immune responses to parasitic nematode infections.
R. Prusty Rao, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Penn State University Medical School;
Fungal pathogenesis and its regulation by
small molecules, genomic approaches to
identifying novel virulence factor as targets
for antifungal drug development, genetic
modification of yeast to increase ethanol
production.
J. Rulfs, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Tufts
University; cell culture model systems of
signal transduction, metabolic effects of
phytoestrogens, cultured cells in tissue
engineering.
E. F. Ryder, Associate Professor; M.S.
Biostatistics, Harvard School of Public
Health; PhD Genetics, Harvard University; nervous system development using C.
elegans as a genetic model, bioinformatics
approaches to understanding gene expression, computer simulations of development.
P. J. Weathers, Professor; Ph.D., Michigan State University; biology of in vitro
cultured plants and their tissues, plant
secondary metabolism, bioreactor development for plant and animal tissues, process
development for plant products.
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
BB 501. Seminar
1 credit per semester
BB 560. Methods of Protein Purification
and Downstream Processing
This course provides a detailed hands-on survey of
state-of-the-art methods employed by the biotechnology industry for the purification of products,
proteins in particular, from fermentation processes.
Focus is on methods which offer the best potential
for scale-up. Included are the theory of the design
as well as the operation of these methods both
at the laboratory scale as well as scaled up. It is
intended for biology, biotechnology, chemical engineering and biochemistry students. (Prerequisite: A
knowledge of basic biochemistry is assumed.)
BB 565. Virology
This advanced level course uses a seminar format
based on research articles to discuss current topics
related to the molecular/cell biology of viral structure, function, and evolution. Particular emphasis
is placed on pathological mechanisms of various
human disorders, especially emerging disease, and
the use of viruses in research.
BB 570. Special Topics
Specialty subject courses are offered based on the
expertise of the department faculty. Content and
format varies to suit the interest and needs of the
faculty and students. This course may be repeated
for different topics covered. See the SUPPLEMENT section of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.
edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to
be offered in this academic year.
BB 575. Advanced Genetics and Cellular
Biology
Topics in this course focus on the basic building
blocks of life: molecules, genes and cells. The
course will address areas of the organization,
structure, function and analysis of the genome
and of cells. (Prerequisite: A familiarity with fundamentals of recombinant DNA and molecular
biological techniques as well as cell biology.)
BB 576. Advanced Integrative Bioscience
This course concentrates on the organization of
cells into biological systems and into individual
organisms. Discussion will center on the development and function of specific model systems such
as the nervous and immune systems. (Prerequisite:
A familiarity with fundamentals of developmental
biology, genetics and cell biology.)
BB 577. Advanced Ecological and
Evolutionary Bioscience
This course will explore the organization of individuals into communities, and the evolution of
individual traits and behaviors. Problems discussed
will range from those of population harvesting
and the effect humans have on the environment to
the evolution of disadvantageous traits. (Prerequisite: A familiarity with fundamentals of population interactions, evolution, and animal behavior.)
BB 578. Advanced Applied Biology
This course examines the use of biotechnological
advances toward solving real-world problems. Students will discuss problem-solving strategies from
the current literature in the areas of medicine,
agriculture, environmental protection/ restoration and industrial biotechnology. (Prerequisite: A
familiarity with biochemistry, microbiology, and
plant and animal physiology.)
BB 598. Directed Research
BB 599. Master’s Thesis
BB 699. Ph.D. Dissertation
Biology and Biotechnology 29
Biomedical Engineering
Programs of Study
The goal of the biomedical engineering
(BME) graduate programs is to apply
engineering principles and technology as
solutions to significant biomedical problems. Students trained in these programs
have found rewarding careers in major
medical and biomedical research centers,
academia, the medical care industry and
entrepreneurial enterprises.
Master’s Degree Programs
There are three master’s degree options
in biomedical engineering: the Master of
Science (M.S.) in Biomedical Engineering,
the Master of Engineering (M.E.) in Clinical Engineering and the Master of Engineering (M.E.) in Biomedical Engineering. While the expected levels of student
academic performance are the same for all
options, they are oriented toward different
career goals. The master of science option
in biomedical engineering is oriented toward the student who wants to focus on a
particular facet of biomedical engineering
practice or research. The master of science
can serve as a terminal degree for students
interested in an indepth specialization.
The master of engineering in clinical engineering program is for those individuals
interested in employment in hospitals or
other clinical environments. This subspecialty involves a close interaction with
patients and the health care delivery system. An internship experience is required
of all students in the clinical engineering
program.
Doctoral Programs
There are two doctor of philosophy degree
options in biomedical engineering: the
Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering at WPI
and the Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering and Medical Physics offered jointly by
WPI and the University of Massachusetts
Medical School. In both programs, the
degree of doctor of philosophy is conferred
on candidates in recognition of high
attainments and the ability to carry on
original independent research. Graduates
of the program will be prepared to affiliate
30 Biomedical Engineering
with academic institutions and with the
growing medical device and biotechnology industries which have become major
economic clusters in the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts.
The joint WPI/UMMS Ph.D. program
employs the advanced technical knowledge
and expertise of engineering and medical faculty to provide students with the
knowledge and skills necessary to apply
engineering and scientific principles to
medically related problems. A unique
aspect of this program is that it utilizes
the expertise and resources available from
engineering- and medical-school institutions of higher education in a synergistic
manner to train students in the application
of engineering to medical research. The
Ph.D. degree in this program is awarded
jointly by WPI and UMMS, with the appropriate designation on the diploma.
Combined B.S./Master’s Degree
Program
This program affords an opportunity for
outstanding WPI undergraduate students
to earn both a B.S. degree and a master’s
degree in biomedical engineering concurrently, and in less time than would
typically be required to earn each degree
separately. The principal advantage of
this program is that it allows for certain
courses to be counted towards both degree
requirements, thereby reducing total class
time. With careful planning and motivation, the Combined Program typically
allows a student to complete requirements
for both degrees with only one additional
year of full-time study (five years total).
However, because a student must still
satisfy all graduate degree requirements,
the actual time spent in the program may
be longer than five years. There are two
degree options for students in the Combined Program: a thesis- based master of
science (B.S./M.S.) option and a non-thesis master of engineering (B.S./M.E.) option. The Combined B.S./Master’s Degree
Program in BME adheres to WPI’s general
requirements for the Master of Science and
Master of Engineeering.
www.wpi.edu/+bme
Admission Requirements
Biomedical engineering embraces the
application of engineering to the study of
medicine and biology. While the scope of
biomedical engineering is broad, applicants are expected to have an undergraduate degree or a strong background in engineering and to achieve basic and advanced
knowledge in engineering, life sciences,
and biomedical engineering. For the joint
Ph.D. program, students are also expected
to have had one semester of organic chemistry, a full year of biology, and mathematics through differential equations. Special
programs are available for outstanding
graduates lacking the necessary prerequisites or with a background in the physical
or life sciences. These special programs
typically involve an individualized plan of
coursework at the advanced undergraduate level, with formal admittance to the
program following the successful completion (with grades of B or higher) of this
coursework.
Degree Requirements
For the M.S.
A minimum of 30 credit hours is required
for the master of science degree, of which
at least 6 credit hours must be a thesis.
Course requirements include 6 credits of
life science, 6 credits of biomedical engineering, 6 credits of advanced engineering
math, (including 3 credits of statistics),
and 6 credits of electives (any WPI graduate-level engineering, physics, math, biomedical engineering, or equivalent course,
subject to approval of the department
head or the student’s Academic Advisor).
Students are required to pass BME 591
Graduate Seminar twice.
For the M.E.
A minimum of 33 credit hours is required
for the master of engineering degree.
Course requirements include 6 credits
of life science, 12 credits of biomedical engineering, 6 credits of advanced
engineering math, (including 3 credits of
statistics), and 9 credits of electives (any
WPI graduate-level engineering, physics,
math, biomedical engineering, or equivalent course, subject to approval of the de-
partment head or the student’s Academic
Advisor). Students may substitute 3 to 6
credits of directed research for 3 credits of
biomedical engineering and/or 3 credits
of electives. An internship experience is
required for students earning the M.E. in
Clinical Engineering (3 credits). Students
are required to pass BME 591 Graduate
Seminar twice.
For the Ph.D.
The Ph.D. program has no formal course
requirements. However, because research
in the field of biomedical engineering
requires a solid working knowledge of a
broad range of subjects in the life sciences,
engineering and mathematics, course credits must be distributed across the following
categories with the noted minimums:
• Biomedical Engineering (12 credits)
• Life Sciences (9 credits)
• Advanced Engineering Mathematics
(3 credits)
• Statistics (3 credits)
• Laboratory Rotations (6 credits)
• Responsible Conduct of Science
(1 credit)
• Advanced Courses and Electives
(12 credits)
• Dissertation Research (30 credits)
The student’s Academic Advisory Committee may require additional coursework
to address specific deficiencies in the student’s background. Students are required
to pass BME 591 Graduate Seminar four
times.
No later than the start of the third year
after formal admittance to the Ph.D.
program, students are required to pass
a Ph.D. qualifying examination. This
examination is a defense of an original research proposal, made before a committee
representative of the area of specialization.
The examination is used to evaluate the
ability of the student to pose meaningful engineering and scientific questions,
to propose experimental methods for
answering those questions, and to interpret
the validity and significance of probable
outcomes of these experiments. It is also
used to test a student’s comprehension and
understanding of their formal coursework
in life sciences, biomedical engineering
and mathematics. Admission to candidacy
is officially conferred upon students who
have completed their course credit requirements, exclusive of dissertation research
credit, and passed the Ph.D. qualifying
examination.
Students in the Ph.D. program are required to participate in at least two different laboratory rotations during their first
two years in the program. Laboratory rotations—short periods of research experience
under the direction of program faculty
members—are intended to familiarize
students with concepts and techniques in
several different engineering and scientific
fields. They allow faculty members to
observe and evaluate the research aptitudes of students and permit students to
evaluate the types of projects that might
be developed into dissertation projects.
Upon completion of each rotation, the
student presents a seminar and written
report on the research accomplished. Each
rotation is a 3- or 4-credit course and lasts
a minimum of eight weeks if the student
participates full time in the laboratory, or
up to a full semester if the student takes
courses at the same time.
All candidates for the Ph.D. degree must
demonstrate teaching skills by preparing, presenting and evaluating a teaching
exercise. This experience may involve a
research seminar, lecture, demonstration
or conference in the context of a medical
school basic science course. Formal parts
of the presentation may be videotaped as
appropriate. The presentation and associated materials are critiqued and evaluated by program faculty members. The
student’s Academic Advisory Committee
is responsible for evaluating the teaching exercise based on criteria previously
defined. The teaching requirement can be
fulfilled at any time, and there is no limit
to the number of attempts a student may
make to fulfill this requirement. It must,
however, be completed successfully before
the dissertation defense can be held.
The Ph.D. program requires a full-time effort for a minimum of three years and does
not require a foreign language examination.
Internships
For students in the clinical engineering
program, a rotating internship is offered
during the year in association with University of Massachusetts Medical Center
(UMMC) and University of Massachusetts
Medical School (UMMS). It includes an
orientation period to acquaint the student
with general hospital organization and
procedures, gives a brief exposure to most
of the areas listed below, and is normally
required prior to specialized internships.
The specialized internship involves the
student full time for approximately one
month in ongoing clinical, research or
engineering activities, with supervision
by WPI faculty and the internship center
staff. To assure maximum student involvement and supervision, the number of
­positions at each of the following internship locations is limited.
1.Biomedical Engineering UMMCMemorial Campus and UMMS
2.Cardiovascular Medicine UMMS
Surgery, UMMS
The master of engineering program is
considered to be a terminal professional
degree.
Research Interests
Biomaterials/Tissue Engineering
Prof. Pins
Research focuses on understanding the
interactions between cells and precisely
bioengineered scaffolds that modulate cellular functions such as adhesion, migration,
proliferation, differentiation and extracellular matrix remodeling. Understanding cellmatrix interactions that regulate wound
healing and tissue remodeling will be used
to improve the design of tissue-engineered
analogs for the repair of soft and hard tissue
injuries. Research areas include: (1) studies
investigating the roles of micro­fabricated
scaffolds on keratinocyte function for tissue engineering of skin, (2) development
of tissue scaffolds that mimic the microstructural organization and mechanical
responsiveness of native tissues, and (3)
development of microfabricated cell culture
systems to understand how extracellular
matrix molecules regulate epithelial cell
growth and differentiation.
Biomedical Sensors and
Bioinstrumentation
Prof. Mendelson
The development of integrated biomedical
sensors and electronic instrumentation for
invasive and noninvasive blood monitoring. Research areas include:
• Design and in vivo evaluation of
reflective pulse oximeter sensors.
• Microcomputer-based medical
instrumentation
• Fiberoptic sensors for medical
instrumentation
• Application of optics to biomedicine
• Signal processing
• Telesensing
• Wearable physiological monitoring
Biomedical Engineering 31
Noninvasive Biomedical
Sensors
Prof. Peura
The development and testing of various
invasive and noninvasive biosensors and
associated bioinstrumentation. Noninvasive optical sensors for measuring glucose
in diabetic individuals, urea in hemodialysis dialysate, other biochemical analytes, as
well as reagentless chemistry measurements
are being developed.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
Imaging and Spectroscopy
Prof. Sotak
Research projects in nuclear magnetic
resonance (NMR) imaging and spectroscopy stress experimental aspects of NMR
and their application in both medical
and nonbiological areas. Major biological
research projects include: (1) development
of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI)
methods for the evaluation of therapeutic interventions in acute stroke; (2)
development of fluorine-19 (19F) MRI
and magnetic resonance spectroscopy
(MRS) methods for measuring tumor
oxygenation and evaluating adjuvants for
tumor therapy; and (3) characterization of
structural information in fluid-saturated
porous media using diffusion imaging and
spectroscopy.
Soft Tissue Biomechanics/
Tissue Engineering
Prof. Billiar
Research focused on understanding the
growth and development of connective
tissues and on the influence of mechanical stimulation on cells in native and
engineered three-dimensional constructs.
Research areas include: (1) micromechanical characterization of tissues, (2) constitu
tive modeling, (3) creation of bioartificial tissues in vitro, and (4) the effects of
mechanical stimulation on the functional
properties of cells and tissues.
Cardiac Tissue Engineering
& Regeneration
Prof. Gaudette
Research is focused on revascularizing and
regenerating functional myocardial tissue
to replace dysfunctional heart tissue. Projects focus on understanding the interaction of the local mechanical and electrical
environment with the mechanisms of cardiac regeneration include myocyte proliferation and adult stem cell differentiation.
32 Biomedical Engineering
Research areas include (1) development of
scaffolds to induce myocardial regeneration, (2) differentiation of progenitor cells
into cardiac cells, (3) determination of
cues in the microenvironment that affect
myocardial regeneration.
Tissue Engineering & Matrix
Scaffolds
Prof. Rolle
Research focuses on the role of extracellular matrix proteins on tissue mechanical
and functional properties in the context of
tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Research interests include (1) genetic
engineering strategies to control cell-mediated matrix synthesis and assembly, (2)
cell-based approaches to generating tissue
engineered blood vessels, (3) evaluating
the contribution of matrix molecules to
the mechanical and functional properties
of scaffolds, and tissues, (4) developing
matrix gene delivery systems to promote
tissue regeneration.
Research Laboratories
and Facilities
Research is primarily conducted in a new
four-story, 124,600-square-foot Life Sciences and Bioengineering Center (LSBC)
located at Gateway Park. This space is
largely dedicated to research laboratories
that focus on non-invasive biomedical
instrumentation design, signal processing, tissue biomechanics, biomaterials
synthesis and characterization, myocardial
regeneration, cell and molecular engineering, regenerative biosciences and tissue
engineering. The LSBC research facility
also maintains a modern core equipment
facility that includes cell culture, histology, imaging and mechanical testing suites
to support cellular, molecular, and tissue
engineering research activities.
A brief description of each BME research
laboratories is given below.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
Imaging and Spectroscopy
The facility is attached to the Central
Massachusetts Magnetic Imaging Center
(CMMIC) adjacent to the University of
Massachusetts Medical School. Research
projects in nuclear magnetic resonance
(NMR) imaging and spectroscopy stress
experimental aspects of NMR and their
application in both medical and nonbiological areas. Major biological research
projects include: (1) development of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) methods
for the evaluation of therapeutic interventions in acute stroke; (2) development
of fluorine-19 (19F) MRI and magnetic
resonance spectroscopy (MRS) methods
for measuring tumor oxygenation and
evaluating adjuvants for tumor therapy;
and (3) characterization of structural information in fluid-saturated porous media
using diffusion imaging and spectroscopy.
Biomedical Sensors and
Bioinstrumentation
The development of integrated biomedical
sensors for invasive and noninvasive physiological monitoring. Design and in-vivo
evaluation of reflective pulse oximeter
sensors, microcomputer-based biomedical
instrumentation, digital signal processing, wearable wireless biomedical sensors,
application of optics to biomedicine,
telemedicine.
Soft Tissue Biomechanics/
Tissue Engineering
Research focused on understanding the
growth and development of connective
tissues and on the influence of mechanical stimulation on cells in native and
engineered three-dimensional constructs.
Research areas include: (1) micromechanical characterization of tissues, (2) constitutive modeling, (3) creation of bioartificial
tissues in vitro, and (4) the effects of
mechanical stimulation on the functional
properties of cells and tissues.
Biomaterials/Tissue Engineering
Research focuses on understanding the
interactions between cells and precisely
bioengineered scaffolds that modulate
cellular functions such as adhesion, migration, proliferation, differentiation and extracellular matrix remodeling. Understanding cell-matrix interactions that regulate
wound healing and tissue remodeling will
be used to improve the design of tissue-engineered analogs for the repair of soft and
hard tissue injuries. Research areas include:
(1) studies investigating the roles of
microfabricated scaffolds on keratinocyte
function for tissue engineering of skin; (2)
development of tissue scaffolds that mimic
the microstructural organization and mechanical responsiveness of native tissues;
and (3) development of microfabricated
cell culture systems to understand how
extracellular matrix molecules regulate
epithelial cell growth and differentiation.
Cardiovascular Regeneration
Research projects focus on regenerating
functional cardiac muscle tissue. Research
areas include: (1) stimulating adult cardiac
myocytes, a cell previously considered to
be post-mitotic, to enter the cell cycle; (2)
differentiating adult stem cells into cardiac
myocytes; and (3) scaffold based cardiac
regeneration. The efficacy of these technologies are tested with in vitro and in vivo
models using molecular and cellular tools
and the functionality is assessed using high
spatial resolution mechanical and electrical
method.
Cardiovascular Tissue
Engineering and Extracellular
Matrix Biology
The extracellular matrix (ECM) produced
by cells dictates tissue architecture and
presents biochemical signals that direct cell
proliferation, differentiation and migration. Generating an appropriate ECM
is critical for proper physiological and
mechanical performance of engineered tissues. Research projects include: (1) design
and testing of genetic and biochemical
engineering strategies to stimulate cellular
ECM synthesis and organization, (2)
cell-based approaches to generate tissue
engineered blood vessels (TEBV), (3)
evaluation of ECM production and its effect on TEBV mechanical properties, and
(4) ECM gene delivery approaches for in
situ tissue regeneration.
Faculty
Y. Mendelson, Associate Professor and
Interim Department Head; Ph.D., Case
Western Reserve University
Y. Mendelson, Associate Professor and
Interim Department Head; Ph.D., Case
Western Reserve University; Biomedical
sensors for invasive and noninvasive
physiological monitoring, pulse oximeters,
microcomputer-based medical instrumentation, signal processing, wearable wireless
biomedical sensors, application of optics to
biomedicine, telemedicine.
K. L. Billiar, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania; Biomechanics
of soft tissues and biomaterials, wound
healing, tissue growth and development;
functional tissue engineering, regenerative
medicine.
G. R. Gaudette, Assistant Professor; Ph.
D., SUNY Stony Brook; Cardiac biomechanics, myocardial regeneration. biomaterial scaffolds, tissue engineering, stem cell
applications, optical imaging techniques
R. A. Peura, Professor; Ph.D., Iowa State
University; Development and testing of
invasive and noninvasive biosensors,
bioinstrumentation, noninvasive optical
sensors for measuring blood glucose.
G. D. Pins, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Rutgers University; Cell and tissue
engineering, biomaterials, bioMEMS,
scaffolds for soft tissue repair, cell-material
interactions, wound healing, cell culture
technologies.
M. W. Rolle, Assistant Professor, Ph.D.,
University of Washington, Seattle; Cardiovascular tissue engineering, bioreactor
design, cell-based tissue repair, cell and
molecular engineering, cell-derived
extracellular matrix scaffolds, delivery and
control of extracellular matrix genes.
C. H. Sotak, Professor Ph.D., Syracuse
University; Magnetic resonance imaging
(MRI) evaluation of therapeutic interventions in stroke, MRI and magnetic
resonance spectroscopy (MRS) methods
for evaluation of tumor oxygenation and
response to therapy; characterization of
structural information in fluid-saturated
porous media using diffusion-weighted
MRI/MRS.
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
BME 523. Biomedical Instrumentation
Origins and characteristics of bioelectric signals,
recording electrodes, biopotential amplifiers,
basic sensors, chemical, pressure, sound, and flow
transducers, noninvasive monitoring techniques
and electrical safety. (Prerequisites: Circuits and
electronics, control engineering or equivalent.)
BME 525. Microprocessor-Based
Biomedical Instrumentation
This course provides hands-on laboratory experience with common biomedical transducers and
instrumentation used in physiological and clinical
evaluation. Lectures and laboratory experiments
cover electronic circuit design and construction,
analog/digital signal acquisition and processing,
and microprocessor-based biomedical instrumentation. The basic principles of hardware and
software designs for interfacing biomedical sensors
to microprocessors are emphasized. (Prerequisite:
Analog and digital electronics.)
BME 541. Biological Systems
Review of control theory with applications to
biological control systems. Development of mathematical models of selected biological control systems and the application of computer techniques
in the simulation of these systems. (Prerequisite:
Control engineering)
BME/ME 550. Tissue Engineering
This biomaterials course focuses on the selection,
processing, testing and performance of materials used in biomedical applications with special
emphasis upon tissue engineering. Topics include
material selection and processing, mechanisms
and kinetics of material degradation, cell-material
interactions and interfaces; effect of construct architecture on tissue growth; and transport through
engineered tissues. Examples of engineering tissues
for replacing cartilage, bone, tendons, ligaments,
skin and liver will be presented. (Prerequisites:
A first course in biomaterials equivalent to
BME/ME 4814 and a basic understanding of cell
biology and physiology. Admission of undergraduate students requires the permission of the
instructor.)
BME/ME 552. Tissue Mechanics
This biomechanics course focuses on advanced
techniques for the characterization of the structure
and function of hard and soft tissues and their
relationship to physiological processes. Applications include tissue injury, wound healing, the
effect of pathological conditions upon tissue
properties, and design of medical devices and
prostheses. (Prerequisite: An understanding of
basic continuum mechanics.)
BME/ME/MTE 554. Composites with
Biomedical and Materials Applications
Introduction to fiber/particulate-reinforced,
engineered and biologic materials. This course
focuses on the elastic description and application
of materials that are made up of a combination
of submaterials, i.e., composites. Emphasis will
be placed on the development of constitutive
equations that define the mechanical behavior of
a number of applications, including: biomaterial,
tissue and materials science. (Prerequisites: Understanding of stress analysis and basic continuum
mechanics)
BME/ME 558. Biofluids and Biotransport
The emphasis of this course is on modeling fluid
flow within the cardiovascular and pulmonary systems, and the transport processes that take place
in these systems. Applications include artificial
heart valves, atherosclerosis, arterial impedance
matching, clinical diagnosis, respiration, aerosol
and particle deposition. Depending upon class
interest, additional topics may include reproductive fluids, animal propulsion in air and water, and
viscoelastic testing. (Prerequisite: A first course in
biofluids equivalent to BME/ME 4606.)
Biomedical Engineering 33
BME 560. Physiology for Engineers
BME 591. Graduate Seminar
An introduction to fundamental principles in
cell biology and physiology designed to provide
the necessary background for advanced work in
biomedical engineering. Quantitative methods of
engineering and the physical sciences are stressed.
Topics include cell biology, DNA technology and
the physiology of major organ systems.
Topics in biomedical engineering are presented
both by authorities in the field and graduate
students in the program. Provides a forum for
the communication of current research and an
opportunity for graduate students to prepare and
deliver oral presentations. Students may meet the
attendance requirement for this course in several
ways, including attendance at weekly biomedical
engineering seminars on the WPI campus, attendance at similar seminar courses at other universities or biotech firms, attendance at appropriate
conferences, meetings or symposia, or in any other
way deemed appropriate by the course instructor.
NOTE: This course can be used to satisfy a life
science requirement in the biomedical engineering
program. It cannot be used to satisfy a biomedical
engineering course requirement.
BME 562. Laboratory Animal Surgery
A study of anesthesia, surgical techniques and
postoperative care in small laboratory animals.
Anatomy and physiology of species used included
as needed. Class limited to 15 students. Approximately 15 surgical exercises are performed by
each student. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
Admission of undergraduate students requires
the permission of the department head and the
instructor.)
NOTE: This course can be used to satisfy a life
science requirement in the biomedical engineering
program. It cannot be used to satisfy a biomedical
engineering course requirement.
BME 581. Medical Imaging Systems
Overview of the physics of medical image analysis.
Topics covered include X-Ray tubes, fluoroscopic
screens, image intensifiers; nuclear medicine;
ultrasound; computer tomography; nuclear magnetic resonance imaging. Image quality of each
modality is described mathematically, using linear
systems theory (Fourier transforms, convolutions).
(Prerequisite: Signal analysis course ECE 3303 or
equivalent.)
BME 582. Principles of In Vivo Nuclear
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
This course emphasizes the applications of Fourier
transform nuclear magnetic resonance (FTNMR)
imaging in medicine and biology. Course topics
include review of the basic physical concepts of
NMR (including the Bloch equations), theoretical
and experimental aspects of FTNMR, theory of
relaxation and relaxation mechanisms in FTNMR,
instrumentation for FTNMR, basic NMR imaging techniques. (Prerequisites: Differential and
integral calculus, ordinary differential equations.)
BME 585. Principles of In Vivo Nuclear
Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
This course emphasizes the applications of Fourier
transform nuclear magnetic resonance (FTNMR)
spectroscopy in medicine and biology. Course topics include review of the basic physical concepts of
NMR, review of covalent chemical binding and
its relationship to the NMR chemical shift, factors
in biological systems that influence the NMR
chemical shift, data acquisition and processing
techniques in vivo NMR spectroscopy, and the application of NMR spectroscopy to clinical studies.
(Prerequisites: BME 582, organic chemistry and
biochemistry are strongly recommended.)
34 Biomedical Engineering
BME 4023. Biomedical Instrumentation
Design I
This course builds on the fundamental knowledge
of bioinstrumentation and biosensors presented
in BME 3011. Lectures and hands-on laboratory
experiments cover the principles of designing,
building and testing analog instruments to
measure biological events. Design laboratories will
include biopotential amplifiers and biosensor/
bioinstrumentation systems for the measurement
of physiological parameters. (Prerequisites:
BME 2204 and BME 3011.) This course will be
offered in 2006-2007, and in alternating years
thereafter.
BME 595. Special Topics in Biomedical
Engineering
BME 4025. Biomedical Instrumentation
Design II
Topics in biomedical engineering. Presentations
and discussions of the current literature in an area
of biomedical engineering. See the SUPPLEMENT section of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.
edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to
be offered in this academic year.
BME 598. Directed Research
This course builds on the fundamental knowledge
of bioinstrumentation and biosensors presented
in BME 3011. Lectures and hands-on laboratory
experiments cover the principles of biosensor
interfacing, low-level measurements, analog-todigital and digital-to-analog signal conversion,
micro-processor- and microcontroller-based
biomedical instrumentation, and programming.
(Prerequisites: BME 2204 and BME 3011.) This
course will be offered in 2005-2006, and in alternating years thereafter.
BME 599. Master’s Thesis
BME 4201. Biomedical Imaging
BME 596. Research Seminar
Presentations on current biomedical engineering
research.
BME 698. Laboratory Rotation in
Biomedical Engineering
Offered fall, spring and summer for students
doing laboratory rotations on the WPI campus.
Available for 3 or 4 credits. (Prerequisite: Ph.D.
student in biomedical engineering.)
BME 699. Ph.D. Dissertation
The following biomedical engineering
courses are also available for graduate
credit.
BME 4011. Biomedical Signal Analysis
Introduction to biomedical signal processing
and analysis. Fundamental techniques to analyze
and process signals that originate from biological sources: ECGs, EMGs, EEGs, blood pressure
signals, etc. Course integrates physiological
knowledge with the information useful for physiologic investigation and medical diagnosis and
processing. Biomedical signal characterization,
time domain analysis techniques (transfer functions, convolution, auto- and cross-correlation),
frequency domain (Fourier analysis), continuous
and discrete signals, deterministic and stochastic
signal analysis methods. Analog and digital filtering. (Recommended background: ECE 2311,
ECE 2312, BME 3011 or equivalent.) This course
will be offered in 2006-2007, and in alternating
years thereafter.
This course is a practical introduction to biomedical image processing using examples from various
branches of medical imaging. Topics include:
point operations, filtering in the image and Fourier domains, image reconstruction in computed
tomography and magnetic resonance imaging, and
data analysis using image segmentation. Review of
linear-systems theory and the relevant principles
of physics. Coursework uses examples from microscopy, computed tomography, X-ray radiography, and magnetic resonance imaging. A working
knowledge of undergraduate signal analysis, and
linear algebra is desirable. Facility with a high-level
programming language is recommended. This
course will be offered in 2006-2007, and in alternating years thereafter.
BME/ME 4504. Biomechanics
This course emphasizes the applications of
mechanics to describe the material properties of
living tissues. It is concerned with the description
and measurements of these properties as related
to their physiological functions. Emphasis on
the interrelationship between biomechanics and
physiology in medicine, surgery, body injury and
prosthesis. Topics covered include review of basic
mechanics, stress, strain, constitutive equations
and the field equations encountered in fluids,
viscoelastic behavior and models of material
behavior. The measurement and characterization of properties of tendons, skin, muscles and
bone. Biomechanics as related to body injury and
the design of prosthetic devices. (Recommended
background: Differential and integral calculus,
ordinary differential equations, familiarity with
the concepts of mechanics, including continuum
mechanics [ES 2051, ES 2052, ME 3501,
MA 2501].) This course will be offered in 20052006, and in alternating years thereafter.
BME 4541. Biological Systems
BME/ME 4814. Biomedical Materials
Review of control theory with applications to
biological control systems. Analysis and modeling
of physiological systems. Physiological systems
identification. Formulation of mathematical
models of biological systems and the application of computer techniques in the simulation of
these systems. (Prerequisites: Laplace transforms,
transient response, frequency response and system
stability analysis.) This course will be offered in
2005- 2006, and in alternating years thereafter.
This course discusses various aspects pertaining to
the selection, processing, testing (in vitro and in
vivo) and performance of biomedical materials.
The biocompatibility and surgical applicability
of metallic, polymeric and ceramic implants and
prosthetic devices are discussed. The physicochemical interactions between the implant material and the physiological environment will be
described. The use of biomaterials in maxillofacial,
orthopedic, dental, ophthalmic and neuromuscular applications is presented.(Recommended
background: BB 3130 or equivalent introduction
to human anatomy, ES 2001 or equivalent introduction to materials science and engineering.)
BME/ME 4606. Biofluids
This course emphasizes the applications of fluid
mechanics to biological problems. The course
concentrates primarily on the human circulatory and respiratory systems. Topics covered
include: blood flow in the heart, arteries and
veins, and microcirculation and air flow in the
lungs and airways. Mass transfer across the walls
of these systems is also presented. (Prerequisite: A
background in continuum mechanics [ME 3501]
and fluid mechanics equivalent to ME 3602 is assumed.) This course will be offered in 2006-2007,
and in alternating years thereafter.
BME 4828. Biomaterial - Tissue
Interactions
This course examines the principles of materials
science and cell biology underlying the design of
medical devices, artificial organs, and scaffolds for
tissue engineering. Molecular and cellular interactions with biomaterials are analyzed in terms
of cellular processes such as matrix synthesis,
degradation, and contraction. Principles of wound
healing and tissue remodeling are used to study
biological responses to implanted materials and
devices. Case studies will be analyzed to compare
tissue responses to intact, bioresorbable and
bioerodible biomaterials. Additionally, this course
will examine criteria for restoring physiological
function of tissue and organs, and investigate
strategies to design implants and prostheses based
on control of biomaterial-tissue interactions. (Prerequisites: BME 2604, BB 2550 or equivalent,
ES 2001 or equivalent, PH 1120 or PH 1121.)
The following courses in the Graduate
School of Biomedical Sciences (GSBS) at the
University of Massachusetts Medical School
(UMMS) are appropriate for students in the
biomedical engineering program and are
available for graduate credit. While these
are the most common courses taken by our
students, many other GSBS courses not listed
in this catalog may also be available for
graduate credit.
Biomedical Science Core
(I and II)
Provides students with an integral foundation in
the sciences basic to medicine, emphasizing contemporary topics in biological chemistry, transfer
of genetic information, cellular architecture and
regulation, and multicellular systems and processes. Students may take all or part of the core, in
either quarter or semester format.
Biomedical Sciences I (6 credits)
Quarter I: Biochemistry (3 credits)
Quarter II: Molecular Biology and Genetics
(3 credits)
Biomedical Sciences II (6 credits)
Quarter III: Cell Biology (3 credits)
Quarter IV: Systems (3 credits)
Responsible Conduct of Science
Ethics course on the responsible conduct of
science. (1 credit)
BME 850. Laboratory Rotation in
Biomedical Engineering
3 or 4 credits
Offered fall, spring and summer for students
doing laboratory rotations on the UMMS campus. (Prerequisite: Ph.D. student in biomedical
engineering.)
BME 860. Preparation for Qualifying
Examination
Variable credits
BME 900. Research in Biomedical
Engineering and Medical Physics
Variable credits
Equivalent to BME 699 Ph.D. Dissertation.
Biomedical Engineering 35
Chemical Engineering
Programs of Study
Students have the opportunity to do
creative work on state-of-the-art research
projects as a part of their graduate study in
chemical engineering. The program offers
excellent preparation for rewarding careers
in research, industry or education. Selection of graduate courses and thesis project
is made with the aid of a faculty advisor
with whom the student works closely. All
graduate students participate in a seminar
during each term of residence.
The master’s degree program in chemical
engineering is concerned with the advanced topics of the field. While specialization is possible, most students are urged
to advance their knowledge along a broad
front. All students select a portion of their
studies from core courses in mathematics,
thermodynamics, reactor design, kinetics
and catalysis, and transport phenomena.
In addition, they choose courses from a
wide range of elective. While a master’s
degree can be obtained with coursework
alone, most students carry on research
terminating in a thesis.
In the doctoral program, a broad knowledge of chemical engineering topics is
required for success in the qualifying
examination. Beyond this point, more
intensive specialization is achieved in the
student’s field of research through coursework and thesis research.
Admission Requirements
An undergraduate degree in chemical engineering is preferred for master’s and doctoral degree applicants. Those with related
backgrounds will also be considered, but
may be required to complete prerequisite
coursework in some areas.
Degree Requirements
For the M.S.
Thesis Option
A total of 30 credit hours is required,
including 18 credit hours of coursework
and at least 12 credit hours of thesis work.
The coursework must include 15 credit
hours of graduate level chemical engineering courses and 9 of these must be chosen
from the core curriculum. A satisfactory
oral seminar presentation must be given
every year in residence.
36 Chemical Engineering
Non-Thesis Option
A total of 30 credit hours is required,
including a minimum of 24 credit hours
in graduate level courses. At least 21 course
credit hours must be in chemical engineering and 9 of these must be chosen from
the core curriculum. A maximum of 6
credit hours of independent study under
the faculty advisor may be part of the
program.
For the Ph.D.
Upon completion of the comprehensive
qualifying examination, candidates must
present a research proposal in order to
acquaint members of the faculty with the
chosen research topic.
Research Interests
The Chemical Engineering Department’s
research effort is concentrated in the
follow­ing major areas: nanotechnology/nano­
materials, environmental engineering,
energy research, bioengineering, process
control and safety, and reaction engineering.
Bioengineering research in the department
focuses on biomaterials, cell-surface interactions, development of DNA-based biosensors, and modeling of HIV interactions
with the immune system. Environmental
Engineering encompasses air pollution and
pollution prevention in chemical processes, environmentally benign chemical
reactor technology, and fuel cell technology. Process control involves analysis and
control of nonlinear processes. Master’s
and doctoral candidates’ research in these
areas involves the application of all fundamental aspects of chemical engineering,
as well as interdisciplinary projects that
encompass environmental engineering and
science, biomedical engineering, materials
science, and math.
Of the 20 to 25 graduate students, approximately 75% are Ph.D. candidates.
Research groups tend to be small; because
of this, students find considerable interaction with faculty advisors as well as among
various research groups. In such an atmosphere, graduate students have exceptional
opportunities to contribute to their field.
Studies may be pursued in the following
areas:
www.wpi.edu/+che
Nanomaterials
Catalyst and Reaction Engineering
Research in this area is centered on the
physical and chemical behavior of fluids,
especially gases, in contact with homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysts.
Projects include diffusion through porous
solids, multicomponent adsorption, mechanism studies; microkinetics, synthesis and
characterization of catalysts; catalytic reformers; heat and mass transfer in catalytic
reactors; and reactor dynamics.
Zeolite Science and Technology
Research in the area of zeolite science
involves synthesis, characterization and
applications of molecular sieve zeolites.
In particular, developing an understanding of the fundamental mechanisms of
zeolite nucleation and crystal growth in
hydrothermal systems is of interest. Uses
of zeolites as liquid and gas phase adsorbents, and as catalysts, are being studied.
Incorporation of zeolites into membranes
for separations is being investigated due to
zeolites’ very regular pore dimensions on
the molecular level.
Biological Engineering
Bioseparations
Full realization of biotechnology’s potential to produce useful products will require
the engineering of efficient and, in some
cases, large-scale production and recovery
processes. Research in the bioseparations
laboratory is aimed at understanding
and exploiting the thermodynamic and
transport properties of biological materials
such as genetic materials underlying their
separation, to improve existing purification
methods and develop new separation techniques. Recent projects include partitioning in aqueous two-phase systems, affinity
partitioning, extractive fermentation,
filtration using inorganic membranes, and
a new large-scale electrophoretic separation
method.
Lab-on-chip and BioMEMS
Research in the area of lab on chip and
BioMEMS involves developing a fundamental understanding of microfluidics
transport and surface reaction kinetics in
the micro-and nano-domain to design
and fabricate chip-based bioseparation
and biosensing devices and application of
bionanotechnology for rapid and sensitive
molecular diagnostics. Novel nanomaterials for biomedical applications are of
interest.
natural and engineered systems, and
include improving in situ bioremediation
efforts, prevention of water contamination
with pathogenic microbes, and the design
of better treatment options for wastewater.
Bacterial Adhesion to Biomaterials
The mechanisms governing bacterial adhesion to biomaterials, including catheters
and other implanted devices, are poorly
understood at this time. However, it is
known that the presence of a biofilm on
a biomaterial surface will lead to infection and cause an implanted device to fail.
Often, removal of the device is the only
option since microbes attached to a surface
are highly resistant to antibiotics. Work in
our laboratory is aimed at characterizing
bacterial interaction forces and adhesion
to biomaterials, and developing anti-bacterial coatings for biomaterials. We are
using novel techniques based on atomic
force microscopy (AFM) to quantify the
nanoscale adhesion forces between bacteria
and surfaces.
Air & Water Remediation
Research is being carried out to evaluate
the use of hydrophobic molecular sieves
to clean air and water contaminated with
organic compounds. Benefits of using
hydrophobic molecular sieves have been
demonstrated, and our investigations in
the laboratory have been confirmed by
Molecular Dynamics calculations as well as
equilibrium calculations using an equation
of state for fluids confined in nano-meter
sized pores.
Process Analysis, Performance
Monitoring, Control and Safety
Current research efforts lie in the broader
areas of nonlinear process analysis, performance monitoring, control and safety.
In particular, the following thematic areas
may be identified in our current research
plan: (1) synthesis of robust optimal digital
feedback regulators for nonlinear processes
in the presence of model uncertainty;
(2) design of state estimators for digital
process performance monitoring and fault
detection/ diagnosis purposes; (3) chemical risk assessment and management with
applications to process safety; (4) development of the appropriate software tools for
the effective digital implementation of the
above process control, monitoring and risk
assessment schemes
Environmental and
Sustainable Engineering
Bacterial and Biopolymer Interactions
in the Aquatic Environment
Our interests are directed to identifying
the roles bacteria and bacterial extracellular polymers play in environmental
processes. Experimental work is focused
on characterizing biocolloid systems at
the nanoscale. The main areas of interest
are in studying the nanoscale interactions
between bacterial surface molecules and
natural organic materials in the environment. Applications of this work involve
Hydrogen Fuel
Hydrogen may be the energy currency of
the future due to environmental benefits
and potential use of fuel cells. Palladium
and palladium alloy membranes and
membrane reactors are being developed
that produce pure hydrogen in a single
step, simplifying the multi-step reforming
processes that require additional separation
processes to produce pure hydrogen.
Fuel Cell Technology
Fuel cells have potential as clean and efficient power sources for automobiles and
stationary appliances. Research is being
conducted on developing, characterizing
and modeling of fuel cells that are robust
for these consumer applications. This
includes development of CO-tolerant anodes, higher temperature proton-exchange
membranes and direct methanol fuel cells.
In addition, reformers are being investigated to produce hydrogen from liquid fuels.
Combustion-Generated Pollutants
Approximately 50 tons of mercury is
released into the atmosphere annually
from coal combustion processes. Research
is being conducted on understanding the
chemical speciation of mercury, arsenic,
and selenium in simulated combustion
flue gases. Electron impact mass spectrometry is used to measure product concentration profiles of these species among flue
gases containing chlorine, sulfur, nitrogen
and water vapor. In addition, ab initio
and density functional methods are being
employed to gain understanding into the
kinetic mechanisms involving these trace
pollutants. Combining both experimental
and theoretical techniques will allow for
a detailed and accurate picture of trace
metal speciation in combustion flue gases,
which will aid in the development of more
effective control strategies. In addition,
heterogeneous reactivity is being investigated through adsorption and surface
reactions taking place on activated carbon
and fly ash samples.
Chemical Engineering
Laboratories and
Centers
Biological Interaction Forces
Laboratory
All of the experimental work in this lab is
geared at characterizing microbiological
and biological systems (bacterial cells, biopolymers, other types of cells, etc.) at the
nanoscale. The main piece of equipment
used is an atomic force microscope, which
can operate in liquids or under ambient
conditions. Computers with sophisticated
image analysis software are used to quantify phenomena observed in the images.
A laminar flow hood is used for working
with sterile cultures with ample wet chemistry space to do preparative work.
Microfluidics and Biosensors
Laboratory
The research work in this laboratory focuses on integrated microfluidic platform
for biomedical applications. Finite element
simulation is applied for the study of
microfluidics transport and surface reaction kinetics and the design of chip based
device. Fabrication of microfluidic biochip
by micro/nano manufacturing technologies is of interest in this laboratory. Available equipments include ac impedance
analyzer and surface plasmon resonance
for the electrical and optical characterization of the biomolecules assembly at the
chip surface. Novel micro-and nanomaterials and fabrication technology for
neuron science and novel nanoassembly
for petroleum purification are other two
thrusts of interest
Zeolite Crystallization
Laboratory
This laboratory is equipped for hydrothermal syntheses of molecular sieve zeolites
over a wide range of temperature, chemical
composition and hydrodynamic conditions. The objective is to understand how
zeolites nucleate and grow.
Chemical Engineering 37
Synthesis results are characterized by optical and electron microscopy, X-ray diffraction and particle size analysis.
Heat and Mass Transfer
Laboratory
This laboratory is mainly computational.
Workstations are dedicated to the application of computational fluid dynamics
(CFD) to transport problems in chemical
reaction engineering. Current research
interests include simulation of flow and
heat transfer in packed-bed reactors and
membrane reactors. Capabilities also exist
in this lab for simulation of gas dynamics
in microchannels. Experimental facilities
include the measurement of heat and mass
transfer coefficients in packed columns.
Catalyst and Reaction
Engineering Laboratory (CREL)
A large variety of equipment is available
in CREL for catalyst preparation and
characterization, and detailed kinetic
studies. This includes various reactors
such as several packed-bed reactors, a Parr
reactor, a slurry reactor, a membrane reactor, a porous-walled tubular reactor and
an adiabatic tubular reactor with several
thermocouples for monitoring temperature. All necessary analytical instruments
are also available, such as several microbalances, volumetric BET apparatus, mercury
porosimeter, several gas chromatographs,
a Perkin-Elmer GC-MS with Q-Mass 910
mass spectrometer, Nicolet Magna-IR 560
FTIR with DRIFT cell for catalyst surface
characterization, Rosemount Chemiluminescence NO/NOx Analyzer NGA 2000
and a TEOM Series 1500 PMA Pulse
Mass Analyzer for TPD/TGA experiments.
Other available equipment in CREL
includes hoods, several HPLC liquid feed
pumps; several vacuum pumps; temperature, pressure and flow monitors and controllers, furnaces, vacuum oven, diffusion
cell, and all necessary glassware and other
laboratory supplies for catalyst preparation
and testing. In addition, several Macintosh
computers and PCs are available within
the laboratory. The available equipment is
used for the design, synthesis and characterization of novel catalytic materials, and
for reactor analysis.
38 Chemical Engineering
Fuel Cell Laboratory (FCL)
A 5 cm and a 25 cm proton-exchange
membrane (PEM) fuel cell test stationcomplete with flow, pressure, humidity and temperature controllers, and an
external electronic load (HP Model No.
6060B) with a power supply (Lambda
LFS-46-5)-are available. In addition, a
direct methanol fuel cell (DMFC) is available. A hot press, Carver Model C-along
with other equipment for casting membranes and for fabricating membrane-electrode assemblies (MEAs) including catalyst
preparation equipment-is available.
2
2
A cell for studying conductivity at different relative humidities and temperatures
is available. Other equipment includes a
Solartron SI 1260 AC Impedance Analyzer
and a rotating disc electrode. The available
equipment allows design and thorough
characterization of new fuel cells, including cyclic voltammetry and frequency
analysis.
Center for Inorganic Membrane
Studies (CIMS)
The goals of the Center for Inorganic
Membrane Studies are to develop industry
and university collaboration for inorganic
membrane research, and to promote and
expand the science of inorganic membranes as a technological base for industrial applications through fundamental
research. An interdisciplinary approach has
been taken by the center to assemble all
of the essential skills in synthesis, modeling, material characterization, diffusion
measurements and general properties
determinations of inorganic membranes.
Current projects include dense Pd and
Pd/alloy membrane synthesis, and reactive
membrane studies, fouling and transport
studies, and characterization of membrane
stability. Facilities including SEM with
EDX , XRD, and several membrane testing units are available.
Fuel Cell Center (FCC)
The Fuel Cell Center is a University/
industry alliance comprising industrial
members, faculty members, staff, and
graduate and undergraduate students. The
faculty members of FCC come from the
various departments at WPI. The research
is performed in the various laboratories
of the faculty members. The industrial
members represent companies or other
organizations with interest in fuel cell
technology, including fuel cell companies,
automobile manufacturers, utilities, petroleum companies, chemical companies,
catalysis companies, etc.
The objectives of the FCC are: (1) to
perform research and development of fuel
cells, fuel reformers and related components for mobile and stationary applications; (2) to educate graduate and undergraduate students in fuel cell technology;
and (3) to facilitate technology transfer
between the University and industry. The
current projects include development of
proton-exchange membrane (PEM) fuel
cells, direct methanol fuel cells (DMFCs),
molten carbonate fuel cells (MCFCs),
microbial fuel cells, fuel cell stacks, membrane reformers, microreformers, reformer
catalysis, fuel cell electrocatalysis, composite proton-exchange membranes, inorganic
membranes, and transport and reaction
modeling.
Faculty
D. DiBiasio, Associate Professor and
Department Head; Ph.D., Purdue University. Engineering education, teaching and
learning, assessment
T. A. Camesano, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Bacterial adhesion and interaction forces,
biopolymers, bacterial/natural organic
matter interactions
W. M. Clark, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Rice University. Separations, bioseparation, two-phase electrophoresis, filtration
using inorganic membranes
R. Datta, Professor; Ph.D., University of
California, Santa Barbara. Catalysis and
reaction engineering as applied to fuel cells
and hydrogen
A. G. Dixon, Professor; Ph.D., University
of Edinburgh. Transport in chemical reactions, applications of CFD to catalyst and
reactor design, microreactors
N. K. Kazantzis, Associate Professor;
Ph.D, University of Michigan. Analysis,
sustainable design and control of chemical processes, environmental and energy
systems, process safety and chemical risk
analysis, process performance monitoring
and industrial risks
Y. H. Ma, Professor; Ph.D. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. Synthesis, characterization, and application of inorganic
membranes, including composite Pd and
Pd-alloy porous stainless steel membranes
for hydrogen separation
R. W. Thompson, Professor; Ph.D., Iowa
State University. Applied kinetics and
reactor analysis, especially as applied to the
analysis of particulate systems
H. S. Zhou, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
University of California-Irvine. Bioanotechnology, bioseparations, micro- and
nano-bioelectronics, bioMEMS, micro­
fluidics, polymer thin films, surface
­modification, microelectronic and
photonic packaging
Emeritus
W. R. Moser, Professor Emeritus; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
R. E. Wagner, Professor Emeritus; Ph.D.,
Princeton University
A.H. Weiss, Professor Emeritus; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
*Core chemical engineering courses.
CHE 501-502. Seminar
0 credits
Reports on current advances in the various
branches of chemical engineering or on graduate
research in progress. Must be taken during every
semester in residence.
CHE 503. Colloquium
0 credits
Presentations on scientific advances by recognized
experts in various fields of chemical engineering
and related disciplines. The course will be graded
on a Pass/Fail basis.
CHE 504. Mathematical Analysis in
Chemical Engineering*
Methods of mathematical analysis selected from
such topics as vector analysis, matrices, complex
variables, eigenvalue problems, Fourier analysis,
Fourier transforms, Laplace transformation,
solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, integral equations, calculus of variation and
numerical analysis. Emphasis on application to the
solution of chemical engineering problems.
CHE 506. Kinetics and Catalysis*
Theories of reaction kinetics and heterogeneous
catalysis for simple and complex reactions.
­Kinetics and mechanisms of catalyzed and
uncatalyzed reactions, and effects of bulk and
pore diffusion. Techniques for experimentation,
reaction data treatment, and catalyst preparation
and characterization.
CHE 507. Chemical Reactor Design*
CHE 561. Advanced Thermodynamics*
Includes a review of batch, tubular and stirred
tank reactor design. Kinetics review including
advanced chemical kinetics and biochemical kinetics, and transport processes in heterogeneous reactions. In-depth reactor analysis includes fixed bed
reactors, multiplicity and stability of steady states,
reactor dynamics, optimal operation and control,
biological reactors, nonideal flow patterns, and
fluidized bed and multiphase reactors.
Examination of the fundamental concepts of
classical thermodynamics and presentation of existence theorems for thermodynamics properties.
Inequality of Clausius as a criterion for equilibrium in both chemical and physical systems.
Examination of thermodynamic equilibrium for
a variety of restraining conditions. Applications
to fluid mechanics, process systems and chemical
systems. Computation of complex equilibria.
CHE 510. Dynamics of Particulate Systems
CHE 571. Intermediate Transport
Phenomena*
Analyzes discrete particles which grow in size or in
some other characteristic variable (e.g., age, molecular weight). Reaction engineering and population
balance analyses for batch and continuous systems. Steady state and transient system dynamics.
Topics may include crystallization, latex synthesis,
polymer molecular weight distribution, fermentation/ ecological systems and gas-solid systems.
Mass, momentum and energy transport; analytic
and approximate solutions of the equations of
change. Special flow problems such as creeping,
potential and laminar boundary-layer flows. Heat
and mass transfer in multicomponent systems. Estimation of heat and mass transfer rates. Transport
with chemical reaction.
CHE 521. Biochemical Engineering
CHE 573. Separation Processes*
Ligand binding and membrane transport
processes, growth kinetics of animal cells and
micro-organisms, kinetics of interacting multiple
populations, biological reactor design and analysis,
soluble immobilized enzyme kinetics, optimization and control of fermentation, biopolymer
structure and function, properties of biological
molecules, biological separation processes, scale-up
of bioprocesses; laboratory work may be included
when possible.
Thermodynamics of equilibrium separation
­processes such as distillation, absorption, adsorption and extraction. Multistaged separations.
Principles and processes of some of the less common separations.
CHE 531. Fuel Cell Technology
The course provides an overview of the various
types of fuel cells followed by a detailed discussion of the proton-exchange membrane (PEM)
fuel cell fundamentals: thermodynamics relations
including cell equilibrium, standard potentials,
and Nernst equation; transport and adsorption in
proton-exchange membranes and supported liquid
electrolytes; transport in gas-diffusion electrodes;
kinetics and catalysis of electrocatalytic reactions
including kinetics of elementary reactions, the
Butler-Volmer equation, reaction routes and
mechanisms; kinetics of overall anode and cathode
reactions for hydrogen and direct methanol fuel
cells; and overall design and performance characteristics of PEM fuel cells.
CHE 554/CH 554. Molecular Modeling
This course trains students in the area of molecular modeling using a variety of quantum mechanical and force field methods. The approach will be
toward practical applications, for researchers who
want to answer specific questions about molecular
geometry, transition states, reaction paths and
photoexcited states. No experience in programming is necessary; however, a backround at the
introductory level in quantum mechanics is highly
desirable. Methods to be explored include density
functional theory, ab initio methods, semiempirical molecular orbital theory, and visualization
software for the graphical display of molecules.
CHE 574. Fluid Mechanics*
Advanced treatment of fluid kinematics and
dynamics. Stress and strain rate analysis using
vectors and tensors as tools. Incompressible and
compressible one-dimensional flows in channels,
ducts and nozzles. Nonviscous and viscous flow
fields. Boundary layers and turbulence. Flow
through porous media such as fixed and fluidized
beds. Two-phase flows with drops, bubbles and/or
boiling. Introduction to non-Newtonian flows.
CHE 580. Special Topics
This course will focus on various topics of current
interest related to faculty research experience. See
the SUPPLEMENT section of the on-line catalog
at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions
of courses to be offered in this academic year.
CHE 594/FPE 574. Process Safety
Management
This course provides basic skills in state-of-the-art
process safety management and hazard analysis
techniques including hazard and operability
studies (HAZOP), logic trees, failure modes and
effects analysis (FMEA) and consequence analysis.
Both qualitative and quantitative evaluation methods will be utilized. Following a case study format,
these techniques, along with current regulatory
requirements, will be applied through class projects addressing environmental health, industrial
hygiene, hazardous materials, and fire or explosion
hazard scenarios. (Prerequisite: An undergraduate
engineering or physical science background.)
Chemical Engineering 39
Chemistry and Biochemistry
Programs of Study
The Department of Chemistry and
­Biochemistry offers the M.S. and Ph.D.
The major areas of research in the department are biochemistry and biophysics,
molecular design and synthesis, and
nanotechnology.
Admission Requirements
A B.S. degree with demonstrated proficiency in chemistry or biochemistry is
required for entrance to Chemistry and
Biochemistry graduate programs.
Degree Requirements
Because graduate education in chemistry
and biochemistry is primarily research
oriented, there are few formal departmental course requirements in the graduate
program. However, it is expected that each
graduate student will take graduate level
courses in areas of chemistry and biochemistry that are relevant to their field of
specialization, as well as seminar courses.
Entering students who have deficiencies in
specific areas (inorganic, organic, physical,
or biochemistry), as revealed by preliminary examinations, will take appropriate
courses to correct these deficiencies.
Each student should select a research advisor no later than the end of the first term
(seven weeks) of residence, and research
should be started by the beginning of the
second term.
For the M.S.
Thesis
The M.S. degree in chemistry or biochemistry requires 30 semester hours of
credit, of which at least 6 or more must
be thesis research, and the remainder in
approved independent studies and courses
at the 4000 or 500 level. Special requirements of the Chemistry and Biochemistry
Department are that an M.S. candidate
must submit a thesis based upon research
conducted under the direction of a faculty
member during his or her tenure at WPI.
The thesis must be approved by the faculty
advisor and the chairman of the Chemistry
and Biochemistry Department.
40 Chemistry and Biochemistry
For the Ph.D.
At the end of the first semester of the
second year of residence, the student must
submit a written and an oral progress report on completed research to the Chemistry and Biochemistry Department. A committee of three faculty members, including
the Research Advisor, will consider this
progress report and the student’s performance in courses, and will recommend to
the department whether or not the student
should complete an M.S. degree, or if the
student should be formally admitted to the
Ph.D. program.
Qualifying Examination
Before formal admission to the doctoral
program, Ph.D. candidates must take the
qualifying examination in their field of
specialization.
Dissertation
For the final Ph.D. degree requirement
the candidate must submit and defend a
satisfactory dissertation to a committee of
three or more, two of whom must be from
the degree granting program and one of
whom must be from outside the program.
The dissertation must include a significant
proposal for future research in the general
area of his/her research.
Research Interests
The three major areas of research in the
department are:
• Biochemistry and biophysics. Within
this area there is active research on a
number of topics including heavy metal
transport and metal homeostasis of both
plants and bacteria, plant pathogen
interactions, enzyme structure and function, and others.
• Molecular Design and Synthesis. Within
this area there is active research on
topics encompassing organic synthesis
and medicinal chemistry, supramolecular materials, photovoltaic materials,
polymorphism in pharmaceutical drugs,
spectroscopy and photophysical properties of molecules, host-guest chemistry,
and more.
www.wpi.edu/+chemistry
• Nanotechnology. This research area encompasses such projects as photonic and
nonlinear optical materials, nanoporous
and microporous crystals of organic and
coordination compounds, molecular
interactions at surfaces, and others.
Chemistry and
Biochemistry Research
Laboratories
The Chemistry and Biochemistry Research
Laboratories are located in Goddard Hall
and at Gateway Park. Department facilities
and instrumentation in individual research
laboratories include 500 and 400 MHz
FT-NMR, GC-MS, GC, HPLC, capillary
electrophoresis, DSC (differential scanning
calorimeter), TGA (thermogravometric
analysis), polarizing optical stereomicroscope, FT-IR, UV-VIS absorption, fluorescence and phosphorescence spectroscopy;
powder and single crystal x-ray diffractometers, cyclic voltammetry, impedence
spectroscopy, ellipsometer, quartz crystal
microbalance, grazing incidence IR,
atomic force microscoopic (AFM), and
other surface-related facilities. Additional equipment in the biochemistry area
include: centrifugues, ultra-centrifugues,
PCR, phospho imager, scintillation
counter, FPLC, bacteria and eukaryotic
cell culture and plant growth facilities. The
department is exceptionally well set up
with computer facilities and is also linked
to the University’s network.
Faculty
K. K. Wobbe, Associate Professor and
­Depart­ment Head; Ph.D., ­Harvard
University; plant pathogen interactions,
viral suppression of host defenses, regulation of terpene biosynthetic genes, plant
metabolic engineering.
W. Yu, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Chinese
Academy of Sciences; nanomaterials
synthesis, biological imaging and sensor
development, environmental remediation,
nanocatalysis, device fabrication.
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
J. M. Argüello, Professor; Ph.D.,
­Universidad Nacional de Río Cuarto,
Argentina; transmembrane ion transport,
metal-ATPases structure-function, plant
heavy metal homeostasis, thermophilic
membrane protein structure and stability.
CH 516. Chemical Spectroscopy
R. E. Connors, Professor; Ph.D., Northeastern University; photochemistry,
spectroscopy, time-resolved fluorescence,
photocatalysis, molecular modeling, singlet
oxygen production and storage.
CH 536. Theory and Applications
of NMR Spectroscopy
J. P. Dittami, Professor; Ph.D., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute; medicinal chemistry,
organic synthesis, new synthetic methods
development.
G. A. Kaminski, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Yale University; computational
biochemistry and biophysics, complex formation, protein structure determination,
protein-ligand interactions, computeraided drug design.
J. MacDonald, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota; porous crystalline materials composed of organic &
coordination compounds, polymorphism
of pharmaceutical drugs, crystallization
of proteins, surpramolecular assembly on
surfaces.
W. G. McGimpsey, Professor; Ph.D.,
Queen’s University, Canada; chemical
and biological sensors, chemical surface
modification, thin film devices, photovoltaics, microfluidics, nanofluidics, biofilms,
biocompatible surfaces.
A. A. Scala, Professor; Ph.D., Polytechnic
Institute of Brooklyn; reactivity-selectivity
relationships; thermodynamic vs. kinetic
control of products; Bell-Evans-Polanyi
Principle and Hammond’s Postulate; transition state diagrams.
V. R. Thalladi, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Hyderabad, India; organic
and metal-organic materials; pharmaceutical polymorphism; organic and pharmaceutical alloys; porous, magnetic, and
nonlinear optical materials; microfluidics.
The emphasis is on using a variety of spectroscopic data to arrive at molecular structures, particularly of organic molecules. Major emphasis is on
H- and C-NMR, IR and MS. There is relatively
little emphasis on theory or on sampling handling
techniques.
This course emphasizes the fundamental aspects
of 1D and 2D nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR). The theory of pulsed Fourier
transform NMR is presented through the use of
vector diagrams. A conceptual nonmathematical approach is employed in discussion of NMR
theory. The course is geared toward an audience
which seeks an understanding of NMR theory
and an appreciation of the practical applications of
NMR in chemical analysis. Students are exposed
to hands-on NMR operation. Detailed instructions are provided and each student is expected to
carry out his or her own NMR experiments on a
Bruker AVANCE 400 MHz NMR spectrometer.
CH 538. Medicinal Chemistry
This course will focus on the medicinal chemistry
aspects of drug discovery from an industrial pharmaceutical research and development perspective.
Topics will include chemotherapeutic agents (such
as antibacterial, antiviral and antitumor agents)
and pharmacodynamic agents (such as antihypertensive, antiallergic, antiulcer and CNS agents).
(Prerequisite: A good foundation in organic chemistry, e.g., CH 2310 Organic Chemistry I and
CH 2320 Organic Chemistry II.)
CH 539. Molecular Pharmacology
After a review of the pertinent aspects of human
physiology, the course will focus on the variety
of chemical messengers in the body, their storage
release, action on target receptors and eventual
fate. Discussion of endocrine receptors introduces
the fundamental concepts of receptoreffector
coupling, which are developed further in studies
of the molecular structure and function of ion
channels with application to the nerve impulse
and of the acetylcholine receptors. Concepts of
agonist and antagonist specificity, nonspecific
blocking, drug addiction, etc. will be further developed in discussions of the cathecholamines and
the neuractive peptides. Nonreceptor blocking
will be further developed in a segment of ion cotransport systems in renal regulation. A knowledge
of the material covered in one of the following is
­recommended: (1) CH 4110 and CH 4120, (2)
BB 3100, or (3) CH 538, plus an understanding
of protein and membrane structures.
CH 540. Regulation of Gene Expression
This course covers the biochemical mechanisms involved in regulation of gene expression:
modifications of DNA structures that influence
transcription rates, transcriptional regulation,
post-transcriptional processing of RNA including splicing and editing, nuclear/cytoplasmic
transport, regulation of translation, and factors
that control the half-lives of both mRNA and
protein. During the course, common experimental
methods are explored, including a discussion of
the information available from each method.
CH 541. Membrane Biophysics
This course will focus on different areas of
biophysics with special emphasis on membrane
phenomena. The biomedical-biological importance of biophysical phenomena will be stressed.
The course will begin with an introduction to
the molecular forces relevant in biological media
and subsequently develop the following topics:
membrane structure and function; channels, carriers and pumps; nerve excitation and related topics;
and molecular biophysics of motility. Topics will
be developed assuming a good understanding of
protein and lipid chemistry, enzyme kinetics, cell
biology, and electricity.
CH 554/CHE 554. Molecular Modeling
This course trains students in the area of molecular modeling using a variety of quantum mechanical and force field methods. The approach will be
toward practical applications, for researchers who
want to answer specific questions about molecular
geometry, transition states, reaction paths and
photoexcited states. No experience in programming is necessary; however, a backround at the
introductory level in quantum mechanics is highly
desirable. Methods to be explored include density
functional theory, ab initio methods, semiempirical molecular orbital theory, and visualization
software for the graphical display of molecules.
CH 555. Advanced Topics
1 to 3 credits as arranged
A course of advanced study in selected areas whose
content and format varies to suit the interest and
needs of faculty and students. This course may
be repeated for different topics covered. See the
SUPPLEMENT section of the on-line catalog at
www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of
courses to be offered in this academic year.
CH 560 Current Topics in Biochemistry
1 credit per semester
In this seminar course, a different topic is selected
each semester. Current articles are read and
analyzed. See the SUPPLEMENT section of the
on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/
for descriptions of courses to be offered in this
academic year.
Chemistry and Biochemistry 41
CH 561. Functional Genomics
1 credit per semester
In this seminar course, students will present and
critically analyze selected, recent publications in
functional genomics. The course will conclude
with a written project, either a mini-grant proposal or an analysis of publicly available data in a
research manuscript format. The course will be offered in alternate years in lieu of CH 560, may be
repeated as many times as offered, and satisfies the
department’s requirement for a graduate seminar
in biochemistry.
CH 571. Seminar
0.5 credit per semester
Reports on current advances in the various
branches of chemistry.
CH 598. Directed Research
CH 599. M.S. Thesis
CH 699. Ph.D. Dissertation
The following graduate/undergraduate
chemistry courses are also available for
graduate credit.
CH 4110. Biochemistry I
The principles of protean structure are presented.
Mechanisms of enzymatic catalysis, including
those requiring coenzymes, are outlined in detail.
The structures and biochemical properties of
carbohydrates are reviewed. Bioenergetics, the role
of ATP, and its production through glycolysis and
the TCA cycle are fully considered.
CH 4120. Biochemistry II
Oriented around biological membranes, this term
begins with a discussion of electron transport
and the aerobic production of ATP, followed
by a study of photosynthesis. The study of the
biosynthesis of lipids and steroids leads to a discussion of the structure and function of biological
membranes. Finally, the membrane processes in
neurotransmission are discussed. (Recommended
background: CH 4110.)
CH 4130. Biochemistry III
This course presents a thorough analysis of the
biosynthesis of DNA (replication), RNA (transcription) and proteins (translation), and of their
biochemical precursors. Proteins and RNAs have
distinct lifetimes within the living cell; thus the
destruction of these molecules is an important
biochemical process that is also discussed. In addition to mechanistic studies, regulation of these
processes is covered.
42 Chemistry and Biochemistry
CH 4330. Organic Synthesis
A discussion of selected modern synthetic
methods including additions, condensations and
cyclizations. Emphasis is placed on the logic and
strategy of organic synthesis. (Recommended
background: CH 2310, CH 2320 and CH 2330,
or the equivalent.) This course will be offered in
2004-2005 and in alternate years thereafter.
CH 4420. Inorganic Chemistry II
Complexes of the transition metals are discussed.
Covered are the electronic structures of transition
metal atoms and ions, and the topological and
electronic structures of their complexes. Symmetry
concepts are developed early in the course and
used throughout to simplify treatments of electronic structure. The molecular orbital approach
to bonding is emphasized. The pivotal area of
organotransition metal chemistry is introduced,
with focus on complexes of carbon monoxide,
metal-metal interactions in clusters, and catlysis
by metal complexes. (Recommended background:
CH 2310 and CH 2320, or equivalent.) This
course will be offered in 2002-2003 and in alternate years thereafter.
CH 4520. Chemical Statistical Mechanics
This course deals with how the electronic, translational, rotational and vibrational energy levels of
individual molecules, or of macromolecular systems are statistically related to the energy, entropy
and free energy of macroscopic systems, taking
into account the quantum mechanical properties
of the component particles. Ensembles, partition
functions, and Boltzmann, Fermi/Dirac and BoseEinstein statistics are used. A wealth of physical
chemical phenomena, including material related
to solids, liquids, gases, spectroscopy and chemical
reactions are made understandable by the concepts
learned in this course. This course will be offered
in 2005-2006 and in alternate years thereafter.
www.wpi.edu/+cee
Civil and Environmental Engineering
Programs of Study
The Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering (CEE) offers graduate
programs leading to the degrees of master
of science, master of engineering and doctor of philosophy. The department also
offers graduate and advanced certificate
programs. Full- and part-time study is
available.
Master of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy
The graduate programs in civil engineering and environmental engineering are
arranged to meet the interests and objectives of the individual student. Through
consultation with an advisor and appropriate selection from the courses listed in this
catalog, from 4000-level undergraduate
courses suitable for graduate credit, independent graduate study and concentrated
effort in a research or project activity, a
well-planned program may be achieved.
Students may take acceptable courses in
other departments. The complete program
must be approved by the student’s advisor
and the Graduate Program Coordinator.
The faculty have a broad range of teaching
and research interests. Through courses,
projects and research, students gain excellent preparation for rewarding careers in
many sectors of engineering including
consulting, industry, government and
education.
Specialty programs are available in
the following areas:
Structural Engineering
Courses from the structural offerings,
combined with appropriate mathematics, mechanics and other courses, provide
opportunities to pursue programs ranging
from theoretical mechanics and analysis to
structural design and materials research.
There are ample opportunities for research
and project work in mechanics, structures
and construction utilizing campus facilities
and in cooperation with area consulting
and contracting firms. The integration of
design and construction into a cohesive
master builder plan of studies is available.
(See page 46).
The research topics in the recent past at
WPI are as follows – three-dimensional
dynamic response of tall buildings to
sto chastic winds; the inelastic dynamic
response of tall buildings to earthquakes;
response of braced, framed-tube and
outrigger- braced tall buildings to wind;
dynamic response of tall buildings with
base-isolation to seismic loads; eccentrically braced tall buildings to resist earthquakes; approximate methods of analysis
and preliminary design of tall buildings;
knowledge-based systems and neural networks for tall building design; structural
design agents for building design; finite
element methods for nonlinear analysis;
finite element analysis of shell structures
for dynamic and instability analysis; and
box girder bridges.
laboratories. Additional opportunities are
provided through collaborative research
projects with nearby Alden Research Laboratory, an independent hydraulics research
laboratory with large-scale experimental
facilities.
Geotechnical Engineering
Course offerings in soil mechanics, geotechnical and geoenvironmental engineering may be combined with structural
engineering and engineering mechanics
courses, as well as other appropriate university offerings.
Engineering and Construction
Environmental Engineering
The environmental engineering program
is designed to meet the needs of engineers
and scientists in the environmental field.
Coursework provides a strong foundation in both the theoretical and practical
aspects of the environmental engineering
discipline, while project and research activities allow for in-depth investigation of
current and emerging topics. Courses are
offered in the broad areas of water quality
and waste treatment. Topics covered in
classes include: hydraulics and hydrology; physical, chemical and biological
treatment systems for water, wastewater,
hazardous waste and industrial waste; contaminant transport, transformation and
modeling; and water quality.
Current research interests in the environmental engineering program span a wide
range of areas. These areas include microbial contamination of source waters, colloid and surface chemistry, physiochemical
treatment processes, disinfection, pollution
prevention for industries, treatment of
hazardous and industrial wastes, biological
wastewater treatment, environmental fluid
dynamics and coastal processes, contaminant fate and transport in groundwater
and surface water, exchanges between
surface and subsurface waters, computer
simulations of distribution systems, and
land use development and controls.
Research facilities include the Environmental Laboratory and several computing
Designed to assist the development of
professionals knowledgeable in the design/
construction engineering processes, labor
and legal relations, and the organization
and use of capital. The program has been
developed for those students interested
in the development and construction of
large-scale facilities. The program includes
four required courses: CE 580, CE584,
CE585 and ACC 501. (ACC 501 can be
substituted by an equivalent 3-credit-hour
course approved by department.) It must
also include any two of the following
courses: CE 581, CE 582, CE 583 and
CE 586. The remaining courses include a
balanced choice from other civil engineering and management courses as approved
by the advisor. It is possible to integrate
a program in design and construction to
develop a cohesive master builder plan of
studies. Active areas of research include
integration of design and construction,
models and information technology,
cooperative agreements, and international
construction.
Highway Infrastructure
The objective of the highway infrastructure program is to provide a center for
learning and education for the engineers
who will design, build and maintain
tomorrow’s highway infrastructure.
The highway infrastructure program is a
multidisciplinary interdepartmental program designed to prepare students for careers designing, maintaining and managing
highway infrastructure systems. Students
gain proficiency in highway infrastructure
technology in two complementary ways:
projects and coursework. Projects focus on
Civil and Environmental Engineering 43
developing improved practical methods,
procedures and techniques. Coursework
is focused on practical aspects of infrastructure technology needed by practicing
engineers.
Research in the highway infrastructure
program is sponsored by a variety of
private and governmental organizations
including the U. S. Federal Highway
Administration, the National Cooperative
Highway Research Program, the Massachusetts Highway Department, The Maine
Department of Transportation, the Iowa
Department of Transportation, the New
England Transportation Consortium, the
National Science Foundation and others.
Some of the more active research areas being pursued in the highway infrastructure
program include developing side-impact
crash test and evaluation procedures,
developing procedures for performing inservice performance evaluations of traffic
barriers, assessing the field performance
of traffic barriers, finite element analysis
of crash events, structural crash-worthiness, Superpave technology, pavement
smoothness and ride quality measurement,
recycled asphalt materials, and implementation of innovation in transportation
management and other transportation- related topics.
Interdisciplinary M.S. Program
in Construction Project
Management
The interdisciplinary program combines
offerings from several disciplines including
civil engineering, management science,
business and economics. Requirements
for the degree are similar to the master of
science in engineering and construction
management program.
Master of Engineering
The master of engineering is a professional
practice-oriented degree. The degree is
available both for WPI undergraduate students who wish to remain at the university
for an additional year to obtain both a
bachelor of science and a master of engineering, as well as for students possessing a
B.S. degree who wish to enroll in graduate
school to seek this degree. At present, the
M.E. program is offered in the following
two areas of concentration:
Master Builder
The master builder program is designed
for engineering and construction professionals who wish to better understand
the industry’s complex decision-making
environment and to accelerate their career
paths as effective project team leaders.
This is a practice-oriented program that
builds upon a project-based curriculum
and uses a multidisciplinary approach to
problem solving for the integration of
planning, design, construction and facility
management. It emphasizes hands-on
experience with information technology
and teamwork.
Environmental
The environmental master of engineering
program concentrates on the collection,
storage, treatment and distribution of
­industrial and municipal water resources
and on pollution prevention and the
treatment and disposal of industrial and
municipal wastes.
Admission Requirements
For the M.S.
A B.S. degree in civil engineering (or
another acceptable engineering field) is
required for admission to the M.S. program in civil engineering. Students who do
not have an ABET accredited B.S. degree
may wish to enroll in the inderdisciplinary
M.S. program.
For the environmental engineering
program, a B.S. degree in civil, chemical
or mechanical engineering is normally
required. However, students with a B.S.
in other engineering disciplines as well
as physical and life sciences are eligible,
provided they have met the undergraduate
math and science requirements of the civil
and environmental engineering program.
A course in the area of fluid mechanics is
also required. All graduates of this option
will receive a master of science in environmental engineering.
Students with a B.S. in civil engineering
may petition the department Graduate
Program Committee to change the degree
designation to an M.S. in civil engineering, if they so desire and are qualified.
For the interdisciplinary M.S. program
in construction project management,
students with degrees in areas such as
architecture, management engineering and
civil engineering technology are normally
accepted to this program. Management
44 Civil and Environmental Engineering
engineering students may be required to
complete up to one year of undergraduate
civil engineering courses before working
on the M.S.
For the M.E.
A B.S. degree in civil engineering (or
another acceptable engineering field) is required for admission to the M.E. program
in civil engineering.
For the Ph.D.
Ph.D. applicants must have earned a
bachelor’s or master’s degree. Applicants
will be evaluated based on their academic
background, professional experience, and
other supporting application material. As
the dissertation is a significant part of the
Ph.D., applicants are encouraged, prior to
submitting an application, to make contact with CEE faculty performing research
in the area the applicant wishes to pursue.
Degree Requirements
For the M.S.
The completion of 30 semester hours of
credit, of which 6 credits must be research
or project work, is required. A non-thesis alternative consisting of 33 semester
hours is also available. In addition to civil
and environmental engineering courses,
students also may take courses relevant to
their major area from other departments.
Students who do not have the appropriate undergraduate background for the
graduate courses in their program may
be required to supplement the 30 semester hours with additional undergraduate
studies.
For the M.E.
The master of engineering degree requires
the completion of an integrated program
of study that is formulated with a CEE
faculty advisor at the start of the course
of study. The program and subsequent
modifications thereof must be submitted
to and approved by the CEE department
head or the Graduate Program Coordinator, when they are developed or changed.
The program requires the completion of
30 semester hours of credit. The following
activities must be fulfilled through completion of the courses noted or by appropriate
documentation by the department head or
graduate program coordinator: experience
with complex project management (CE
593 Advanced Project), competence in
integration of computer applications and
information technology (CE 585 Infor-
mation Technology in the Integration of
Civil Engineering), and knowledge in the
area of professional business practices and
ethics (CE 501 Professional Practice). The
program shall also include coursework in
at least two subfields of civil and environmental engineering that are related to the
M.E. area of specialization.
The primary subfield will provide the
student with competence required for
the analysis of problems encountered in
practice and the design of engineering
processes, systems and facilities. Subfields are currently available in structural
engineering, engineering and construction
management, highway and transportation
engineering, geotechnical engineering,
materials engineering, geohydrology, water
quality management, water resources,
waste management, and impact engineering. The sub-field requirements are satisfied by completing two thematically related graduate courses that have been agreed
upon by both the student and the advisor
as appropriate to the program of study.
In addition to the subfields noted above,
other appropriate areas may be identified
as long as it is clear that the courses represent advanced work and complement the
program. Coursework and other academic
experiences to fulfill this requirement will
be defined in the integrated Plan of Study
at the start of the program.
Transfer between M.S. and
M.E. Program
A student may transfer from the M.E.
program to the M.S. program at any
time. A student may transfer from the
M.S. program to the M.E. program only
after an integrated program of study has
been agreed upon by the student and the
advisor in the area of concentration and
approved by the CEE department head or
the Graduate Program Coordinator.
For the Ph.D.
Doctoral students must satisfactorily
complete a qualifying examination administered within the first 18 credits of
admission into the Ph.D. program. The
purpose of the qualifying examination is
to assess the student’s ability to succeed
at the Ph.D. level and also to identify
strengths and weaknesses in order to plan
an appropriate sequence of courses. The
exam is administered by a four member
committee consisting of the major advisor
and three other members selected by the
major advisor.
In addition to the university requirements
for the Ph.D. degree, the CEE department
requires students to establish a minor and
to pass a comprehensive examination.
Students must establish a minor outside
their major area. This may be accomplished with three courses in the approved
minor area. One member of the student’s
dissertation committee should represent
the minor area. The student’s dissertation committee has the authority to make
decisions on academic matters associated
with the Ph.D. program. To become a
candidate for the doctorate, the student
must pass a comprehensive examination
administered by the student’s dissertation
committee. The candidate, on completion
and submission of the dissertation, must
defend it to the satisfaction of the dissertation committee.
Civil and Environmental
Engineering Laboratories
The department has three civil and
environmental engineering laboratories
(Environmental Lab, Geotechnical Lab,
and Materials/Structural Lab), plus three
computer laboratories located within Kaven Hall, as well as a structural mechanics
impact laboratory. The CEE laboratories
are used by all civil and environmental
engineering students and faculty. The
computer laboratories are open to all WPI
students and faculty. Uses for all laboratories include formal classes, student projects, research projects and unsupervised
student activities.
Structural Mechanics Impact
Laboratory
The Structural Mechanics Impact Laboratory is a teaching and research laboratory.
The impact laboratory is used to explore
the behavior of materials and components
in collisions.
The Structural Mechanics Impact Laboratory consists of the following major pieces
of equipment:
• An Instron Dynatup Model 8250 Instrumented Impact Test System,
• A high-speed video camera system,
• A data acquisition system, and
• A large-mass drop tower.
Fuller Environmental Laboratory
The Fuller Laboratory is designed for
state-of-the-art environmental analyses,
including water and wastewater testing
and treatability studies. Major equipment
includes an atomic absorption spectrophotometer, gas chromatograph, total organic
carbon analyzer, UV-Vis spectrophotometer and particle counter. Along with ancillary equipment (such as a centrifuge, autoclave, incubators, balances, pH meters and
water purification system), the laboratory
is equipped for a broad range of physical,
chemical and biological testing. The laboratory is shared by graduate research projects, graduate and undergraduate courses
(CE 4060 Environmental Engineering
Laboratory and CE 569 Environmental
Engineering Treatability Laboratory) and
undergraduate projects.
Pavement Research Laboratory
The pavement research laboratory provides
support for graduate research and courses.
The state of the art array of equipment
includes compactor, moisture susceptibility testing equipment, loaded wheel tester
and extraction and recovery equipment.
The laboratory contains some of the
most advanced testing equipment - most
notable of these are the material testing
system, the Model Mobile Load Simulator,
and an array of Non Destructive Testing equipment consisting of the Portable
Seismic Property Analyzer, Falling Weight
Deflectometer and Ground Penetrating
Radar. A major focus of the pavement
engineering program is on the integration
of undergraduate and graduate curriculum with research projects funded by the
Maine Department of Transportation,
Federal Highway Administration, New
England Transportation Consortium and
National Science Foundation.
Materials/Structural Laboratory
The Materials/Structural Laboratory is
set up for materials and structures testing.
The laboratory is utilized for undergraduate teaching and projects, and graduate
research. The laboratory is equipped for
research activities including construction
materials processing and testing. Materials
tested in this lab include portland cement,
concrete, asphalt, and fiber composites.
The laboratory has several large-load mechanical testing machines.
Civil and Environmental Engineering 45
Geotechnical Laboratory
The Geotechnical Laboratory is equipped
for soil testing and is utilized for under­
graduate teaching and projects and
graduate research. The primary use of the
laboratory is for teaching CE 4046.
Computer Laboratory No. 2
Computer Laboratory No. 2 (2000
square feet, referred to as the CECIL Lab)
­contains 23 Core 2 Duo computers with
Windows XP ­connected to WPI’s network
system. In addition, hook-up jacks to network connections for laptop computers are
provided at four large group tables in the
center of the CECIL room. A complete
presentation system (computer projector, VCR and sound system) is housed in
this facility. Primary use of this laboratory
is for courses and civil engineering group
project work.
Faculty
T. El-Korchi, Professor and Interim
Department Head; Ph.D., University of
New Hampshire; glass fiber reinforced
cement composites, tensile testing techniques, materials durability.
L. D. Albano, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
performance-based design of buildings,
design and behavior of building structures
in fire conditions, integration of design
and construction.
J. Bergendahl, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Connecticut; industrial and
domestic wastewater treatment, particulate
processes in the environment, chemical
oxidation of contaminants.
D. S. Dutton, Adjunct Assistant Professor;
M.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
F. L. Hart, Professor; Ph.D., University
of Connecticut; water quality changes
in distribution systems, tracer analysis of
reactors, water quality changes in wet pipe
fire sprinklers.
P. Jayachandran, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; tall buildings, design.
W. F. Kearney, Adjunct Assistant Professor.
R. B. Mallick, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Auburn University; nondestructive testing, highway design, pavement material
characterization.
P. P. Mathisen, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology; water resources and environmental fluid dynamics, contaminant fate and transport in
groundwater and surface water, exchanges
across the sediment-water interface.
J. C. O’Shaughnessy, Professor; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University; sustainability and green engineering, industrial
waste/pollution prevention; hazardous
waste destruction.
R. Pietroforte, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
construction management, construction
economics, architectural engineering.
J. D. Plummer, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts,
Amherst; surface water quality, microbial
source tracking, alternative disinfection
strategies.
M. H. Ray, Professor and White Chair;
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University; impact
mechanics, transportation safety, structural
mechanics.
G. F. Salazar, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
integration of design and construction,
models and information technology, cooperative agreements.
Mingjiang Tao, Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University;
soil mechanics, geotechnical-pavement
engineering, geo-material characterization
and modeling.
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
CE 501. Professional Practice
Professional practices in engineering. Legal issues
of business organizations, contracts and liability;
business practice of staffing, fee structures,
accounts receivable, negotiation and dispute
resolution, and loss prevention; marketing and
proposal development; project management
involving organizing and staffing, budgeting,
scheduling, performance and monitoring, and
presentation of deliverables; professionalism,
ethics and responsibilities.
CE 510. Structural Mechanics
Analysis of structural components: uniform and
nonuniform torsion of structural shapes, analysis
of determinate and indeterminate beams (including elastic foundation conditions) by classical
methods, finite difference equations, numerical
integrations, series approximation, elastic stability
of beams and frames, lateral stability of beams,
beams-columns, analysis of frames including the
effect of axial compression. This course is offered by
special arrangement only, based on expressed student
interest.
46 Civil and Environmental Engineering
CE 511. Structural Dynamics
Analysis and design of beams and frames under
dynamic loads; dynamics of continuous beams,
multistory building frames, floor systems and
bridges; dynamic analysis and design of structures
subjected to wind and earthquake loads; approximate methods of analysis and practical design
applications.
CE 519. Advanced Structural Analysis
Energy methods in structural analysis, concepts of
force method and displacement methods, methods
of relaxation and numerical techniques for the
solution of problems in buildings, and long-span
structures and aircraft structural systems. Effects
of secondary stress in structures. Course may be
offered by special arrangement. (Prerequisites:
Structural mechanics and undergraduate courses
in structural analysis, differential equations.)
CE 523. Advanced Matrix
Structural Analysis
Matrix methods of structural analysis, displacement and flexibility methods; substructuring,
tall buildings, energy methods, finite elements,
including plane stress and strain elements, approximate methods, solution of linear systems.
CE 527/ME 5327. Impact Strength
of Materials
This course provides the student with a basic
understanding of the mechanics of impact and
contact as well as the behavior of materials
subjected to dynamic loadings. Topics will include
elastic and plastic stress waves in rods; longitudinal, torsional and flexure waves; shock waves;
impulsively loaded beams and plates; impact of
rough bodies in three dimensions, impact of bodies with compliance, impact of slender deformable
rods, continuum modeling of contact regions and
progressive collapse of structures.
CE 529/ME 5329. Impact Finite
Element Analysis
Modern practical contact/impact problems like
the design of auotobiles, aircraft, ships, packaging, etc. depend on the use of nonlinear dynamic
large-deformation high-strain rate explicit finite
element computer programs. The purpose of this
course is to provide the student with background
sufficient for them to understand the workings
of such programs and the ability to use such
programs to build models and perform analyses
of contact/impact problems. Topics will include
explicit time integration, penalty and constraint
contact methods, under-integrated element
formulations, hourglass control, developing finite
element models and performing and interpreting
finite element anlaysis results.
CE 531. Advanced Design of
Steel Structures
Advanced design of steel members and connections; ultimate strength design in structural
steel; codes and specifications; loads and working
stresses; economic proportions; and buckling of
slender elements and built-up sections, torsion,
lateral-torsional buckling, beam-columns, design
for lateral forces, and connections for building
frames.
CE 532. Advanced Design of Reinforced
Concrete Structures
CE 538. Pavement Analysis and Design
for Highways and Airports
CE 561. Advanced Principles of
Wastewater Treatment
Advanced design of reinforced concrete members
and structural systems; effect of continuity; codes
and specifications; ultimate strength theory of
design; economic proportions and constructibility
considerations; and deep beams, torsion, beamcolumns, two-way slabs, design for lateral forces,
and beam-to-column joints.
This course is designed for civil engineers and will
provide a detailed survey of analysis and design
concepts for flexible and rigid pavements for
highways and airports. The materials will cover
elastic and inelastic theories of stress pavement
components and currently used design methods,
i.e., Corps of Engineers, AASHTO, etc. The use
of finite element methods for pavement stress and
deformation analysis will be presented. A review
of pavement rehabilitation methods and processes
will be presented. (Prerequisites: differential
equations, construction materials, soil mechanics,
computer literacy.)
Theory and practice of wastewater treatment.
Natural purification of streams; screening;
sedimentation; flotation, thickening; aerobic
treatment methods; theory of aeration; anaerobic
digestion; disposal methods of sludge including
vacuum filtration, centrifugation and drying beds;
wet oxidation; removal of phosphate and nitrogen
compounds; and tertiary treatment methods.
CE 534. Structural Design for Fire
Conditions
The development of structural analysis and design
methods for steel and reinforced concrete members subjected to elevated temperatures caused by
building fires. Beams, columns and rigid frames
will be covered. The course is based on research
conducted during the past three decades in Europe, Canada and the United States. Course may
be offered by special arrangement. (Prerequisites:
Knowledge of statically indeterminate structural
analysis, structural steel design and reinforced
concrete design.)
CE 535. Integration of Design
and Construction
As an interactive case study of the project development process, student groups design a facility and
prepare a construction plan, including cost and
schedule, to build the project. The students present their design-build proposal to participating
industrial clients. Emphasis is on developing skills
to generate, evaluate and select design alternatives
that satisfy the needs of the owner and the constraints imposed by codes and regulations, as well
as by the availability of construction resources.
Emphasis is also in developing team-building skills
and efficient communication. Computer-based
methods for design, construction cost estimating
and scheduling, and personal communications are
extensively used. The interactive case study is specifically chosen to balance the content between design, construction engineering and management.
Students taking this course are expected to have a
background in at least two of these disciplines.
CE 536. Construction Failures: Analysis
and Lessons
This course develops an understanding of the integration process of technical, human, capital, social
and institutional aspects that drive the life cycle
of a construction project. The study of failures
provides an excellent vehicle to find ways for the
improvement of planning, design and construction of facilities. Student groups are required to
complete a term project on the investigation of a
failure and present their findings and recommendations. This investigation includes not only the
technical analysis of the failure but also requires a
comprehensive analysis of the organizational, contractual and regulatory aspects of the process that
lead to the failure. The course uses case studies to
illustrate different types of failure in the planning,
design, construction and operation of constructed
facilities. Students taking this course are expected
to have a sound academic or practical background
in the disciplines mentioned above.
CE 562. Biosystems in Environmental
Engineering
Application of microbial and biochemical understanding to river and lake pollution; natural
purification processes; biological conversion of
important elements such as C, N, S, O and P;
biological aspects of wastewater treatment; diseaseproducing organisms with emphasis on waterborne diseases; and quantitative methods used in
indicator organism counts and disinfection.
CE 542. Geohydrology
This course addresses engineering problems associated with the migration and use of subsurface
water. An emphasis is placed on the geology of
water-bearing formations including the study of
pertinent physical and chemical characteristics of
soil and rock aquifers. Topics include principles of
groundwater movement, geology of groundwater
occurrence, regional groundwater flow, subsurface
characterization, water well technologies, groundwater chemistry and unsaturated flow.
CE 5621. Open Channel Hydraulics
CE 543. Highway Design and
Traffic Safety
This course is an in-depth study of highway safety
as it affects the geometric design of highways.
Topics include the classification and purposes
of roadway systems, developing safety design
criteria, the design of safe vertical and horizontal
alignments, proper selection of cross-sectional elements, providing adequate sight distance, selection
of appropriate speed limits, control of speeds, and
other highway design issues. While there is no
formal prerequisite, the course presumes a basic
knowledge of undergraduate highway design as
taught in CE 3050. This course is usually offered
in alternate spring semesters.
This course covers advanced methods of subsurface exploration and recent developments in
prediction of bearing capacity and settlement of
shallow foundations. It includes design of mat
foundations, analysis and design of pile and drilled
shaft foundations, and discussion of case studies.
The course content is determined in part by the
student’s interests and often also includes design of
lateral support systems, reinforced earth, dewatering systems and buried structures.
Theory and practice of drinking water treatment. Water quality and regulations; physical and
chemical unit processes including disinfection,
coagulation, clarification, filtration, membranes,
air stripping, adsorption, softening, corrosion
control, and other advanced processes.
CE 563. Industrial Waste Treatment
Legislation; the magnitude of industrial wastes;
effects on streams, sewers and treatment units;
physical, chemical and biological characteristics; pretreatment methods; physical treatment
methods; chemical treatment methods; biological treatment methods; and wastes from specific
industries. Lab includes characterization and
treatment of typical industrial wastes.
CE 565. Stream, Lake and Estuarine
Analysis
CE 553. Advanced Foundation
Engineering
CE 560. Advanced Principles of
Water Treatment
This course begins with fundamentals of free
surface flow, and includes engineering and
environmental applications. Development of basic
principles, including specific energy, momentum and critical flow. Rapidly varied, uniform
and gradually varied steady flow phenomena
and analysis. Density-stratified flow. Similitude
considerations for hydraulic models. Optional
topics: dispersion and heat transfer to atmosphere.
Course may be offered by special arrangement.
This course provides a quantitative base for determining the fate of effluent discharged into natural
waters. Models are developed to describe the
transport, dispersal, and chemical/biological reaction of substances introduced in rivers, estuaries,
lakes and coastal areas. The concept of conservation of mass is used to derive the general transport
equation. This equation is applied to analyze
BOD, DO, temperature, nutrients and plankton
population dynamics. Fate of toxic pollutants is
also addressed.
CE 566. Groundwater Flow and Pollution
This course provides a review of the basic principles governing ground water flow and solute
transport, and examines the models available
for prediction and analysis including computer
models. Topics covered include mechanics of flow
in porous media; development of the equations of
motion and of conservation of solute mass; analytical solutions; and computer-based numerical approaches and application to seepage, well analysis,
artificial recharge, groundwater pollution, salinity
intrusion and regional groundwater analyses.
Civil and Environmental Engineering 47
CE 567. Hazardous Waste: Containment,
Treatment and Prevention
This course provides a survey of the areas associated with hazardous waste management.
The course materials deal with identification of
hazardous waste legislation, containment, storage,
transport, treatment and other hazardous wastes
management issues. Topics include hazardous
movement and containment strategies, barrier
design considerations, hazardous waste risk assessment, spill response and clean-up technologies,
centralized treatment facilities, on-site treatment,
in situ treatment, and industrial management and
control measures. Design of selected containment
and treatment systems, and a number of industrial
case studies are also covered. This course is offered
to students with varying backgrounds. Students
interested in taking this course must identify a
specific problem that deals with either regulation,
containment of hazardous waste, treatment of
hazardous waste or industrial source reduction of
hazardous waste. This problem becomes the focal
point for in-depth study. The arrangement of topics between the students and the instructor must
be established by the third week. A knowledge of
basic chemistry is assumed.
CE 573. Treatment System Hydraulics
CE 581. Real Estate Development
Hydraulic principles of water, domestic wastewater and industrial wastewater systems. Hydraulic
analysis and design of collection, distribution and
treatment systems and equipment. Topics covered
include pipe and channel flow, pump characteristics and selection, friction loss, corrosion and
material selection.
Principles of real estate development, emphasizing
the system approach to the process of conception,
design, construction and operation; organization
and control systems for real estate development,
value and decision analysis.
CE 574. Water Resources Management
This course provides an understanding of the
various subjects involved in the use, design,
development, implementation and maintenance
of computer- based information systems in the
construction industry. Theoretical and hands-on
review of basic building blocks of information and
decision support systems including user interfaces,
database management systems, object-oriented
approaches and multimedia. Applications include
project scheduling and cost control, budgeting,
project risk analysis, construction accounting,
materials management and procurement systems,
project document tracking and resource management. Commercial software—such as PRIMAVERA Project Planner, TIMBERLINE, and
spreadsheets and databases— is extensively used.
Students are required to complete a term project
reviewing an existing information system and
presenting recommendations for improvement.
(Prerequisites: A knowledge of the material covered in CE 580, CE 584 and CE 585 is expected).
Course may be offered by special arrangement.
This course provides an introduction to water
resources engineering and management, with an
emphasis on water resources protection and water
supply. Course content addresses technical aspects
as well as the legal, regulatory and policy aspects
of water resources management. Topics include
surface water hydrology and watershed protection,
development of water supplies, conjunctive use of
groundwater and surface water, management of
reservoirs and rivers, the role of probability and
statistics, systems analysis techniques, and planning of water resources projects.
CE 579. Planning and Designing for a
Sustainable Built and Natural Environment
Introduces concepts of transport processes in the
environment with emphasis on exchanges across
phase boundaries. Topics include equilibrium
conditions of environmental interfaces; partitioning and distribution of contaminants in the
environment; transport in surface water; dispersion, sorption and the movement of nonaqueous
phase liquids in groundwater; exchanges across
air-water interfaces; and the effects of reactions on
the transport in the environment. (Prerequisite: A
knowledge of the material covered in ES 3004 and
CE 3069 is expected.)
The planning and designing for a sustainable built
and natural environment contrasts with the sprawl
and resource use which is occurring presently.
Sustainable development, whether it be an individual home, an office building, a neighborhood,
a town/city, a region, or a nation, necessitates
planning and designing with an understanding of
social, economic and aesthetic factors, as well as
impact on scarce and nonrenewable resources. A
knowledge of the availability of limited resources,
density assumptions and population demands, as
well as future technology, and how these variables
affect not only our present but also future generations— water resource availability, threatened
species, global warming or infrastructure development— is critical to the civil engineer.
CE 571. Water Chemistry
CE 580. Advanced Project Management
CE 570. Multiphase Contaminant
Transport
This course covers the topics of chemical equilibrium, acid/base chemistry, the carbonate system,
solubility of metals, complexation and oxidationreduction reactions. These principles will be applied to understanding of the chemistry of surface
waters and groundwaters, and to understanding
the behavior of chemical processes used in water
and wastewater treatment.
CE 572. Physical and Chemical
Treatment Processes
This course presents the physical and chemical principles for the treatment of dissolved and
particulate contaminants in water and wastewater.
These concepts will provide an understanding of
the design of commonly used unit operations in
treatment systems. Applications will be discussed
as well. Topics covered include water characteristics, reactor dynamics, filtration, coagulation/flocculation, sedimentation, adsorption, gas stripping,
disinfection, and chemical oxidation.
This course develops an understanding of the
managerial principles and techniques used
throughout a construction project as they are
applied to its planning, preconstruction and
construction phases. The course emphasizes the
integrative challenges of the human, physical
and capital resources as experienced from the
owner’s point of view in the preconstruction
phase of a project. Through assignments and case
studies, the course reviews the complex environment of the construction industry and processes,
project costing and economic evaluation, project
organization, value engineering, time scheduling, contracting and risk allocation alternatives,
contract administration, and cost and time control
techniques. Prerequisites: CE 3020, CE 3021,
CE 3023, or equivalent.
48 Civil and Environmental Engineering
CE 582. Engineering and Construction
Information Systems
CE 583. Contracts and Law for
Civil Engineers
An introduction to the legal aspects of construction project management, emphasis on legal
problems directly applied to the practice of project
management, contracts and specifications documents, codes and zoning laws, and labor laws.
CE 584. Advanced Cost Estimating
Procedures
This course examines cost estimating as a key
process in planning, designing and constructing buildings. Topics include the analysis of the
elements of cost estimating; database development and management, productivity, unit costs,
quantity surveys and pricing, and the application
of these tools in business situations; marketing,
sales, bidding, negotiating, value engineering,
cost control, claims management and cost history.
Computerization is evaluated as an enhancement
to the process.
CE 585. Information Technology in the
Integration of Civil Engineering
This course provides an understanding and handson experience of state-of-the-art information
technology and its application to the planning,
design, construction and management of civil
engineering projects. These technologies include
integrated database management systems, electronic data interchange (EDI), electronic media
for date input/output (bar coding, voice recognition, image processing), networks and knowledgebased systems. The course format includes formal
lectures, computer laboratory sessions and a class
project developed collaboratively by the students
throughout the term. Using information technology, the class develops a package that includes
drawings, specifications, cost estimate and schedule of a civil engineering project. (Prerequisites:
basic knowledge of computers and construction
project management.)
CE 590. Special Problems
CE 586. Building Systems
CE 592. Constructed Facilities Seminar
This course introduces design concepts,
components, materials and processes for major
building projects. The topics analyze the choice of
foundations, structures, building enclosures and
other major building subsystems as affected by environmental and legal conditions, and market and
project constraints. Consideration is given to the
functional and physical interfaces among building
subsystems. Emphasis is given to the processes
through which design decisions are made in the
evolution of a building project. Prerequisite:
CE 3023, or equivalent.
Participation of students, faculty and recognized
experts outside of WPI in developing modern
and advanced topics of interest in the constructed
facilities area.
2 to 4 credits
Individual investigations or studies of any phase
of civil engineering as may be selected by the
student and approved by the faculty member who
supervises the work.
CE 591 Environmental Engineering
Seminar
Participation of students in discussing topics of
interest to environmental engineers.
CE 593. Advanced Project
This capstone project is intended for students
completing the M.E. degree. The student is
expected to identify all aspects of the M.E. curriculum and an integrative, descriptive systems
approach. The project activity requires the student
to describe the development, design construction,
maintenance and operation process for an actual
facility; to evaluate the performance of the facility
with respect to functional and operational objectives; and to examine alternative solutions. Specific
areas of study are selected by the student and
approved by the faculty member. The work may
be accomplished by individuals or small groups of
students working on the same project. (Prerequisite: consent of instructor.)
CE 599. M.S. Thesis
Research study at the M.S. level.
CE 699. Ph.D. Thesis
Research study at the Ph.D. level.
Civil and Environmental Engineering 49
Computer and Communications
Networks
Program of Study
A specialization in computer and communications networks is available within the
master’s degree programs of the Computer
Science (CS) and the Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECE) Departments.
Students enrolled in this specialization
will receive the master of science degree in
computer science or electrical and computer engineering, with a notation on their
transcript “Specialization in Computer
and Communications Networks (CCN).”
The program is focused on preparing students for professional positions in industry,
but the education also provides excellent
preparation for Ph.D. study in networks.
This program prepares graduates for technical leadership positions in the design and
implementation of computer and communications networks, including local- and
wide-area computer networking, distributed computation, telecommunications
(including voice, data and video services),
wireless networking and personal mobile
communications. All of the fundamental
hardware and software aspects of networks
will be treated in the program:
1.The seven layers of the ISO network
model
2.Transmission media and terminals
(including fiber optics, cable and radio)
3.Switching and routing methods
(including packet switching)
4.Systems modeling and performance
analysis
5.Methods of distributed computation
6.Current and evolving standards and
protocols
7.Impacts of the information type (voice,
video, text, etc.) on optimal transmission and routing methods
An accelerated part-time option is available with cooperating corporations, with
program completion possible in two years.
CCN Project
Each student in the CCN specialization
must complete an in-depth project demonstrating the ability to apply and extend
the material studied in their coursework.
Students have the option of completing a
practice-oriented internship or a researchoriented thesis.
The internship is a high-level network
engineering experience, tailored to the
specific interests and background of the
student. Each internship is carried out in
cooperation with a sponsoring organization, and must be approved and advised
by a WPI faculty member in the CS or
ECE department. Internships may be
proposed by a faculty member, by an
offcampus sponsor or by the student. The
internship must include proposal, design
and documentation phases, and generally
includes implementation and testing. The
student will prepare a report describing
the internship activities, and will make a
presentation before a committee including
the faculty advisor and a representative
of the sponsoring organization. Internship examples include transceiver design
for new media, security and encryption
protocols, protocol converters, databases
to support efficient routing, and network
system designs for ents.
The thesis option for the CCN project is
a research-oriented experience in an area
of current research in an area of computer
and communications networks. The thesis
must be pursued under the direction of a
WPI faculty member in the CS or ECE
department. The result of the thesis is a
thesis document, describing the results of
the research, and a public presentation.
50 Computer and Communications Network
www.cs.wpi.edu
Admission Requirements
The program is conducted at an advanced
technical level and requires, in addition
to the WPI admissions requirements, a
solid background in electrical engineering (ECE) and/or computer science (CS).
Normally a B.S. degree in ECE or CS is
expected; however, applicants with comparable backgrounds, together with expertise
gained through work experience, will also
be considered. Admission is highly selective and decisions will be based both on
previous academic performance and on
relevant technical experience. Admission
decisions are made by the department to
which the student applies.
Degree Requirements
Computer Science
33 credits
Electrical and Computer
Engineering
30 credits for non-thesis or thesis
Required Courses
(4 courses, 12 credits):
• Analysis of Probabilistic Signals and
Systems or Analysis of Computations
and Systems (ECE 502, CS 504, or
CS 524)
• Introduction to Local- and Wide-Area
Networks (CS 513/ECE 506)
and two of the following courses:
• Telecommunications Transmission
Technologies (ECE 535)
• High Performance Networks
(CS 530/ECE 530)
• Advanced Computer and Communications Networks (ECE 537/CS 577)
• Modeling and Performance Evaluation
of Networks and Computer Systems
(CS 533/ECE 581)
Elective Courses
(at least three from list):
• Digital Communications: Modulation
and Coding (ECE 532)
• Advances in Digital Communication
(ECE 533)
• Multiple Processor and Distributed
Systems (ECE 575/CS 515)
• Advanced Operating System Theory
(CS 535)
• Design of Software Systems (CS 509)
• Multimedia Networking (CS 529)
• Wireless Information Networks
(ECE 538)
• Cryptography and Data Security
(CS 578/ECE 578)
• Advanced Cryptography (ECE 579R)
• Telecommunication Policy (ECE 508)
• Mobile Data Networking (ECE 539S)
• Any of the courses ECE 535,
ECE 530/ CS 530, ECE 537/CS 577,
and CS 533/ECE 581 not taken to
satisfy the required courses above.
CCN Project
Free Electives
The student must complete one of the
following:
1.Computer and Communications Networks Internship (ECE 595/CS 595)
Free electives may be used to bring the
total to 33 credits, or 30 credits for students in the ECE department completing
a master’s thesis. Courses may be chosen
from relevant graduate-level courses in
computer science, electrical and computer
engineering, mathematics or management.
Some students in the computer science
degree program will need to use these electives to satisfy the area requirements for
the CS master’s degree core.
(6 credits)
This project requirement may be
waived with documentation of relevant
industrial experience. The waiver must
be approved by the Graduate Program
Committee of the student’s department
in consultation with the CCN director.
If this requirement is waived, the student must take two additional courses
from the list of elective courses above,
or two additional courses approved by
the department’s Graduate Program
Committee.
2.Master’s thesis in the area of computer
and communications networks
(9 credits)
Important Note
Since the CCN specialization is a specialization in the master’s programs of
the Computer Science and Electrical and
Computer Engineering Departments,
students in the CCN specialization must
also satisfy all requirements of whichever
computer science or electrical and computer engineering master’s program they
are enrolled in.
Faculty
This is a joint specialization taught by
computer science and electrical and
computer engineering faculty.
Computer and Communications Network 51
Computer Science
Programs of Study
Graduate programs in Computer Science
provide opportunites for advanced coursework and research for highly qualified students. Graduate Certificates, recognizing
completion of a cohesive set of advanced
courses, are offered in several areas of
Computer Science. The Master of Science
degree is more comprehensive; with thesis
and non-thesis (coursework-only) options,
it is the degree of choice for many full-time
students and working professionals. The
Doctor of Philosophy degree emphasizes
deeper study and discovery in preparation
for a career in research or education.
Graduate programs may be undertaken on
a full-time or part-time basis. For all students, challenging courses and demanding
research projects, with high expectations of
accomplishment, are the standard.
Admission Requirements
Applicants are expected to demonstrate
sufficient background in core Computer
Science for graduate-level work. Background in both theoretical and applied
Computer Science, with significant programming experience and some collegelevel mathematics, is required. A bachelor’s
degree in Computer Science or a closely
related field should be adequate preparation. Students from other backgrounds are
welcome to apply if they can demonstrate
their readiness through other means, such
as the Computer Science GRE Subject exam.
Work experience will be considered if it
covers a broad spectrum of Computer Science at a technical or mathematical level.
A student may apply to the Ph.D. program
upon completion of either a bachelor’s (in
which case the master’s degree must first be
completed) or master’s degree in computer
science, or with an equivalent background.
52 Computer Science
Non-matriculated students may enroll in
up to two courses prior to applying for
admission to a Computer Science Graduate Program.
BS/MS Program
Overview
The university rules for the BS/MS program are described on page 7.
Students enrolled in the BS/MS program
may count certain courses towards both
their undergraduate and graduate degrees.
The Undergraduate Catalog states that for
the BS/MS the conversion equivalence is:
• 1/3 WPI undergraduate unit = 3 WPI
graduate credit hours
i.e., one undergraduate course maps to one
graduate course.
Note: Courses, whose credit hours total
no more than 40% of the credit hours
required for the master’s degree, and which
meet all other requirements for each degree, may be used to satisfy requirements
for both degrees. This means that only
four courses can be shared between the BS
and MS degrees.
The Regulations section (below) details
which courses may be shared between the
two degrees.
Process
Students should apply for admission to
the BS/MS program during or after taking
their second 4000-level Computer Science
course. In order to receive BS/MS credit
for a course, the student must complete a
Course Selection Form; the instructor will
indicate the conditions the student must
satisfy in order to receive BS/MS credit for
the course, such as earning a specific grade
or doing additional assigned work.
www.cs.wpi.edu
Regulations
The CS department allows only selected
4000-level undergraduate courses to count
towards the MS degree. The 4000-level
courses that may be counted towards both
degrees are:
• CS 4120 Analysis of Algorithms
• CS 4123 Theory of Computation
• CS 4233 Object-Oriented Analysis and
Design
• CS 4241 Webware: Computational
Technology for Network Information
Systems
• CS 4341 Introduction to Artificial
Intelligence
• CS 4432 Database Systems II
• CS 4445 Data Mining and Knowledge
Discovery in Databases
• CS 4513 Distributed Computing
­Systems
• CS 4514 Computer Networks: Architecture and Implementation
• CS 4515 Computer Architecture
• CS 4533 Techniques of Programming
Language Translation
• CS 4536 Programming Languages
• CS 4731 Computer Graphics
• CS 4732 Computer Animation
• Undergraduate Independent Studies,
with permission of instructor and either
the Graduate Committee or the Department Chair • CS graduate courses except CS 501,
CS 505, and CS 507
Certain pairs of undergraduate and graduate courses cover similar material. In most
cases, students may not receive credit for
both the undergraduate and graduate versions of the same course. Exceptions arise
when the graduate course covers extensive
material beyond the undergraduate course.
The table below summarizes the restrictions on credit for similar courses across
the undergraduate and graduate programs.
Undergraduate Course
Credit Not Also Credit Not
Allowed for
Allowed for
Graduate Undergraduate
Course Course if You
Previously Took
CS 4120 Analysis of Algorithms
CS 4123 Theory of Computation
CS 553
CS 4341 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
CS 534
CS 4432 Database Systems II
CS 542
CS 4513 Distributed Computing Systems
CS 502
CS 4514 Computer Networks: Architecture and
Implementation
CS 513
CS 4533 Techniques of Programming Language Translation
CS 4536 Programming Language
CS 536
CS 4731 Computer Graphics
CS 543
CS 504
CS 553
CS 534
CS 542
CS 502
CS 513
CS 544
CS 536
CS 543
Undergraduate courses listed in table above are viewed as mapping to the graduate
courses listed in the third column. If an undergraduate course maps to a graduate course
that satisfies a bin requirement for the MS degree, the undergraduate course satisfies that
bin requirement. For example, a BS/MS student can satisfy the systems bin requirement
for the MS by taking CS 4513.
Degree Requirements
For the M.S.
These degree requirements are effective for
all students matriculating after November
1, 2006. Those students who matriculated
prior to this date may choose to use the
degree requirements stated in the graduate
catalog effective at the time of matriculation. The student may choose between
two options to obtain the master’s degree:
thesis or coursework. Each student should
carefully weigh the pros and cons of these
alternatives in consultation with his or
her advisor prior to selecting an option,
typically in the second year of study. The
department will allow a student to change
options only once.
M.S. Breadth Requirement
ate credit can be earned for these courses
and M.S. students may use them to satisfy
bin requirements. However, students with
a solid undergraduate degree in CS are
strongly encouraged to take more advanced courses within the bins.
The Bins
The following list shows the M.S. bins
and the courses in them. Courses listed in
multiple bins may only be used to satisfy
the requirements of one bin.
Theory: 5003 (Intro. Theory), 503
(Found.), 521 (Logic), 559 (Adv. Th.)
Algorithms: 5084 (Intro. Algorithms),
504 (Analysis), 584 (Algs)
Systems: 502 (OS), 533 (Perf. Eval.), 535
(Adv. OS)
All M.S. students must complete the
Breadth Requirement. M.S. students are
required to achieve a passing grade in
courses from four different bins, as listed
below. Those four bins must include the
three essential bins; the essential bins are
Theory, Algorithms, and either Systems
or Networks. The other bins are Design,
Compilers/Languages, Graphics/Imaging,
AI, and Databases.
Networks: 513 (Intro LAN/WAN), 529
(Multi. Net.), 530 (HP Net.), 577 (Adv.
Net.)
Courses with a 5000 number (e.g., 5003,
5084) are preparatory courses, designed
specifically for students with insufficient
background knowledge or skills. Gradu-
AI: 534 (AI), 538 (Ex. Sys.), 539 (Learning), 540 (AI Design), 549 [Vision]
Design: 509 (SE), 546 (HCI), 562 (Adv.
SE)
Compilers/Languages: 536 (Langs.), 544
(Compilers)
Graphics/Imaging: 543 (Graph.), 545
(Im. Proc.), 549 [Vision], 563 (Adv. Gr.)
Databases: 542 (DB), 561 (Adv. DB)
For each bin, a bin committee is responsible for the administration of requirements
related to that bin. These responsibilities
include: recommending courses to be
added or removed from their bin; determining which independent studies and
special topics courses should be included
in their bin; and deciding on student petitions concerning their bin. Further regulations regarding the Breadth Requirement
are posted in the Graduate Regulations on
the CS Department Web site.
Please note that the Breadth Requirement
for the Ph.D. is more demanding. Master’s
students who are planning to pursue a
Ph.D. degree should satisfy the Ph.D. version of the breadth requirements.
The department will accept at most 9
credit hours of transfer credit from other
graduate programs. If appropriate, this
transferred credit may be used to satisfy
Breadth Requirement bins. These credits
must not have been used to satisfy the
requirements of another academic degree
earned by the candidate. With rare exceptions, these credits are limited to courses
taken before matriculation at WPI.
A student may count a total of at most two
courses towards their M.S. degree from
the following categories: preparatory CS
courses and courses from other departments. For example: 2 preparatory courses;
or 2 courses from another department; or
1 preparatory course plus 1 course from
another department.
Thesis Option
At least 33 credit hours, including the
thesis, must be satisfactorily completed. A
thesis consisting of a research or development project worth a minimum of 9 credit
hours must be completed and presented
to the faculty. A thesis proposal must be
approved by the department by the end of
the semester in which a student has registered for a third thesis credit. Proposals
will be considered only at regularly scheduled department meetings. Students must
take four courses satisfying the Breadth
Requirement; these courses should be
taken as early as possible in the student’s
program. The remaining courses may,
with prior approval of the student’s advisor, consist of computer science courses,
independent study, or courses elected from
other disciplines. At most, two courses in
Computer Science 53
other disciplines will be accepted. IDG
501 may not be counted towards the 33
credits required for a CS Master’s degree.
Students funded by a teaching assistantship, research assistantship or fellowship
must complete the thesis option.
Non-thesis Option
A total of at least 33 credit hours must be
satisfactorily completed, including four
courses which satisfy the Breadth Requirement. Students should endeavor to take
these four courses as early as possible
so as to provide the background for the
remaining graduate work. The remaining
seven courses may, with prior approval of
the student’s advisor, consist of computer
science courses, independent study, or
courses elected from other disciplines.
IDG 501 may not be counted towards the 33
credits required for a CS Master’s degree.
Students funded by a teaching assistantship, research assistantship or fellowship
must complete the thesis option.
For the Ph.D.
Students are advised to contact the
department for detailed rules, as there are
departmental guidelines, in addition to the
university’s requirements, for the Ph.D.
degree.
Upon admission, the student is assigned
an academic advisor and together they
design a Plan of Study during the first
semester of the student’s Ph.D. program.
The student must satisfy the Ph.D.
Qualifying Requirement, consisting of the
Breadth Requirement and the Directed
Research Requirement. These requirements are described in the Graduate Regulations on the CS department web site.
Upon successful completion of the Ph.D.
qualifying requirement, the student becomes a computer science Ph.D. candidate. The student’s Dissertation Committee must be formed within the first year of
candidacy. The student selects a research
advisor from within the CS department,
and together they select, with the approval
of the CS Graduate Committee, three
additional members, at least one of whom
must be from outside the WPI CS department. The Dissertation Committee will
be responsible for supervising the comprehensive examination, and approving the
dissertation proposal and final report.
54 Computer Science
The Ph.D. degree requirements consist of
a coursework component and a research
component, which together must total at
least 60 credit hours beyond the master’s
degree requirement. The coursework
component consists of at least 27 graduate credits, including 3 credits of graduate
level mathematics.
The student may also enroll for research
credits, but is only allowed up to 18
research credits prior to the acceptance
of the written dissertation proposal by
the Dissertation Committee. With the
approval of the Dissertation Committee, the student applies for and takes the
Ph.D. comprehensive examination. This
examination must be passed prior to the
completion of the dissertation defense and
is normally taken after some initial dissertation research has been performed. With
approval of the Dissertation Committee,
the student applies for and takes the dissertation proposal examination, usually
within one year of the Ph.D. candidacy.
The Ph.D. research component consists of
at least 30 credits (including any research
credits earned prior to the acceptance of
the dissertation proposal and excluding
any research credits applied toward a master’s degree) leading to a dissertation and
a public defense, which must be approved
by the student’s Dissertation Committee.
Research Interests
The current departmental activities
include, among other areas, analysis of
algorithms, artificial intelligence, computer
vision, computer graphics, database and
information systems, distributed systems,
graph theory and computational complexity, network performance evaluation, programming languages, software engineering,
user interfaces, virtual reality, visualization,
and Web-based systems. Research groups
meet weekly and focus on topics related to
the above areas. Students are encouraged
to participate in the meetings related to
their area(s) of interest. Research and development projects and theses are available
in these areas. Computer science students
may also participate in computer applications research work being conducted in
a number of other departments including electrical and computer engineering,
mechanical engineering, biomedical and
fire protection engineering. Students are
also encouraged to undertake projects and
theses in cooperation with neighboring
computer manufacturers or commercial
organizations.
Facilities
WPI boasts excellent computing resources
and network connectivity through the
university’s Computing & Communications Center and the CS Department’s
own systems. A wide range of machines
provides web, mail, file, high-performance
computation, and security services. An
extensive software library is available free
of charge to all campus users. The network
backbone has 4 Gigabits of available bandwidth and offers high-speed connection to
Internet2 via an OC-3 link to the Abilene
network. Limited-access wired and wireless
networking is available for research purposes. Other specialized resources include
computing clusters, supercomputer access,
Access Grid Node, and extremely large
displays.
Off-Campus Research
Opportunities
Computer science graduate students have
opportunities for research and development in cooperation with several neighboring organizations, both for the master’s
thesis and Ph.D. dissertation. These and
other opportunities provide real-world
problems and experiences consistent with
WPI’s policy of extending learning beyond
the classroom.
Faculty
M. A. Gennert, Associate Professor and
Department Head; Sc.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. Image processing;
image understanding; artificial intelligence; scientific databases; theoretical
computer science.
Emmanuel O. Agu, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Massachusetts, 2001. Computer
graphics, wireless networking, and mobile
computing.
David C. Brown, Professor; Ph.D., Ohio
State, 1984. Knowledge-based design
systems, artificial intelligence.
Mark L. Claypool, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Minnesota, 1997. Distributed systems, networking, multimedia and online
games.
Daniel J. Dougherty, Professor; Ph.D.,
Maryland, 1982. Logic in computer
science.
David Finkel, Professor; Ph.D., Chicago,
1971. Computer system performance
evaluation, distributed computing systems,
focusing on the performance of computer
networks and distributed systems.
Kathi Fisler, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Indiana, 1996. Interplay of human reasoning and formal logic in the context of
hardware and software systems; current
projects explore access-control policies and
diagrams.
Neil T. Heffernan, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon, 2001. Intelligent
tutoring agents, artificial intelligence, cognitive modeling, machine learning.
George T. Heineman, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Columbia, 1996. Component-based software engineering, formal
approaches to compositional design.
Micha Hofri, Professor; Ph.D., Technion
(Israel), 1972. Analysis of algorithms,
performance evaluation, applied probability, the use of statistics in algorithms,
asymptotics.
Robert E. Kinicki, Professor; Ph.D.,
Duke, 1978. Computer network performance, wireless networks, multimedia
streaming.
Karen A. Lemone, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Northeastern, 1979. Electronic
documents, language translation.
Robert W. Lindeman, Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., George Washington, 1999. Human-computer interaction, haptics, virtual
environments.
Murali Mani, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
UCLA, 2003. Databases, Web databases,
sensor databases.
Charles Rich, Professor; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1980.
Artificial intelligence and its intersections with human-computer interaction,
interactive media and game development,
robotics, intelligent tutoring systems,
knowledge-based software tools.
Carolina Ruiz, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Maryland, 1996. Data mining, knowledge
discovery in databases, machine learning.
Elke A. Rundensteiner, Professor; Ph.D.,
California, Irvine, 1992. Database and
information systems, stream and sensor query processing, and information
integration.
Gabor N. Sarkozy, Affiliate Associate
Professor; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1994. Graph
theory, combinatorics, algorithms.
Stanley Selkow, Professor; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1970. Combinatorial algorithms,
graph theory, analysis of algorithms.
Matthew O. Ward, Professor; Ph.D.,
Connecticut, 1981. Data and information visualization, spatial data analysis and
management.
Craig E. Wills, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Purdue, 1988. Distributed systems, networking, user interfaces.
CS 505. Social Implications of Computing
This course is concerned with the effects of computer technology on society. It will explore a wide
range of topics including privacy, liability, proprietary protection, the effects of artificial intelligence
on humanity’s view of itself and globalization. It
will also consider the issues of professional ethics
and professional responsibility, as well as discrimination in the workplace, in education and in
user interfaces. Papers, presentations, discussions,
extensive readings and a course project are possible
components of this course. (Prerequisites: a college
degree and either two computer science classes
or a year’s experience in the computer industry
including sales and management.)
CS 509. Design of Software Systems
The design and theory of multiprogrammed operating systems, concurrent processes, process communication, input/output supervisors, memory
management, resource allocation and scheduling
are studied. (Prerequisites: knowledge of computer
organization and elementary data structures, and a
strong programming background.)
This course focuses on the high-level design
aspects of software engineering. Included are
architectural and interface design. Within architectural design, the topics covered are Yourdon
structured design, Jackson structured design and
object-oriented design. When possible, real-time
extensions are discussed. Sufficient coverage of the
areas of requirements specification and testing is
given to support the above topics. (Prerequisites:
knowledge of a recursive high-level language
and data structures. An undergraduate course in
software engineering is desirable.)
CS 5003. Foundations of Computer
Science: an Introduction.
CS 513/ECE 506. Introduction to Local
and Wide Area Networks
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
CS 502. Operating Systems
This is the study of mathematical foundations
of computing, at a slower pace than that of CS
503 and with correspondingly fewer background
assumptions. Topics include finite automata
and regular languages, pushdown automata and
context-free languages, Turing machines and decidability, and an introduction to computational
complexity. Prerequisite: an undergraduate course
in discrete mathematics.
CS 503. Foundations of Computer Science.
This is the study of mathematical foundations
of computing. Topics include finite automata
and regular languages, pushdown automata and
context-free languages, Turing machines and decidability, and an introduction to computational
complexity. Prerequisites: Knowledge of discrete
mathematics and algorithms at the undergraduate
level, and some facility with reading and writing
mathematical proofs.
CS 504. Analysis of Computations
and Systems
The following tools for the analysis of computer
programs and systems are studied: probability, combinatorics, the solution of recurrence
relations and the establishment of asymptotic
bounds. A number of algorithms and advanced
data structures are discussed, as well as paradigms
for algorithm design. (Prerequisites: CS 524 or
equivalent)
This course provides an introduction to the
theory and practice of the design of computer and
communications networks, including the ISO
seven-layer reference model. Analysis of network
topologies and protocols, including performance
analysis, is treated. Current network types
including local area and wide area networks are
introduced, as are evolving network technologies.
The theory, design and performance of local area
networks are emphasized. The course includes an
introduction to queueing analysis and network
programming. (Prerequisites: knowledge of the
C programming language is assumed. CS 504 or
ECE 502 or equivalent background in CS 524.)
CS 514/ECE 572. Advanced Systems
Architecture
See ECE 572 course description on page 66.
CS 521. Logic in Computer Science
This course is an introduction to mathematical
logic from a computer science perspective. Topics
covered include the exploration of model theory,
proof theory, and decidability for propositional
and first-order classical logics, as well as various
non-classical logics that provide iseful tools for
computer science (such as temporal and intuitionalistic logics). The course stresses the application
of logic to various areas of computer science such
as computability, theorem proving, programming
languages, specification,and verification. The specific applications included will vary by instructor.
(Prerequisites: CS 503, or equivalent background
in basic models of computation.)
Computer Science 55
CS 522/MA 510. Numerical Methods
See MA 510 course description.
CS 525. Topics in Computer Science
A topic of current interest is covered in detail.
Please consult the department for a current listing
of selected topics in this area. (Prerequisites: vary
with topic.) See the SUPPLEMENT section of
the on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/
Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be offered in
this academic year.
CS 529. Multimedia Networking
This course covers basic and advanced topics
related to using computers to support audio and
video over a network. Topics related to mulimedia
will be selected from areas such as compression,
network protocols, routing, operating systems
and human computer interaction. Students will
be expected to read assigned research papers and
complete several programmming intensive projects that illustrate different aspects of multimedia
computing. (Prerequisites: CS 502 and CS 513 or
the equivalent and strong programming skills.
CS 530/ECE 530. High-Performance
Networks
This course is an in-depth study of the theory,
design and performance of high-speed networks.
Topics include specific high-performance network
implementations and emerging technologies,
including multimedia networks and quality of
service issues. Topics associated with interconnecting networks such as bridges and routers will also
be discussed. Performance analysis of networks
will include basic queueing models. (Prerequisite:
CS 513/ECE 506.)
CS 531. System Simulation
The theory and design of discrete simulations
are discussed. Other topics are random number
generations, analysis of output and optimization.
(Prerequisites: CS 504 or equivalent background
in probability and some background in statistics.)
CS 533/ECE 581. Modeling and
Performance Evaluation of Network
and Computer Systems
Methods and concepts of computer and communication network modeling and system performance – evaluation. Stochastic processes; measurement techniques; monitor tools; statistical analysis
of performance experiments; simulation models;
analytic modeling and queueing theory; M/M,
Erlang, G/M, M/G, batch arrival, bulk service
and priority systems; work load characterization;
performance evaluation problems. (Prerequisites:
CS 504 or ECE 502 or equivalent background in
CS 524.)
CS 534. Artificial Intelligence
This course gives a broad survey of artificial intelligence. Several basic techniques such as search
methods, formal proofs and knowledge representation are covered. Selected topics involving the
applications of these tools are investigated. Such
topics might include natural language understanding, scene understanding, game playing, learning
and planning. (Prerequisites: familiarity with data
structures and a recursive high-level language.
Knowledge of LISP is an advantage.)
56 Computer Science
CS 535. Advanced Topics in
Operating Systems
This course discusses advanced topics in the
theory, design and implementation of operating
systems. Topics will be selected from such areas
as performance of operating systems, distributed
operating systems, operating systems for multiprocessor systems and operating systems research.
(Prerequisites: CS 502 and either CS 504,
CS 524, or equivalent background in probability.) See the SUPPLEMENT section of the
on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/
for descriptions of courses to be offered in this
academic year.
CS 536. Programming Language Design
This course discusses the fundamental concepts
and general principles underlying current programming languages and models. Topics include
control and data abstractions, language processing
and binding, indeterminacy and delayed evaluation, and languages and models for parallel and
distributed processing. A variety of computational
paradigms are discussed: functional programming,
logic programming, object-oriented programming
and data flow programming. (Prerequisites: student is expected to know a recursive programming
language and to have an undergraduate course in
data structures.)
CS 542. Database Management Systems
An introduction to the theory and design of database management systems. Topics covered include
internals of database management systems, fundamental concepts in database theory, and database
application design and development. In particular,
logical design and conceptual modeling, physical
database design strategies, relational data model
and query languages, query optimization, transaction management and distributed databases.
Typically there are hands-on assignments and/or
a course project. Selected topics from the current
database research literature may be touched upon
as well. (Prerequisite: CS 504 or CS 524 or permission of the instructor.)
CS 543. Computer Graphics
This course examines typical graphics systems,
both hardware and software; design of low-level
software support for raster displays; 3-D surface
and solids modeling; hidden line and hidden
surface algorithms; and realistic image rendering including shading, shadowing, reflection,
refraction and surface texturing. (Prerequisites:
familiarity with data structures, a recursive highlevel language and linear algebra. CS 509 would
be helpful.)
CS 544. Compiler Construction
The course will review expert knowledge-based
problem-solving systems. It will concentrate on
an analysis of the architecture, knowledge and
problem- solving style of each system in order to
classify and compare them. For each system, an attempt will be made to evaluate its contribution to
our understanding of problems that expert systems
can tackle. (Prerequisite: CS 534 or equivalent or
permission of the instructor.)
A general approach to the design of language
processors is presented without regard for either
the source language or target machine. All phases
of compilation and interpretation are investigated
in order to give the student an appreciation for the
overall construction of a compiler. Typical projects
may include implementation of a small compiler for a recursive or special-purpose language.
(Prerequisites: knowledge of several higher-level
languages and at least one assembly language. The
material in CS 503 is helpful.)
CS 539. Machine Learning
CS 545/ECE 545. Digital Image Processing
The focus of this course is machine learning for
knowledge-based systems. It will include reviews
of work on similarity-based learning (induction), explanation-based learning, analogical and
case-based reasoning and learning, and knowledge
compilation. It will also consider other approaches
to automated knowledge acquisition as well as
connectionist learning. (Prerequisite: CS 534 or
equivalent, or permission of the instructor.)
This course presents fundamental concepts of
digital image processing and an introduction to
machine vision. Image processing topics will include visual perception, image formation, imaging
geometries, image transform theory and applications, enhancement, restoration, encoding and
compression. Machine vision topics will include
feature extraction and representation, stereo vision, model-based recognition, motion and image
flow, and pattern recognition. Students will be
required to complete programming assignments
in a high-level language. (Prerequisites: working
knowledge of undergraduate level signal analysis
and linear algebra; familiarity with probability
theory is helpful but not necessary.)
CS 538. Expert Systems
CS 540. Artificial Intelligence in Design
The main goal of this course is to obtain a deeper
understanding of what “design” is, and how AI
might be used to support and study it. Students
will examine some of the recent AI-based work on
design problem-solving. The course will be run
in seminar style, with readings from the current
literature and with student presentations. The
domains will include electrical engineering design,
mechanical engineering design, civil engineering design and software design (i.e., automatic
programming). This course will be of interest to
those wanting to prepare for research in design, or
those wishing to increase their understanding of
expert systems. Graduate students from departments other than computer science are welcome.
(Prerequisite: knowledge of artificial intelligence is
required. This can only be waived with permission
of the instructor).
CS 546. Human-Computer Interaction
This course prepares graduate students for research
in human-computer interaction. Topics include
the design and evaluation of interactive computer
systems, basic psychological considerations of
interaction, interactive language design, interactive hardware design and special input/output
techniques. Students are expected to present and
review recent research results from the literature,
and to complete several projects. (Prerequisites:
students are expected to have mature programming skills. Knowledge of software engineering
would be an advantage.)
CS 549. Computer Vision
This course examines current issues in the com­
puter implementation of visual perception. Topics
include image formation, edge detection, segmentation, shape-from-shading, motion, stereo,
texture analysis, pattern classification and object
recognition. We will discuss various representations for visual information, including sketches
and intrinsic images. (Prerequisites: CS 534,
CS 543, CS 545, or the equivalent of one of these
courses.)
CS 556. Foundational Aspects of
Database Systems
This course will cover the logic-based foundations
of database systems. The theory and implementation of advanced query languages such as datalog
will be a central focus: typical topics include fixedpoint semantics of recursive queries, checking
safety of queries, implementation techniques such
as fix-point and magic sets, and advanced optimization techniques such as join-minimization and
decorrelation. Other topics covered will include
theoretical foundations of data integration, as well
as algorithms and techniques for data warehousing
and view maintenance. Prerequisites: CS 542 or
equivalent.
CS 559. Advanced Topics in Theoretical
Computer Science
This course has an instructor-dependent syllabus.
See the SUPPLEMENT section of the on-line
catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be offered in this academic
year.
CS 561. Advanced Topics in
Database Systems
This course covers modern database and information systems as well as research issues in the field.
Topics and systems covered may include objectoriented, workflow, active, deductive, spatial, temporal and multimedia databases. Also discussed
will be recent advances in database systems such
as data mining, on-line analytical processing,
data warehousing, declarative and visual query
languages, multimedia database tools, web and
unstructured data sources, and client-server and
heterogeneous systems. The specific subset of
topics for a given course offering is selected by the
instructor. Research papers from recent journals
and conferences are used. Group project required.
(Prerequisites: CS 542 or equivalent. Expected
background includes a knowledge of relational database systems.) See the SUPPLEMENT section
of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/
Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be offered in
this academic year.
CS 562. Advanced Topics in
Software Engineering
This course focuses on the nondesign aspects of
software engineering. Topics may include requirements specification, software quality assurance,
software project management and software maintenance. (Prerequisite: CS 509.) See the SUPPLEMENT section of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.
edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to
be offered in this academic year.
CS 563. Advanced Topics in
Computer Graphics
This course examines one or more selected current issues in the area of image synthesis. Specific
topics covered are dependent on the instructor.
Potential topics include: scientific visualization,
computational geometry, photo-realistic image
rendering and computer animation. (Prerequisite:
CS 543 or equivalent.) See the SUPPLEMENT
section of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/
Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be
offered in this academic year.
CS 577/ECE 537. Advanced Computer
and Communications Networks
This course covers advanced topics in the theory,
design and performance of computer and communications networks. Topics will be selected
from such areas as local area networks, metropolitan area networks, wide area networks, queueing
models of networks, routing, flow control, new
technologies and protocol standards. The current
literature will be used to study new networks
concepts and emerging technologies. (Prerequisite:
CS 513/ ECE 506 and CS 533/ECE 581.)
CS 578/ECE 578. Cryptography
and Data Security
CS 584. Algorithms: Design and Analysis
This covers the same material as CS5084 though
at a more advanced level. As background, students
should have experience writing programs in a
recursive, high-level language and should have
the background in mathematics that could be
expected from a BS in Computer Science.
CS 595/ECE 595. Computer and
Communications Networks Internship
6 credits
This project will provide an opportunity to put
into practice the principles which have been
studied in previous courses. It will generally be
conducted off campus and will involve a realworld networking situation. Overall conduct of
the internship will be supervised by a WPI faculty
member and an on-site liaison will direct day-today activity. The project must include substantial
analysis and/or design related to computer or
communications networking and will conclude
with a substantial written report. A public oral
presentation must also be made, to both the
host organization and a committee consisting
of the supervising faculty member, the on-site
liaison and one additional WPI faculty member.
Successful completion of the internship will be
verified by this committee. For a student from
industry, an internship may be sponsored by his
or her employer. (Prerequisite: completion of 12
credits of the CCN program; CS 598 Directed
Research, CS 599 Master’s Thesis, or CS 699
Ph.D. ­Dissertation.)
CS 598 Directed Research
CS 599 Master’s Thesis
CS 699 Ph.D. Dissertation
See ECE 578 course description.
CS 5084. Introduction to Algorithms:
Design and Analysis
This course is an introduction to the design,
analysis and proofs of correctness of algorithms.
Examples are drawn from algorithms for many areas. Analysis techniques include asymptotic worst
case and average case, as well as amortized analysis.
Average case analysis includes the development of
a probability model. Techniques for proving lower
bounds on complexity are discussed, along with
NP-completeness. Prerequisites: an undergraduate knowledge of discrete mathematics and data
structures. Note: students with a strong background
in design and analysis of computer systems, at the
level equal to a BS in computer science, should not
take CS 5084 and should consider taking CS 504
or CS 584.
Computer Science 57
Electrical and Computer Engineering
Programs of Study
The Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECE) Department offers programs
leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in
electrical and computer engineering, as
well as graduate and advanced certificates.
The following general areas of specialization are available to help students structure
their graduate courses: biomedical signal
processing/instrumentation, communications and signal processing, computer
engineering, electromagnetics and ultrasonics engineering, electronics and solid
state, power engineering, and systems and
controls.
Admission Requirements
M.S. Program
Students with a B.S. degree in electrical
engineering or electrical and computer
engineering may submit an application for
admission to the M.S. program. Admission to the M.S. program will be based on
a review of the application and associated
references.
Applicants without a B.S. degree in electrical engineering or electrical and computer
engineering, but who hold a B.S. degree
in mathematics, computer engineering,
physics or another engineering discipline,
may also apply for admission to the M.S.
degree program in electrical and computer
engineering. If admitted, the applicant
will be provided with required courses
necessary to reach a background equivalent
to the B.S. degree in electrical engineering or electrical and computer engineering, which will depend on the applicant’s
specific background.
Applicants with the bachelor of technology
or the bachelor of engineering technology
degree must typically complete about 1-1/
2 years of undergraduate study in electrical
engineering before they can be admitted
to the graduate program. If admitted, the
applicant will be provided with required
courses necessary to reach a background
equivalent to the B.S. degree in electrical
engineering or electrical and computer
engineering, which will depend on the
applicant’s specific background.
Ph.D. Program
Students with a master of science degree in
electrical and computer engineering may
apply for the doctoral program of study.
Admission to the Ph.D. program will be
based on a review of the application and
associated references. Students with a
bachelor of science degree in electrical and
computer engineering may also apply to
the Ph.D. program. Students with a strong
background in areas other than Electrical
and Computer Engineering will also be
considered for admission into the Ph.D.
program. If admitted (based on review of
the application and associated references),
the applicant may be approved for direct
admission to the Ph.D. program, or to an
M.S.-Ph.D. program sequence.
Degree Requirements
For the M.S.
Students pursuing the M.S. degree may
take either the nonthesis option, which requires 30 graduate credits in course work,
independent study, or directed research, or
the thesis option, with a total of 30 graduate credits including a 9-credit thesis. In either case, at least 21 of the 30 credits must
be graduate level activity (designated 500
level or above) in the field of electrical and
computer engineering taken at WPI. The
remaining courses may be either at the
4000 (maximum of two) or the 500 level
in computer science, physics, engineering
or mathematics. The complete program
must be approved by the student’s advisor
and the Graduate Program Committee.
Program of Study
Regardless of the option chosen, each
student must submit a program of study
for approval by the student’s advisor and
the ECE Department Graduate Program
Committee. To ensure that the Program
of Study is acceptable, students should,
in consultation with their advisor, submit
it prior to the end of the semester following admission into the graduate program.
Students must obtain prior approval from
the Graduate Program Committee for the
substitution of courses in other disciplines
as part of their academic program.
58 Electrical and Computer Engineering
www.ece.wpi.edu
All full-time students are required to attend and pass the two graduate seminar
courses, ECE 596A (fall semester) and
ECE 596B (spring semester). See course
listings for details.
Thesis Option
The M.S. thesis is required for students
who are financially supported by the department in the form of teaching assistantship, research assistantship, or fellowship.
M.S. thesis research involves 9 credit hours
of work, registered under the designation
ECE 599, normally spread over at least
one academic year. For students completing the M.S. thesis as part of their degree
requirements, a thesis committee will be
set up during the first semester of thesis
work. This committee will be selected by
the student in consultation with the major
advisor and will consist of the thesis advisor (who must be a full-time WPI ECE
faculty member) and at least two other
faculty members whose expertise will aid
the student’s research program. An oral
presentation before the Thesis Committee and a general audience is required. In
addition, all WPI thesis regulations must
be followed.
Non-Thesis Option
Although the thesis is optional for other
students, all students are encouraged to
include a research component in their
graduate program. A directed research
project, registered under the designation
ECE 598, involves a minimum of 3 credit
hours of work under the supervision of a
faculty member. The task is limited to a
well-defined goal. Note that the Graduate
Program committee will not allow credit
received under the thesis designation
(ECE 599) to be applied toward a nonthesis M.S. degree.
Transfer Credit
Students may petition to transfer a maximum of 15 graduate semester credits, with
a grade of B or better, after they have enrolled in the degree program. This may be
made up of a combination of up to 9 credits from the WPI ECE graduate courses
taken prior to formal admission and up to
9 credits from other academic institutions.
Transfer credit will not be allowed for
undergraduate level courses taken at other
institutions. In general, transfer credit will
not be allowed for any WPI undergraduate courses used to fulfill undergraduate
degree requirements; however note that
there are exceptions in the case of students
enrolled in the BS/MS program.
For the Ph.D.
The degree of doctor of philosophy is
conferred on candidates in recognition of
high scientific attainments and the ability
to carry on original research. The following is a list of requirements for students
intending to obtain a Ph.D. in Electrical
and Computer Engineering.
Coursework and Residency
­Requirements
Students must complete 60 or more
credits of graduate work beyond the credit
required for the Master of Science degree
in Electrical and Computer Engineering.
Of the 60 credits, at least 30 credits must
be research registered under the designation ECE 699.
The doctoral student must also establish
two minors in fields outside of electrical
engineering. Physics, mathematics and/or
computer science are usually recommended. Each student selects the minors
in consultation with their Research Advisor. At least 6 credits of graduate work is
required in each minor area. Courses with
an ECE designation which are cross-listed
in the course offerings of another department cannot be used toward fulfilling the
requirements of a minor area.
Full-time residency at WPI for at least one
academic year is required while working
toward a Ph.D. degree.
Research Advisor and
Committee Selection
The doctoral student is required to select
a Research Advisor and their Committee
prior to scheduling their Diagnostic Examination. This will usually occur prior to
the start of the student’s second semester
in the graduate program. The Research
Advisor and all members of the Committee must hold doctoral degrees. The
Research Advisor must be a full-time ECE
faculty member. The Committee must
consist of at least two faculty members, at
least one of which must be an ECE faculty
member and at least one which must be
from outside the ECE department or from
outside WPI. The Committee is usually
selected by the student in consultation
with the Research Advisor. All members
of the committee must be approved by the
Research Advisor.
A completed Research Advisor and Committee Selection form must be filed with
the ECE department prior to taking the
Diagnostic Exam. A student may change
their Research Advisor or members of their
Committee by submitting a new Research
Advisor and Committee Selection form
to the Graduate Secretary. Changes to the
student’s Research Advisor after completion of the diagnostic examination must be
approved by the ECE Graduate Program
Committee. Changes to the student’s
Committee after completion of the area
examination must be approved by the
ECE Graduate Program Committee.
Diagnostic Examination Requirement
The doctoral student is required to
complete the diagnostic examination
requirement during the first year beyond
the M.S. degree (or equivalent number of
credits, for students admitted directly to
the Ph.D. program) with a grade of Pass.
The diagnostic examination is scheduled
with the student’s Research Advisor and
Committee. Prior to scheduling the diagnostic examination, a student must have a
completed Research Advisor and Committee Selection form on file in the ECE
department.
The diagnostic examination is administered by the student’s Research Advisor
and at least one member of the Committee. Full participation of the Committee
is recommended. At the discretion of the
research advisor, additional faculty outside
of the student’s committee may also
participate in the diagnostic examination.
The diagnostic examination is intended
to be an opportunity to evaluate the
student’s level of academic preparation and
identify any shortcomings in the student’s
background upon entrance to the PhD
program. The format and duration of the
diagnostic examination is at the discretion of the student’s Research Advisor and
Committee. The examination may be
written or oral and may include questions to test the general background of the
student as well as questions specific to the
student’s intended area of research.
The Research Advisor and Committee
determine the outcome of the diagnostic
examination (Pass, Repeat, or Fail) and
any required remediation intended to
address shortcomings identified in the
student’s background. A grade of Fail
will result in dismissal from the graduate program. A grade of Repeat requires
the student to reschedule and retake the
diagnostic examination. A grade of Pass
is expected to also include a summary of
any prescribed remediation including,
but not limited to, coursework, reading
assignments, and/or independent study.
Irrespective of outcome of the examination, a diagnostic examination completion
form, signed by the student’s Research
Advisor and committee, must be filed with
the ECE department upon completion of
the examination.
Area Examination Requirement
The doctoral student is required to pass
the area examination before writing a
dissertation. The area examination is
intended to be an opportunity for the student’s Advisor and Committee members to
evaluate the suitability, scope, and novelty
of the student’s proposed dissertation
topic. The format of the area examination
is at the discretion of the student’s Advisor
and Committee but will typically include
a presentation by the student describing
the current state of their research field,
their planned research activities, and the
expected contributions of their work.
Students are eligible to take the area
examination after they have successfully
completed the diagnostic examination and
have completed at least three semesters of
coursework in the graduate program. All
PhD students are required to successfully
complete the area examination prior to the
completion of their seventh semester in the
graduate program. Failure to successfully
complete the area examination prior to the
end of the student’s seventh semester will
be considered a failure to make satisfactory
academic progress.
The Research Advisor and Committee determine the Pass/Fail outcome of the area
examination. A grade of Fail will result in
dismissal from the graduate program. Area
examination completion forms must be
signed by the student’s Research Advisor
and Committee Members and filed with
the ECE department upon completion of
the examination.
Electrical and Computer Engineering 59
Dissertation Requirement
All Ph.D. students must complete and
orally defend a dissertation prepared under
the general supervision of their Research
Advisor. The research described in the dissertation must be original and constitute
a contribution to knowledge in the major
field of the candidate. The Research Advisor and Committee certifies the quality
and originality of the dissertation research,
the satisfactory execution of the dissertation and the preparedness of the defense.
The Graduate Secretary must be notified
of a student’s defense at least seven days
prior to the date of the defense, without
exception. A student may not schedule a
defense until at least three months after
they have completed the area examination.
For the Combined B.S./
Master’s Program
A WPI student accepted into the BS/MS
program may use 12 credit hours of work
for both the B.S. and M.S. degrees. At
least 6 credit hours must be graduate
courses (including graduate level independent study and special topics courses), and
none may be lower than the 4000-level.
No extra work is required in the 4000level courses. A grade of B or better is
required for any course to be counted toward both degrees. A student must define
the 12 credit hours at the time of applying
to the BS/MS program. Applications will
not be considered if they are submitted
prior to the second half of the applicant’s
junior year. Ideally, applications (including
recommendations) should be completed
by the early part of the last term of the
junior year.
At the start of Term A in the senior year,
but no later than at the time of application, students are required to submit to
the graduate coordinator of the Electrical
and Computer Engineering Department
a list of proposed courses to be taken as
part of the Master’s degree program. A
copy of the student’s academic transcript
(grade report) must be included with the
application.
All students in the BS/MS program in
Electrical and Computer Engineering
who have completed their BS degree must
register for at least six credits per semester
until they complete 30 credits toward their
M.S. degree. If fewer than six credits are
required to complete the MS degree, then
the student must register for at least the
number of credits required to complete
the degree. If a student double counts a
full 12 credits for both the MS and BS
degrees, then the remaining 18 credits
must be completed within 3 semesters of
graduate work (1.5 years). Students who
double count less than 12 credits for both
the MS and BS degree will be allowed an
additional semester (2 years) to complete
the degree.
Students enrolled in the BS/MS program
in Electrical and Computer Engineering
may petition for permission to use a single
graduate course (3 credits maximum)
taken at other institutions to satisfy ECE
BS/MS degree requirements. The course
must be at the graduate level and the
student must have earned a grade of B or
better to be considered for transfer credit.”
Electrical and Computer
Engineering Research
Laboratories/Centers
Analog Microelectronics
Laboratory
Prof. McNeill
The Analog Microelectronics ­Laboratory
was opened in 1998, funded by NSF grants
for the purchase of test and measurement
equipment, which is dedicated to support work in the areas of high-speed data
communication, high-speed ­imaging, and
mixed signal circuit design. In ­addition to
the direct impact on research, this equip­
ment has also enabled the Analog Micro­
electronics Laboratory to become a valuable
resource for educating both undergraduates
and graduate students in the complete
integrated circuit (IC) design process.
Current research in the lab is focused on
self-calibrating analog-to-digital converters
(ADCs) and mixed-signal IC design for
biomedical applications.
Antenna Laboratory
Prof. Makarov
This laboratory contains facilities for the
simulation and development of basic communication antennas. The laboratory is
equipped with a high-frequency network
analyzer, spectrum analyzers, broadband
RF amplifiers, and signal generators.
Software systems supported include Ansoft
HFSS antenna/EM simulator (multiple
licenses). The laboratory is also equipped
with other hardware tools to support antenna- related projects. The laboratory has
been particularly active in the area of patch
antenna design.
60 Electrical and Computer Engineering
Center for Wireless Information
Networking Studies (CWINS)
Prof. Pahlavan
This center is recognized as a pioneering facility in the important and rapidly
growing area of wireless personal and data
communications. The lab is supported by
a broad range of networking and telecommunications corporations.
The work of CWINS is quite diverse. In
recent years, basic research has been conducted in channel modeling and simulation, spread-spectrum techniques, adaptive
equalization, multiple-access methods,
network architectures, wireless optical
communications, microstrip antennas
and RF circuit design. The lab has been
particularly active in the measurement of
indoor RF propagation.
Computational Fields
Laboratory
Prof. Ludwig
The purpose of this laboratory is to serve
as a computational resource to undergraduate and graduate students interested in
numerical analysis as applied to problems
in computational electrodynamics and
acoustics. The lab contains a wide variety
of platforms, including Pentium-class PCs
and several workstations for X-window
applications. Software utilities supporting
numerical analysis (mesh-making algorithms, matrix solvers, graphics interface
drivers) are of particular interest to the
lab community, as is the development of
integrated packages targeted for research or
educational purposes.
Embedded Computer Systems
Laboratory
Prof. Duckworth
This laboratory contains facilities for the
research and development of embedded
computer systems. The laboratory is also
equipped with logic analyzers, in-circuit
emulators and other equipment to support computer system projects. Software
systems supported by this laboratory include several VHDL/FPGA development
systems, as well as a variety of software
development tools (C, CTT, ASW, PIC
developments, and so forth).
The laboratory is also equipped with logic
analyzers, in-circuit emulators and other
equipment to support computer system
projects. Software systems supported
by this laboratory include various VLSI
design and verification packages, several
VHDL/FPGA development systems, and
a variety of software development tools
(C, CTT, ASW, PIC developments, and
so forth).
Convergent Technologies Center
(CTC)
Prof. Cyganski
The laboratories in this center combine
diverse expertise for the exploration of the
emerging and converging technologies of
computing, communications and cognition. The Polaroid Machine Vision Laboratory (PMVL), and Network Computing
Applications and Multimedia (NETCAM)
laboratory focus on the development of
new algorithms and on moving emergent
technologies into commercial, medical
and defense-related applications for its
sponsors.
Research in the CTC’s NETCAM lab
­derives from the technologies generated by
the success of the Internet, digital multimedia, and distributed objects and middleware. Current projects explore the optimization of network protocols for multimedia,
distributed-object services (CORBA) and
virtual-reality-based user interfaces.
Research in the CTC’s PMVL has resulted
in the development of highly efficient algorithms and new theoretical performance
bounds for machine vision, automatic
target recognition, and image fusion for
optical, IR SAR and SONAR data.
Center for Sensory and
Physiologic Signal Processing
– C(SP)2
Prof. Clancy
Researchers within the C(SP)2 apply signal
processing, mathematical modeling, and
other electrical and computer engineering skills to study applications involving
electromyography (EMG — the electrical activity of skeletal muscle). We are
improving the detection and interpretation
of EMG for such uses as the control of
powered prosthetic limbs, restoration of
gait after stroke or traumatic brain injury,
musculoskeletal modeling, and clinical/scientific assessment of neurologic function.
Power Electronics and Power
Systems Laboratory
Profs. Clements, Emanuel
This laboratory has been established for
simulation of a large variety of linear, nonlinear and time-varying loads, including
transistor- and thyristor-controlled loads.
It contains transducers and instrumentation for a wide range of voltages, currents
and frequencies. Compatible computer
equipment and A/D interfaces are available for real-time data acquisition and
processing. The Power Systems Laboratory
has the basic facilities for electromechanical energy conversion study, including sets
of induction/ synchronous/DC machines
coupled together.
are available, including a scanning tank
with stepper motor controlled positioning
system for the ultrasound measurements.
The lab is well equipped with computers
and general instrumentation.
Cryptography and Information
Security (CRIS) Laboratory
Prof. Sunar
The CRIS Laboratory conducts research
and development in cryptography and its
applications. One research focus is efficient
implementations of the next generation
of private and public-key algorithms in
emerging infrastructures such as wireless
sensor and RFID enabled networks.
Center for Advanced Integrated
Radio Navigation (CAIRN)
Prof. Michalson
This laboratory provides facilities for
work on civilian uses of satellite systems,
especially the Global Positioning System
(GPS). Receivers, signal processors and
computers are provided for work on
utilization of the DOD GPS system for
civilian purposes, especially aircraft navigation and landing.
Furthermore, we develop state-of-theart techniques for cryptographic error
detection and tamper-resilience. We also
develop fast software algorithms and efficient hardware architectures. The lab is
equipped with industry-standard development tools for ASIC and FPGA target
hardware.
Ultrasound Research
Laboratory
Prof. Pedersen
The Ultrasound Research Lab is engaged
in several critical endeavors in medical imaging: The team is developing a wearable
untethered lightweight ultrasound scanner
that is voice command controlled, uses
head mounted display, and has wireless
upload of images. Such a scanner may be
used in military medicine, for rural health
and in emergency medicine. The wearable
imaging system is being further developed
with three-dimensional (3D) ultrasound
capabilities, by use of position and angle
sensors, so that not only anatomical slices
can be observed, but whole organs or
lesions or vessels can be observed as a 3D
object, with possibility for volume estimation. Another effort is in tissue boundary
detection, for expanding the 3D applications. Other efforts involve the design of
ultrasound phantoms in which injuries
such as abdominal bleeding and collapsed
lung can be emulated, and development of
non-invasive technique for detection of the
vulnerable plaque, that is, arterial plaque
which has a high risk of leading to a stroke
The Ultrasound Research Laboratory
has office space for graduate students
and research space for ultrasound experiments, numerical modeling work, and
development of electronic circuits. The lab
has medical ultrasound scanners, modified for research purposes. Ultrasound
pulser/receivers and measurement tanks
The CRIS lab is actively involved in a
number of joint projects with industry.
The lab has also strong ties to research
groups in the United States and Europe,
with frequent exchange of graduate
students. Together with strong graduate
course offerings in cryptography, WPI’s
research lab provides excellent opportunities for cutting-edge research and graduate
education.
Signal Processing and
Information Networking
Laboratory (SPINLab)
Prof. Brown
SPINLab was established in 2002 with
the primary mission of analyzing and
developing new linear and nonlinear signal
processing techniques to improve the
performance of high-speed information
networks. Currently, our major focus areas
include channel identification and equalization, synchronizaation, interference
cancellation, and multiuser detection for
copper, optical and wireless channels. We
have also recently begun to study software
radio techniques for efficient implementation of digital communication systems and
signal processing algorithms. SPINLab
has established relationships with several
telecommunications corporations and
offers research opportunities at both the
graduate and undergraduate levels. For
more details, please see the SPINLab Web
page at http://spinlab.wpi.edu.
Electrical and Computer Engineering 61
Wireless Innovation Laboratory
(WILab)
Prof. Wyglinski
The Wireless Innovation Laboratory
(WILab) was established in 2007 in order
to advance our understanding of technologies and algorithms that can help improve
society’s usage of radio frequency spectrum for a wide range of wireless applications. Several research activities currently
underway at WILab include the following: (1) Development and realization of
high-speed spectrally agile waveforms for
opportunistic spectrum access networks.
(2) Implementation of practical wireless
device optimization techniques for rapidly
selecting near-optimal operating parameters to enhance overall system performance. (3) Prototyping of innovative and
novel wireless networking system designs
using software-defined radio development
platforms. (4) Creation of novel distributed network architectures exploiting the
agility of cognitive radios and the dynamic
spectrum access paradigm. (5) Introduction of “learning” into cognitive radio
platforms for complete automation of the
operating parameter selection process.
Research infrastructure for WILab consists
of several high-performance computer
workstations, four software-defined radio
development platforms, an Agilent CSA
N1996A spectrum analyzer, an array of
discone and horn antennas, and several
simulation software packages. For more
details, please see the WILab website at
http://www.Wireless.WPI.edu.
Wireless Networking and
Security Laboratory (WiNetS)
Prof. Lou
The mission of WiNetS is to explore the
novel concepts and ideas related to the
protocols and systems of wireless and
mobile networking, and to design scalable architecture and efficient and secure
protocols for the next generation wireless
networks. Our current research interests
include security in wireless mesh/sensor
networks, capacity analysis and routing/
MAC protocol design in multihop wireless
networks, and intelligent transportation
system.
Faculty
Fred J. Looft, Professor and Department
Head; Ph.D., Michigan. Instrumentation,
digital and analog systems, signal processing, biomedical engineering, microprocessor systems and architectures, space-flight
systems.
Donald R. Brown, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Cornell University. Network
protocols cooperate communication in
networks, interference mitigation for
multiuser communication systems, adaptive channel equalization, signal processing
applications.
Edward (Ted) A. Clancy, Associate
Professor; Ph.D., MIT. Biomedical signal
processing and modeling, biomedical
instrumentation.
David Cyganski, Professor; Ph.D.,
Worcester Polytechnic Institute. Optimization and security of Internet communications, distributed and fault tolerant
computing, CORBA, and problems
related to machine vision and automatic
target recognition.
James S. Demetry, Professor Emeritus;
Ph.D., Naval Postgraduate School. Control
systems design and analysis, computer­
assisted instruction.
R. James Duckworth, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Nottingham University. Embedded computer system design, computer
architecture, real-time systems, wireless
instrumentation, rapid prototyping, logic
synthesis.
Wilhelm H. Eggimann, Professor
Emeritus; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve.
Computer engineering, VLSI, electromagnetic fields.
Alexander E. Emanuel, Professor; D.Sc.,
Israel Institute of Technology. Power
quality, power electronics, electromagnetic
design, high-voltage technology.
Ximing Huang, Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., Virginia Tech. Reconfigurable
computing, VLSI integrated circuits,
networked embedded systems.
Hossein Hakim, Associate Professor and
Associate Department Head; Ph.D., Purdue University. Digital signal processing,
system engineering.
62 Electrical and Computer Engineering
Andrew Klein, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Cornell University. Signal processing for
communication systems, cooperative
networks, adaptive parameter estimation,
and equalization.
H. Peter D. Lanyon, Professor Emeritus;
Ph.D., University of Leicester.
Wenjing Lou, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Florida. Wireless networks,
ad-hoc networks, computer networks,
with an emphasis on routing and network
security.
Reinhold Ludwig, Professor; Ph.D.,
Colorado State University. Electromagnetic and acoustic nondestructive evaluation
(NDE), electromagnetic/acoustic sensors,
electromechanical device modeling, piezoelectric array transducers, numerical simulation, inverse and optimization methods
for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).
Sergey N. Makarov, Professor; Ph.D., St.
Petersburg State University (Russia). Antennas: numerical simulation, broadband
and ultrawideband antennas, frequency
selective surfaces, metal photonic elements,
metal lenses.
John A. McNeill, Associate Professor and
Co-Director of the Limerick, Ireland,
Project Center; Ph.D., Boston University.
Mixed signal integrated circuit design.
William R. Michalson, Professor; Ph.D.,
Worcester Polytechnic Institute. Satellite
navigation, real-time embedded computer systems, digital music and audio
signal processing, simulation and system
modeling.
John A. Orr, Professor; Senior VicePresident and Provost; Ph.D. University of
Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Digital signal processing, image analysis/ pattern recognition, power quality, communications.
Kaveh Pahlavan, Professor; Ph.D.,
Worcester Polytechnic Institute. Sensor
and ad hoc wireless networks, indoor geolocation, data communication, information networks.
Peder C. Pedersen, Professor and Director
of the Denmark Project Center; Ph.D.,
University of Utah. Wireless integration of
portable ultrasound systems, 3-ultrasound
visualization, tissue characterization with
ultrasound; atherosclerotic plaque classification; modeling and optimizing pulseecho ultrasound systems; ultrasound methods for assessing bone microarchitecture.
Robert A. Peura, Professor; Ph.D., Iowa
State University, 1969. Biomedical instrumentation and biosensors; noninvasive
measurement of blood glucose and urea;
impedance imaging and spectroscopy.
Berk Sunar, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Oregon State University. Cryptography
and network security, high-performance
computing and error control codes.
Richard F. Vaz, Associate Professor, Dean
of the Interdisciplinary and Global Studies Division, Co-Director of the Bangkok Project Center, and Director of the
Limerick, Ireland, Project Center; Ph.D.,
Worcester Polytechnic Institute. Technological education reform, internationalization of higher education, project-based
education, sustainable design and appropriate technology.
Alexander M. Wyglinski, Assistant Professor and Co-Director of the Limerick,
Ireland, Project Center; Ph.D., McGill
University. Wireless communications,
cognitive radio, software-defined radio,
transceiver optimization, dynamic spectrum access networks, signal processing for
digital communications, wireless networks.
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
ECE 502. Analysis of Probabilistic
signals and systems
Applications of probability theory and its engineering applications. Random variables, distribution and density functions. Functions of random
variables, moments and characteristic functions.
Sequences of random variables, stochastic convergence and the central limit theorem. Concept of a
stochastic process, stationary processes and ergodicity. Correlation functions, spectral analysis and
their application to linear systems. Mean square
estimation. (Prerequisite: Undergraduate course in
signals and systems.)
ECE 503. Digital Signal Processing
Discrete-time signals and systems, frequency
analysis, sampling of continuous time signals, the
z-transform, implementation of discrete time systems, the discrete Fourier transform, fast Fourier
transform algorithms, filter design techniques.
(Prerequisites: Courses in complex variables, basic
signals and systems.)
ECE 504. Analysis of Deterministic
Signals and Systems
Review of Fourier series and linear algebra. Fourier
transforms, Laplace transforms, Z transforms
and their interrelationship. State space modeling
of continuous-time and discrete-time systems.
Canonical forms, solution of state equations, controllability, observability and stability of linear systems. Pole placement via state feedback, observer
design, Lyapunov stability analysis. (Prerequisite:
Undergraduate course in signals and systems.)
ECE 505. Computer Architecture
This course introduces the fundamentals of computer system architecture and organization. Topics
include CPU structure and function, addressing
modes, instruction formats, memory system
organization, memory mapping and hierarchies,
concepts of cache and virtual memories, storage
systems, standard local buses, high-performance
I/O, computer communication, basic principles of
operating systems, multiprogramming, multiprocessing, pipelining and memory management. The
architecture principles underlying RISC and CISC
processors are presented in detail. The course also
includes a number of design projects, including
simulating a target machine, architecture using
a high-level language (HLL). (Prerequisites:
Undergraduate course in logic circuits and microprocessor system design, as well as proficiency
in assembly language and a structured high-level
language such as C or Pascal.)
ECE 506/CS513. Introduction to Local
and Wide Area Networks
This course provides an introduction to the
theory and practice of the design of computer and
communications networks, including the ISO
seven-layer reference model. Analysis of network
topologies and protocols, including performance
analysis, is treated. Current network types and
evolving network technologies are introduced,
including local, metropolitan and wide area
networks. The theory, design and performance of
local area networks are emphasized. The course
includes an introduction to queueing analysis and
network programming. (Prerequisites: A knowledge of the C programming language is assumed.
CS 504 or ECE 502 or equivalent background in
probability; may be taken concurrently. NOTE:
Students who receive credit for ECE 573 may not
receive credit for ECE 506.)
ECE 512. Acoustic and Ultrasound
Engineering
Fundamentals of vibration. The acoustic wave
equation, transmission phenomena, absorption
and attenuation. Radiation from acoustic sources,
dipole and line source radiation, planar piston
source, radiation patterns, beam width, directivity,
fields from pulsed transducers, Green’s function,
diffraction, reciprocity. Techniques for ultrasound
modeling. Acoustic waveguides. Ultrasound
transducer types and transducer modeling. Transducer characterization and calibration. Acoustic
measurement techniques. (Prerequisites: ECE 502
and ECE 504 or equivalent, undergraduate course
in modern signal theory, undergraduate course in
E/M field theory, or permission of the instructor.)
ECE 514 Fundamentals of RF and
MW Engineering
This introductory course develops a comprehensive understanding of Maxwell’s field theory as
applied to high-frequency radiation, propagation
and circuit phenomena. Topics include radiofrequency (RF) and microwave (MW) propagation modes, transmission line aspects, Smith
Chart, scattering parameter analysis, microwave
filters, matching networks, power flow relations,
unilateral and bilateral amplifier designs, stability
analysis, oscillators circuits, mixers and microwave
antennas for wireless communication systems.
(Prerequisites: ECE 504 or equivalent, undergraduate course in electromagnetic field analysis.)
ECE 523. Power Electronics
The application of electronics to energy conversion and control. Electrical and thermal characteristics of power semiconductor devices—diodes,
bipolar transistors and thyristors. Magnetic components. State-space averaging and sampled-data
models. Emphasis is placed on circuit techniques.
Application examples include dc-dc conversion,
controlled rectifiers, high-frequency inverters,
resonant converters and excitation of electric machines. (Prerequisites: ECE 3204 and undergraduate courses in modern signal theory and control
theory; ECE 504 is recommended.)
ECE 524. Advanced Analog Integrated
Circuit Design
This course is an advanced introduction to the
design of analog and mixed analog-digital integrated circuits for communication and instrumentation applications. An overview of bipolar and
CMOS fabrication processes shows the differences
between discrete and integrated circuit design.
The bipolar and MOS transistors are reviewed
with basic device physics and the development of
circuit models in various operating regions. The
use of SPICE simulation in the design process
will be covered. Integrated amplifier circuits are
developed with an emphasis on understanding
performance advantages and limitation in such areas as speed, noise and power dissipation. Simple
circuits are combined to form the basic functional
building blocks such as the op-amp, comparator,
voltage reference, etc. These circuit principles will
be explored in an IC design project, which may
be fabricated in a commercial analog process.
Examples of possible topics include sample-andhold (S/H) amplifier, analog-to-digital (A/D) and
digital-to-analog (D/A) converters, phase-locked
loop (PLL), voltage-controlled oscillator, phase
detector, switched capacitor and continuous-time
filters, and sampled current techniques. (Prerequisite: Background in analog circuits both at the
transistor and functional block [op-amp, comparator, etc.] level. Also familiarity with techniques
such as small-signal modeling and analysis in the
s-plane using Laplace transforms. Undergraduate
course equivalent background ECE 3204; ECE
4902 helpful but not essential.)
ECE 529.Selected Topics in Electronic
System Design
Courses in this group are devoted to the study of
advanced topics in electronic system design. See
the SUPPLEMENT section of the on-line catalog
at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions
of courses to be offered in this academic year.
Electrical and Computer Engineering 63
ECE 530/CS 530. High Performance
Networks
This course is an in-depth study of the theory,
design and performance of high-speed networks.
Topics include specifi c high-performance network architectures and protocols and emerging
technologies including multimedia networks and
quality-of- service issues. Topics associated with
interconnecting networks such as bridges and
routers will also be discussed. Performance analysis
of networks will include basic queueing models.
(Prerequisite: ECE 506/CS 513.)
ECE 531. Principles of Detection and
Estimation Theory
Detection of signals in noise, optimum receiver
principles, M-ary detection, matched filters,
orthogonal signals and representations of random
processes. MAP and maximum likelihood estimation. Wiener filtering and Kalman filtering.
Channel considerations: prewhitening, fading and
diversity combining. (Prerequisites: ECE 502 and
ECE 504 or equivalent.)
ECE 5311. Information Theory and Coding
This course introduces the fundamentals of
information theory and discusses applications in
compression and transmission of data. Measures
of information, including entropy, and their
properties are derived. The limits of lossless data
compression are derived and practical coding
schemes approaching the theoretical limits are presented. Lossy data compression tradeoffs are discussed in terms of the rate-distortion framework.
The concept of reliable communication through
noisy channels (channel capacity) is developed.
Techniques for practical channel coding, including
block and convolutional codes, are also covered.
(Prerequisite: background in probability and random processes such as in ECE502 or equivalent).
ECE 535. Telecommunications Transmission
Technologies
This course introduces the principle technologies
used to implement the physical networking layer.
These include high-speed electronic pulse shapers
and receivers, optical sources, detectors, fiber
media, active optical elements, RF devices and
systems, and the related protocols and modulation
schemes for reliable and multi-user communications (time, frequency, space and code-division
multiplexing, error correction coding, spectral
reuse, and so on). The course includes laboratory
experiments. (Prerequisites: ECE 502 or CS 504;
undergraduate-level understanding of signal and
circuit theory.)
ECE 537/CS 577. Advanced Computer
and Communications Networks
This course covers advanced topics in the theory,
design and performance of computer and communication networks. Topics will be selected from
such areas as local area networks, metropolitan
area networks, wide area networks, queuing
models of networks, routing, flow control, new
technologies and protocol standards. The current
literature will be used to study new networks
concepts and emerging technologies. (Prerequisite:
ECE 506/CS 513 and ECE 581/CS 533.)
ECE 538. Wireless Information Networks
ECE 569. Selected Topics in Solid State
Overview of wireless information networks and
personal communications systems: digital cellular,
wireless PBX, cordless phone, wireless LAN, and
mobile data, multimedia wireless and directions of
the future. Radio propagation modeling for urban
and indoor radio channels, coverage interface
and cell size. Modulation techniques for efficient
use of bandwidth resources. Methods to increase
the data rate: antenna diversity and sectorization,
adaptive equalization, multirate transmission and
multiamplitude phase modulation. Spread spectrum for digital cellular, personal communications
and wireless LAN applications. TDMA, CDMA,
ALOHA, and CSMA, DECT, GSM, USDC,
JDC, IEEE 802.11, WINForum, and HIPERLAN. (Prerequisite: Background in networks.
Familiarity with probability, statistics and signal
processing).
Courses in this group are devoted to the study of
advanced topics in solid state, for example: degenerate semiconductors, many-body theory, elastic
effects and phonon conduction, and solar cells. To
reflect changes in faculty research interests, these
courses may be modified or new courses may be
added. See the SUPPLEMENT section of the
on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/
for descriptions of courses to be offered in this
academic year.
ECE 539. Selected Topics in Communication
Theory and Signal Processing
Courses in this group are devoted to the study of
advanced topics in in Communication Theory
and Signal Processing. See the SUPPLEMENT
section of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/
Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be
offered in this academic year.
ECE 545/CS 545. Digital Image Processing
See CS 545 course description.
ECE 549. Selected Topics in Control
Courses in this group are devoted to the study of
advanced topics in the formulation and solution
of theoretical or practical problems in modern
control. See the SUPPLEMENT section of the
on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/
for descriptions of courses to be offered in this
academic year.
ECE 559. Selected Topics in Energy
Systems
Courses in this group are devoted to the study of
advanced topics in energy systems. Typical topics
include optimal power flow, probability methods
in power systems analysis, surge phenomena,
design of electrical apparatus, transient behavior of
electric machines and advanced electromechanical energy conversion. See the SUPPLEMENT
section of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.
edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to
be offered in this academic year.
ECE 566. VLSI Design
VLSI Design introduces computer engineers and
computer scientists to the techniques, methodologies and issues involved in conceptual and physical
design of complex digital integrated circuits. The
course presupposes knowledge of computer systems and hardware design such as found in ECE
505, but does not assume detailed knowledge of
transistor circuits and physical electronics. (Prerequisite: ECE 505 or equivalent.)
64 Electrical and Computer Engineering
ECE 572/CS 514. Advanced Systems
Architecture
This course covers techniques such as caching,
hierarchical memory, pipelining and parallelism,
that are used to enhance the performance of computer systems. It compares and contrasts different
approaches to achieving high performance in
machines ranging from advanced microprocessors
to vector supercomputers (CRAY, CYBER). It
also illustrates how these techniques are applied
in massively parallel SIMD machines (DAP,
Connection Machine). In each case the focus is
on the combined hardware /software performance
achieved and the interaction between application demands and hardware/software capabilities.
(Prerequisites: This course assumes the material
covered in ECE 505. The student should also
have a background in computer programming and
operating systems (CS 502). Familiarity with basic
probability and statistics such as ECE 502 or MA
541 is recommended.)
ECE 574. Modeling and Synthesis of
Digital Systems Using Verilog and VHDL
This is an introductory course on Verilog and
VHDL, two standard hardware description languages (HDLs), for students with no background
or prior experience with HDLs. In this course
we will examine some of the important features
of Verilog and VHDL. The course will enable
students to design, simulate, model and synthesize
digital designs. The dataflow, structural, and
behavioral modeling techniques will be discussed
and related to how they are used to design combinational and sequential circuits. The use of test
benches to exercise and verify the correctness of
hardware models will also be described. Course
Projects: Course projects will involve the modeling and sysntesis and testing of systems using
Xilinx tools. We will be targeting Xilinx FPGA
and CPLDs. Students will need to purchase a
FPGA or CPLD development board for project
assignments. (Other VHDL tools may be used
if these are available to the student at their place
of employment.) Students will have the choice
of completing assignments in either Verilog or
VHDL. Prerequisites: Logic Circuits and experience with programming in a high-level language
(such as C or Pascal) and a computer architecture
course such as ECE 505.
ECE 578/CS 578. Cryptography and
Data Security
ECE 596A and ECE 596B. Graduate
Seminars
This course gives a comprehensive introduction
to the field of cryptography and data security.
The course begins with the introduction of
the concepts of data security, where classical
algorithms serve as an example. Different attacks
on cryptographic systems are classified. Some
pseudo-random generators are introduced. The
concepts of public and private key cryptography
are developed. As important representatives for
secret key schemes, DES and IDEA are described.
The public key schemes RSA and ElGamal, and
systems based on elliptic curves are then developed. Signature algorithms, hash functions, key
distribution and identification schemes are treated
as advanced topics. Some advanced mathematical
algorithms for attacking cryptographic schemes
are discussed. Application examples will include
a protocol for security in a LAN and a secure
smart card system for electronic banking. Special
consideration will be given to schemes which
are relevant for network environments. For all
schemes, implementation aspects and up-to-date
security estimations will be discussed. (Prerequisites: Working knowledge of C; an interest in
discrete mathematics and algorithms is highly
desirable. Students interested in a further study of
the underlying mathematics may register for MA
4891 [B term], where topics in modern algebra
relevant to cryptography will be treated.)
The presentations in the graduate seminar series
will be of tutorial nature and will be presented by
recognized experts in various fields of electrical
and computer engineering. All full-time graduate
students will be required to take both seminar
courses, ECE 596A and ECE 596B, once during
their graduate studies in the Electrical and Computer Engineering Department. The course will be
given Pass/Fail. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing.)
a final exam, there will be a student project. The
course is intended for students working in areas
such as image analysis, NDE, ultrasound, audio,
speech, RADAR, SONAR and date compression. Signal/image theory and applications will be
emphasized over coding; however, Matlab-based
modules for self-paced signal/image visualization and manipulation will be part of the course.
(Prerequisites: ECE 504 Analysis of Deterministic
Signals and Systems, undergraduate course in
linear systems theory and vector calculus.)
ECE 597. Independent Study
ECE 673. Advanced Cryptography
ECE 579. Selected Topics in Computer
Engineering
Courses in this group are devoted to the study of
advanced topics in computer engineering such
as real-time intelligent systems, VLSI design and
high-level languages. See the SUPPLEMENT
section of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/
Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be
offered in this academic year.
ECE 581/CS 533. Modeling and
Performance Evaluation of Network and
Computer Systems
Methods and concepts of computer and communication network modeling and system performance evaluation. Stochastic processes; measurement techniques; monitor tools; statistical analysis
of performance experiments; simulation models;
analytic modeling and queueing theory; M/M,
Erlang, G/M, M/G, batch arrival, bulk service
and priority systems; work load characterization;
performance evaluation problems. (Prerequisites:
CS 504 or ECE 502, or equivalent background in
probability.)
Approved study of a special subject or topics selected by the student to meet his or her particular
requirements or interests. Can be technical in
nature, or a review of electrical and computer
engineering history and literature of importance
and permanent value. (Prerequisite: B.S. in ECE
or equivalent.)
ECE 598. Directed Research
Each student will work under the direct supervision of a member of the department staff on an
experimental or theoretical problem which may
involve an extensive literature search, experimental
procedures and analysis. A comprehensive report
in the style of a technical report or paper and
an oral presentation are required. (A maximum
of two registrations in ECE 598 is permitted.)
(Prerequisite: Graduate standing.)
ECE599. Thesis
ECE 630. Advanced Topics in Signal
Processing
The course will cover a set of important topics
in signal and image analysis: orthogonal signal
decomposition, wavelet transforms, analytic signals, time-frequency estimation, 2D FT, Hankel
transform and tomographic reconstruction. In
addition, the course will each year have selected
current topics in signal processing, e.g., ambiguity functions in RADAR and SONAR, coded
waveforms, Fourier based beamforming for 2D
arrays and single value decomposition. In place of
This course provides deeper insight into areas
of cryptography which are of great practical and
theoretical importance. The three areas treated are
detailed analysis and the implementation of cryptoalgorithms, advanced protocols, and modern attacks against cryptographic schemes. The first part
of the lecture focuses on public key algorithms, in
particular ElGamal, elliptic curves and DiffieHellman key exchange. The underlying theory of
Galois fields will be introduced. Implementation
of performance security aspects of the algorithms
will be looked at. The second part of the course
deals with advanced protocols. New schemes for
authentication, identification and zero-knowledge proof will be introduced. Some complex
protocols for real-world application— such as key
distribution in networks and for smart cards—will
be introduced and analyzed. The third part will
look into state-of-the-art cryptoanalysis (i.e.,
ways to break cryptosystems). Brute force attacks
based on special purpose machines, the baby-step
giant-step and the Pohlig-Hellman algorithms will
be discussed. (Prerequisites: ECE 578/ CS 578 or
equivalent background.)
ECE 699 Ph.D. Dissertation
Electrical and Computer Engineering 65
Fire Protection Engineering
Programs of Study
Fire protection engineers specialize in applying modern technology to the solution
of firesafety problems. The successful fire
protection engineer must know something
about building construction and industrial
processes; must interact with and be somewhat competent in other design professions including architecture and electrical,
mechanical, civil and chemical engineering. In addition, the firesafety aspects of
human behavior, business, management
and public administration are important
aspects of practice.
The Department of Fire Protection Engineering serves as a crossroads for bringing
together talents from many disciplines to
focus on fire and explosion safety problems. The department features formal degree and certificate programs in fire protection engineering, continuing education for
the practitioner, and research to uncover
new knowledge about fire behavior and
fire protection methods.
The fire protection engineering program
at WPI adapts previous educational and
employment experiences into a cohesive
Plan of Study. Consequently, the program
is designed to be flexible enough to meet
specific and varying student educational
objectives. Students can select combinations of major courses, non-major courses,
thesis and project topics that will prepare
them to proceed in the career directions
they desire. The curriculum can be tailored
to enhance knowledge and skill in the general practice of fire protection engineering,
in fire protection engineering specialties
(such as industrial, chemical, energy or
power), or in the more theoretical and
research-oriented sphere.
Practicing engineers or others already
­employed and wishing to advance their
technical skills may enter the program
as part-time students or take off-campus
courses via WPI’s Advanced Distance
Learning Network (see page 11) The
master’s degree may be completed on a
part-time basis in less than two years,
depending on the number of courses taken
each semester.
66 Fire Protection Engineering
WPI offers both master’s and doctoral
degrees as well as the advanced certificate
and graduate certificate in fire protection
engineering.
Combined B.S./Master’s Program
High school seniors and engineering
students in their first three years can apply
for this five-year program. This gives high
school graduates and others the opportunity to complete the undergraduate degree
in a selected field of engineering and the
master’s degree in fire protection engineering in five years. Holders of bachelor of
science degrees in the traditional engineering fields and the master’s degree in fire
protection engineering enjoy extremely
good versatility in the job market.
www.wpi.edu/+fpe
For the Ph.D.
The degree of doctor of philosophy is
conferred on candidates in recognition
of high scientific attainments and the
ability to carry on original research. Ph.D.
students must complete a minimum of 90
semester hours of graduate work after the
bachelor’s degree (or 60 semester hours
after the master’s). This includes at least 15
semester hours of fire protection engineering course credits and 30 hours of dissertation research.
Doctoral students must successfully
complete the fire protection engineering
qualifying examination, a research proposal and public seminar, and the dissertation defense.
Admission Requirements
Graduate Internships
High school graduates applying for the
Combined B.S./Master’s Program must
meet normal undergraduate admission
criteria and submit a two-page essay
articulating their interest in the field.
Applicants for the master’s or certificate
programs should have a B.S. in engineering, engineering technology or the physical
sciences. Applicants with no FPE work
experience should submit a two-page essay
articulating their interest in the field. GRE
scores are required for all international
students and strongly recommended for all
others.
A unique internship program is available
to fire protection engineering students,
allowing them to gain important clinical experiences in practical engineering
and research environments. Students are
able to earn income by alternating work
with on-campus classroom and laboratory
activities. With departmental permission,
students may take courses during the fulltime work cycle. For more information,
see page 16, or contact the Department of
Fire Protection Engineering.
Students with science degrees and graduates of some engineering disciplines may
be required to take selected undergraduate
courses to round out their backgrounds.
Faculty research interests cover a wide
range of topics in fire protection engineering and related areas. Research is directed
toward both theoretical understandings
and the development of practical engineering methods.
GRE scores are required for all international students and Ph.D. applicants, and
strongly recommended for all others.
Degree Requirements
For the M.S.
The program for a master of science in fire
protection engineering is flexible and can
be tailored to individual student career
goals. The fire protection engineering
master’s degree requires 30 semester hours
of credit. Both a thesis and non-thesis option are offered.
Research Interests
Specific capabilities and interests include
computer modeling, fire performance
of structural systems, fire detection and
suppression, fire and smoke dynamics,
firesafety design methods for buildings and
marine applications, explosion phenomena, failure analysis, risk assessment, material composites and regulatory reform.
Research Laboratories
Fire Science Laboratory
This laboratory facility supports experimentation in fire dynamics, combustion/
explosion phenomena, detection, and
fire and explosion suppression. The Fire
Propagation Apparatus, cone calorimeter,
infrared imaging system, phase doppler
particle analyzer and room calorimeter are
also available, with associated gas analysis
and data acquisition systems.
The wet lab area supports water-based fire
suppression and demonstration projects.
Serving as both a teaching and research
facility, the lab accommodates undergraduate projects as well as graduate students
in fire protection engineering, mechanical
engineering and related disciplines.
Fire Modeling Laboratory
The Fire Modeling Laboratory specializes
in computer applications to fire protection
engineering and research. Research activities include computational fluid dynamics
modeling of building and vehicle fires, and
flame spread model development.
Faculty
Core FPE Program Faculty
K. A. Notarianni, Associate Professor and
Department Head; Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University; Fire detection and suppression; high-bay fire protection; fire policy
and risk; uncertainty; performance-based
design; engineering tools.
N. A. Dembsey, Associate Professor; Ph.D., University of California at
Berkeley; Fire properties of materials and
protective clothing via bench-top scale experimentation; compartment fire dynamics via residential scale experimentation,
evaluation, development and validation
of compartment fire models, performance
fire codes, engineering design tools, and
engineering forensic tools
B. J. Meacham, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Clark University; risk and public
policy, performance-based design, risk
concepts in regulation, uncertainty in
egress modeling
A. Rangwala, Assistant Professor, Ph.D.,
University of California, San Diego;
combustion, flame spread on solid fuels
and compartment fire modeling, dust
explosions, risk assessment of Liquefied
Natural Gas (LNG) transport and storage,
industrial fire protection
Associated FPE Program Faculty
L. Albano, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
Performance of structural members, elements, and systems at elevated temperatures; structural design for fire conditions;
simplified or design office techniques for
fire-structure interaction; relationship between building construction systems and
fire service safety
Adjunct FPE Faculty
R. Alpert, Adjunct Professor; Sc.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
combustion gas dynamics, combustioninduced instabilities about blunt-body
projectiles, fire dynamics, reduced-scale
modeling, enclosure fires; numerical modeling of the interactions between fire flows
and sprinkler droplet sprays
J. Averill, Adjunct Assistant Professor;
performance-based codes and economics, human behavior in fires, egress and
emergency communications, applications
of computer fire models to fire safety engineering problems, fire safety of passenger
trains, smoke alarm operability in residential fires and hazard analysis
R. Fleming, Adjunct Associate Professor;
water-based suppression, fire sprinkler systems, codes and standards, residential fire
safety, fire pumps, industrial fire protection
M. Hurley, Adjunct Assistant Professor;
performance-based design, structural fire
protection engineering, fire exposures to
structures, evaluation of fire models, human
behavior in fires, automatic fire sprinklers,
fire protection in marine applications
J. Ierardi, Adjunct Assistant Professor;
building fire safety, smoke detection, CFD
modeling of heat flux and fluid flow, computer fire modeling, engineering design
M. T. Puchovsky, Adjunct Assistant
Professor; fire engineering design practices,
codes and standards development, loss
control, life safety code and design, performance-based design and risk analysis, fire
investigation and litigation support, fire
protection systems
G. Proulx, Adjunct Associate Professor,
Ph.D., University of Montreal; human
factors studies in emergency situations;
evacuation procedures, egress behaviour,
repsonse to alarm signal, communication
sstem, photoluminescent wayguidance
system, wayfinding, safety for people with
special needs
D.T. Sheppard, Adjunct Assistant Professor; Fire incident investigation; failure
analysis; computer modeling; large-scale
and small-scale experimental test programs; fire dynamics; fire origin and cause;
courtroom testimony as expert witness.
FPE Emeritus
R. W. Fitzgerald, Professor Emeritus;
Ph.D., University of Connecticut; structural aspects of fire safety, building analysis
and design for fire safety, marine fire
safety, building codes, real estate development, fire department operations, risk
management
D. A. Lucht, Director Emeritus; building codes and regulatory reform, building
fire safety analysis and design, professional
practice
R. Zalosh; Professor Emeritus, Ph.D.,
Northeastern University; Fire and explosion hazards associated with flammable
gases, liquids, and powders. Fire/explosion
protection methods and systems designed
to deal with these special hazards. Theoretical, experimental, and risk-based engineering tools for addressing these issues
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
FPE 520. Fire Modeling
Modeling of compartment fire behavior is studied
through the use and application of two types of
models: zone and field. The zone model studied is
CFAST. The field model studied is FDS. Focus on
in-depth understanding of each of these models
is the primary objective in terms of needed input,
equations solved, interpretation of output and
limitations. Additional fundamental understanding of fire models is gained via a student developed model. A working student model is required
for successful completion of the course. Basic
computational ability is assumed. Basic numerical
methods are used and can be learned during the
course via independent study. (Prerequisite: FPE
521 or permission of the instructor.)
Fire Protection Engineering 67
FPE 521. Fire Dynamics I
This course introduces students to fundamentals
of fire and combustion and is intended to serve
as the first exposure to fire dynamics phenomena. The course includes fundamental topics in
fire and combustion such as thermodynamics of
combustion, fire chemistry, premixed and diffusion flames, solid burning, ignition, plumes, heat
release rate curves, and flame spread. These topics
are then used to develop the basis for introducing
compartment fire behavior, pre- and postflashover conditions and zone modeling. Basic
computational ability is assumed. Basic numerical
methods are used and can be learned during the
course via independent study. (Prerequisites: Undergraduate chemistry, thermodynamics or physical chemistry, fluid mechanics and heat transfer.)
FPE 553. Fire Protection Systems
This course provides an introduction to automatically activated fire suppression and detection systems. A general overview is presented of
relevant physical and chemical phenomena, and
commonly used hardware in automatic sprinkler,
gaseous agent, foam and dry chemical systems.
Typical contemporary installations and current
installation and approval standards are reviewed.
(Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in chemistry, fluid mechanics and either thermodynamics or
physical chemistry.)
FPE 554. Advanced Fire Suppression
Advanced topics in suppression systems analysis
and design are discussed with an aim toward
developing a performance-based understanding
of suppression technology. Automatic sprinkler
systems are covered from the standpoint of
predicting actuation times, reviewing numerical methods for hydraulic analyses of pipe flow
networks and understanding the phenomenology
involved in water spray suppression. Special suppression systems are covered from the standpoint
of two-phase and non-Newtonian pipe flow and
simulations of suppression agent discharge and
mixing in an enclosure. (Prerequisite: FPE 553 or
special permission of instructor.)
FPE 555. Detection, Alarm and
Smoke Control
Principles of fire detection using flame, heat and
smoke detector technology are described. Fire
alarm technology and the electrical interface with
fire/smoke detectors are reviewed in the context
of contemporary equipment and installation standards. Smoke control systems based on buoyancy
and HVAC principles are studied in the context
of building smoke control for survivability and
safe egress. (Prerequisites: FPE 553 and FPE 521,
which can be taken concurrently.)
FPE 563/OIE 541. Operations Risk
Management
See OIE 541 course description.
FPE 565. Firesafety Engineering Evaluation
This course develops techniques to evaluate the
firesafety performance of a variety of facilities of
the built environment and to produce management plans for decision making. The framework
for this course is a firesafety engineering method
which decomposes the firesafety system into
68 Fire Protection Engineering
discrete elements suitable for quantitative evaluation using a variety of fire protection engineering
and fire science materials. (Prerequisites: FPE 521,
FPE 553 and FPE 570.)
FPE 570. Building Fire Safety I
This course focuses on the presentation of qualitative and quantitative means for firesafety analysis
in buildings. Fire test methods, fire and building
codes and standards of practice are reviewed in
the context of a systematic review of firesafety in
proposed and existing structures.
FPE 571. Performance-Based Design
This course covers practical applications of fire
protection engineering principles to the design of
buildings. Both compartmented and non-compartmented buildings will be designed for criteria
of life safety, property protection, continuity of
operations, operational management and cost.
Modern analytical tools as well as traditional
codes and standards are utilized. Interaction with
architects and code officials, and an awareness of
other factors in the building design process are
incorporated through design exercises and a design
studio. (Prerequisites: FPE 553, FPE 521 and
FPE 570, or special permission of the instructor.)
FPE 572. Failure Analysis
Development of fire investigation and reconstruction as a basis for evaluating and improving firesafety design. Accident investigation theory and
failure analysis techniques such as fault trees and
event sequences are presented. Fire dynamics and
computer modeling are applied to assess possible
fire scenarios and the effectiveness of fire protection measures. The product liability aspects of
failure analysis are presented. Topics include products liability law, use of standard test methods,
warnings and safe product design. Application
of course materials is developed through projects
involving actual case studies. (Prerequisite:
FPE 521, FPE 553, FPE 570 or special permission
of the instructor.)
FPE 573. Industrial Fire Protection
Principles of fire dynamics, heat transfer and
thermodynamics are combined with a general
knowledge of automatic detection and suppression
systems to analyze fire protection requirements for
generic industrial hazards. Topics covered include
safe separation distances, plant layout, hazard
isolation, smoke control, warehouse storage, and
flammable liquid processing and storage. Historic
industrial fires influencing current practice on
these topics are also discussed. (Prerequisites:
FPE 553, FPE 521 or special permission of the
instructor.)
FPE 574/CM 594. Process Safety
Management
This course provides basic skills in state-of-the-art
process safety management and hazard analysis
techniques including hazard and operability
studies (HAZOP), logic trees, failure modes
and effects analysis (FMEA), and consequence
analysis. Both qualitative and quantitative evaluation methods will be utilized. Following a case
study format, these techniques along with current
regulatory requirements will be applied through
class projects addressing environmental health,
industrial hygiene, hazardous materials, and fire
or explosion hazard scenarios. (Prerequisite: An
undergraduate engineering or physical science
background.)
FPE 575. Explosion Protection
Principles of combustion explosions are taught
along with explosion hazard and protection applications. Topics include a review of flammability limit concentrations for flammable gases and
dusts; thermochemical equilibrium calculations
of adiabatic closed-vessel deflagration pressures,
and detonation pressures and velocities; pressure
development as a function of time for closed
vessels and vented enclosures; the current status
of explosion suppression technology; and vapor
cloud explosion hazards.
FPE 580. Special Problems
Individual or group studies on any topic relating
to fire protection may be selected by the student
and approved by the faculty member who supervises the work. See the SUPPLEMENT section
of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/
Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be offered in
this academic year.
FPE 587. Fire Science Laboratory
This course provides overall instruction and
hands-on experience with fire-science-related
experimental measurement techniques. The objective is to expose students to laboratory-scale fire
experiments, standard fire tests and state-of-the-art
measurement techniques. The lateral ignition and
flame transport (LIFT) apparatus, state-of-the-art
smoke detection systems, closed-cup flashpoint
tests and gas analyzers are among the existing
laboratory apparatus. Fire-related measurement
techniques for temperature, pressure, flow and
veloci ty, gas species and heat fluxes, infrared thermometry, laser doppler velocimetry (LDV) and
laser-induced fluorescence (LIF) will be reviewed.
(Prerequisite: FPE 521.)
FPE 590. Thesis
Research study at the M.S. level.
FPE 592. FPE Business Practice
3 credits
This course requires the student to demonstrate
the capability to integrate advanced fire safety
science and engineering concepts into the professional practice environment. The work may be
accomplished by individuals or small groups of
students working on the same project. This practicum requires the student to prepare professional
qulaity technical reports, business plans, proposals,
project budgets, and timelines, and make oral
presentations to communicate the results of their
work.
FPE 690. Ph.D. Dissertation
Interdisciplinary Programs
New fields of research and study that combine traditional fields in innovative ways
are constantly evolving. In response to this,
WPI encourages the formation of interdisciplinary master’s programs to meet new
professional needs or the special interests
of particular students.
Interdisciplinary Ph.D.
Programs
Interdisciplinary Doctoral ­Programs are
initiated by groups of at least three fulltime faculty members who share a common interest in a cross-disciplinary field. A
sponsoring group submits to the Committee on Graduate Studies and Research
(CGSR) a proposal for an interdisciplinary degree, together with the details of all
degree requirements and the credentials
of the members of the group. At least one
member of the group must be from a department or program currently authorized
toward the doctorate.
If the CGSR approves the proposal,
the sponsoring group serves in place of
a department in administration of the
approved interdisciplinary program.
Administrative duties include admission,
advising, in preparing and conducting
examinations, and in certifying fulfillment
of degree requirements.
WPI and the University of Massachusetts
Medical School have developed a joint
doctoral program in biomedical engineering and medical physics. See page 31.
The Social Science and Policy Studies
department offers an interdisciplinary
doctoral program in Systems Modeling
in collaboration with the Mathematical
­Sciences, Electrical and Computer
Engineering, Computer Science, Civil and
­Environmental Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering departments. The SSPS
Department also offers an interdisciplinary
Ph.D. in Social Science. See page 113.
Interdisciplinary Master’s
Programs
The Certificate in College
Teaching
Interdisciplinary master’s programs may
include a thesis or project requirement and
require at least 30 credits beyond the bachelor’s degree. Proposals for such programs
are initiated by groups of at least two
faculty members from different academic
departments who share a common interest
in a cross-disciplinary field. The sponsoring group submits a proposal for an interdisciplinary degree to the Committee on
Graduate Studies & Research (CGSR) that
includes the details of a program of study
and the credentials of the members of the
group. At least one member of the group
must be from a department or program
currently authorized to award the masters
degree and no more than half of the total
academic credit my be taken in any one
department. The CGSR may request additional input from the sponsors or appropriate departments. If the CGSR approves
the proposal, the sponsoring group serves
in place of a department in administration
of the approved interdisciplinary program.
Purpose
WPI offers an innovative program,
managed by the Colleges of Worcester
Consortium, for graduate students wishing
to develop skills in college teaching. Many
doctoral and even masters’ degree holders
will devote a least some of their professional time to college-level teaching. The
Certificate in College Teaching program
offers an opportunity to acquire both
teaching skills and professional recognition
of high-level preparation to teach.
Current Interdisciplinary Master’s degree
programs include:
MS in Systems Modeling
MS in Construction Project Management
Impact Engineering
Manufacturing Engineering Management
Power Systems Management
Systems Engineering
Materials Systems Engineering
The Certificate represents a collaborative
institutional response to the ever-present
challenges of promoting exemplary teaching in today’s complex higher education
environments. Most college professors
are never trained to be teachers. Preparation for the college classroom involves
more than a solid base of knowledge in a
discipline; it requires a systematic inquiry
into the pedagogies and processes that
facilitate learning. Our certificate program
is grounded in the latest educational research of best practices in college teaching,
and is designed to enhance the teaching
and learning experiences for faculty and
students at our member institutions.
The primary focus of the Certificate is
to prepare graduate students and adjunct
faculty for a career in academia. Research
has shown that graduate students with
some formal preparation in college teaching have a substantial advantage in the
academic job market. Once hired, the new
faculty members are better prepared to
assume their teaching duties and are, consequently, more productive in developing
Interdisciplinary 69
their research programs. Similarly, more
experienced college faculty can also benefit
from such teaching certificate programs,
as they may be very well prepared in their
disciplines, but desire formal training in
the pedagogy of teaching.
Program
Students may take any combination of
the courses offered. Generally students
begin with the 2-credit Seminar in College Teaching (IDG501, description
below) which is usually taught fall, spring
and summer terms. The full Certificate
program is 6 credits, with three 1-credit
additional elective courses taken and
culminating in the one-credit Capstone
Practicum.
Tuition
WPI covers costs of $250/credit for graduate students approved by their department
head to participate. Adjunct and other
faculty teaching at WPI should check with
their department heads about departmental policies for supporting the Certificate
program. WPI employees may also have
tuition benefits that will cover the cost of
Certificate courses; contact Human Resources for details. The program is open to
all qualified persons wishing to participate
at their own expense.
70 Interdisciplinary
Information
Courses are taught at various Consortium
sites, with WPI and Clark continuing to
be the most common hosts. For information on specific course descriptions and
availability, see the Consortium web site at
www.cowc.org/CCT.htm under “Procedures for Students.”
Questions
Contact Chrysanthe Demetry, Ph.D.
Associate Professor of Mechanical
­Engineering, Materials Science and
­Engineering Program
WPI, 100 Institute Rd
Worcester, MA 01609 USA
Email: cdemetry@wpi.edu
Tel: (508)831-5195; Fax: (508)831-5178
Course
IDG 501. Seminar in College Teaching
2 credits
This seminar is designed to acquaint graduate
students with some of the basic principles and
theories of education and with instructional
practices associated with effective college teaching. This information applies without regard to
the particular nature of the subject matter being
taught; the emphasis is on the educational process,
not the disciplinary content. Course activities include readings, lectures, discussion, and individual
and group projects. Topics covered include an introduction to learning theories, cognitive development and motivation for learning; effective teaching skills such as lecturing, class discussion, active
and cooperative learning, and use of instructional
technology; evaluating student performance;
and life as a college professor. Students who have
completed IDG 501 will be prepared for ISG 502
Practicum in College Teaching, which is offered as
an independent study on demand.
Management
www.mgt.wpi.edu
Programs of Study
The interaction between business and
technology drives every aspect of our
Graduate Management Programs. We
believe the future of management lies in
leveraging the power of technology to
optimize business opportunities. WPI stays
ahead of the curve, giving students the
ability to combine sound strategies with
cutting edge innovation, and the confidence to contribute meaningfully within
a global competitive environment. The
superior record of our graduates’ successes
highlight why WPI enjoys a nationallyrecognized reputation as one of the most
respected names in technology-based
management education.
WPI offers a variety of graduate management programs focusing on the inter­
section of business and technology. The
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
is a highly integrated, applications-oriented program that provides students with
both the ‘big picture’ perspective required
of successful upper-level managers and the
hands-on knowledge needed to meet the
daily demands in the workplace. WPI’s
focus on the management of technology
comes from the recognition that rapidly
changing technology is driving the pace of
business.
Students enjoy extensive opportunities to
expand their networks through associations with their peers and leading hightech organizations. They also benefit from
the latest available technologies and one of
the nation’s most wired universities. The
program’s strong emphasis on interpersonal and communications skills prepares
students to be leaders in any organization,
and the global threads throughout the curriculum ensure that students understand
the global imperative facing all businesses.
Whether dealing with information technology, biotechnology, financial markets, information security, supply chain
management, manufacturing, or a host
of other technology-oriented industries,
the real world is part of the classroom,
and students explore up-to-the-minute
challenges faced by actual companies,
through hands-on projects and teamwork.
WPI promotes an active learning process,
designed to develop the very best managers, leaders and executives in a technologydependent world.
Master of Business
Administration (MBA)
WPI’s MBA program features a 15-credit
core of five cross-functional courses designed to give students a larger framework
for understanding disciplinary material
that is critical for managers in a globally
competitive technological world. Core
courses include:
• ACC 514 Business Analysis for
Technological Managers
• BUS 515 Legal and Ethical Context of
Technological Organizations
• MKT 512 Creating and Implementing
Strategy in Technological Organizations
• OBC 511 Interpersonal and Leadership
Skills for Technological Managers
• OIE 513 Designing Processes for
Technological Organizations
Each core course, with the exception of
Legal and Ethical Context of Technological Organizations, has prerequisite requirements from within an 18-credit foundation. The purpose of the foundation is to
ensure that students have a solid understanding of the basic functions carried out
in organizations and of the environment in
which they operate as well as an introduction to the tools used to analyze business
problems. Foundation courses consist of
the following nine 2-credit courses, each
of which covers a major functional area of
business:
• ACC 501 Financial Accounting
• FIN 502 Finance
• FIN 508 Economics of the Firm
• FIN 509 Domestic and Global
Economic Environment of Business
• MIS 507 Management Information
Systems
• MKT 506 Principles of Marketing
• OBC 503 Organizational Behavior
• OIE 504 Operations Management
• OIE 505 Quantitative Methods
Foundation-level courses are potentially
waivable based on prior graduate or undergraduate coursework.
The MBA program also features a capstone Graduate Qualifying Project (BUS
516) which provides students with a
hands-on, real-world opportunity to apply
and enhance their classroom experience.
MBA students are required to complete 12
credit hours of free elective coursework.
Elective concentration areas include:
• Entrepreneurship
• Information Security Management
• Information Technology
• Operations Management
• Process Design
• Supply Chain Management
• Technological Innovation
• Technology Marketing
In addition, students may choose a 6credit Option for Specialization, which
requires 6 additional credits in a particular
functional area in combination with at
least 6 credits of the free electives in the
chosen area.
M.S. in Information Technology
(MSIT)
The demand for knowledgeable IT professionals who understand business has never
been greater. The MSIT program guarantees a solid foundation in information
technology, with a wide range of cuttingedge concentrations, and the management
principles critical to success in a technology-driven environment.
MSIT students must complete the following 8 required courses:
• MIS 507 Management Information
Systems
• MIS 571 Database Applications
Development
• MIS 573 Systems Design and
Development
• MIS 578 Telecommunications
Management
• OBC 503 Organizational Behavior
• OBC 511 Interpersonal and Leadership
Skills for Technological Managers
• OIE 504 Operations Management
• OIE 513 Designing Processes for
Technological Organizations
Students then choose from one of six
different four-course concentrations in
the field of information technology. These
concentrations provide additional depth in
particular areas of IT, or IT management,
beyond the core courses. Students can
choose a more managerial specialty, a more
Management 71
technical specialty, or specialties that mix
management and technology or focus on
a specific functional area. Concentration
areas include:
• IT Project Management
• IT and Entrepreneurship
• IT Applications Development
• Information Security Management
• Marketing IT Applications
• Manufacturing and Service IT
Applications
To round out the program, students take a
minimum of 2 free elective credits, choosing any graduate management course to
complete their program.
M.S. in Marketing and
Technological Innovation
(MSMTI)
A highly specialized program specifically
designed for individuals employed in or
aspiring to work in marketing positions
and/or positions responsible for innovation
within technology- oriented environments.
The M.S. in marketing and technological innovation features 14 credit hours of
required coursework including:
• FIN 508 Economics of the Firm
• MKT 506 Principles of Marketing
• MKT 512 Creating and Implementing
Strategy in Technological Organizations
• OBC 503 Organizational Behavior
• OBC 511 Interpersonal and Leadership
Skills for Technological Managers
• OIE 505 Quantitative Methods.
Students then select 18 credit hours of
electives from the following courses:
• BUS 597 Internship
• BUS 598 Independent Study
• ETR 592 New Venture Management
and Entrepreneurship
• MIS 576 Project Management
• MIS 578 Telecommunications
Management
• MIS 579 E-Business Applications
• MKT 563 Marketing of Emerging
Technologies
• MKT 564 Global Technology
Marketing
• MKT 566 Marketing and Electronic
Commerce
• MKT 567 Integrated Marketing
Communications
• MKT 568 Data Mining Business
Applications
72 Management
• OBC 531 Managing Organizational
Change
• OBC 533 Negotiations
• OBC 535 Managing Creativity in
Knowledge Intensive Organizations
• OIE 546 Managing Technological
Innovation
• OIE 548 Productivity Management
M.S. in Operations Design
and Leadership (MSODL)
Today’s business environments deal constantly with changes requiring leadership
for operational solutions. The MSODL is
a comprehensive Operations Management
program that provides balance between
service and production management, and
offers the option to concentrate in either
Supply Chain Management or Process
Design, or to customize the degree with
a broad selection of electives focusing indepth on issues in operations management
and related management areas.
MSODL students complete the following
5 courses:
• MIS 507 Management Information
Systems
• OBC 503 Organizational Behavior
• OBC 511 Interpersonal and Leadership
Skills for Technological Managers
• OIE 504 Operations Management
• OIE 552 Modeling and Optimizing
Processes
Students then select 7 electives from the
list below, or choose one of two concentration tracks, Supply Chain Management or
Process Design:
• BUS 597 Internship
• MIS 571 Database Applications
Development
• MIS 573 System Design and
Development
• MIS 574 Enterprise Systems
• MIS 576 Project Management
• MIS 581 Information Technology
Policy and Strategy
• OBC 531 Managing Organizational
Change
• OBC 533 Negotiations
• OIE 513 Designing Processes for
Technological Organizations
• OIE 541 Operations Risk Management
• OIE 544 Supply Chain Analysis and
Design
• OIE 546 Managing Technological
Innovation
• OIE 548 Productivity Management
• OIE 553 Global Purchasing and
Logistics
• OIE 554 Global Operations Strategy
• OIE 555 Lean Process Design
• OIE 557 Service Operations
Management
• OIE 558 Designing and Managing
Six-Sigma Processes
• OIE 598 Independent Study
Supply Chain Management Track:
• OIE 541 Operations Risk Management
• OIE 544 Supply Chain Analysis and
Design
• OIE 553 Global Purchasing and
Logistics
• OIE 555 Lean Process Design
• Plus 3 elective courses (9 credit hours)
from the approved list
Process Design Track:
• OIE 513 Designing Processes for
Technological Organizations
• OIE 541 Operations Risk Management
• OIE 555 Lean Process Design
• OIE 557 Service Operations
Management
• OIE 558 Designing and Managing
Six-Sigma Processes
• Plus 2 elective courses (6 credit hours)
from the approved list
To round out the program, students take a
minimum of 2 free elective credits, choosing any graduate management course to
complete their program.
Combined B.S./Master’s
(M.B.A.) Program
This program is available to WPI undergraduate students. A separate and complete application to the M.B.A. program
must be submitted. Admission to the
Combined Program is determined by
the faculty of the Department of Management. The student should begin the
curriculum planning process at the time
he/she commences his/her undergraduate
studies to ensure that all of the required
prerequisite undergraduate courses are
completed within the student’s four years
of undergraduate study.
It is recommended that the M.B.A. application be submitted at the beginning of
the student’s junior year of undergraduate study. A student in the Combined
Program continues to be registered as an
undergraduate until the bachelor’s degree
is awarded.
Students wishing to do a Combined
B.S./M.B.A. must complete the following
courses while an undergraduate, earning a
B or better in each:
• ACC 1100 Financial Accounting
• FIN 2200 Financial Management
• MA 2611 Applied Statistics I
• MA 2612 Applied Statistics II
• MKT 3600 Marketing Management
• MIS 3700 Information Systems
Management
• OBC 2300 Organizational Science
• OIE 3400 Production System Design
• SS 1110 Introductory Microeconomics
• SS 1120 Introductory Macroeconomics
To obtain a bachelor’s degree via the
Combined Program, the student must
satisfy all requirements for the bachelor’s
degree, including distribution and project
requirements.
To obtain an M.B.A. via the Combined
Program, the student must satisfy all
M.B.A. degree requirements. In addition
to the prerequisite undergraduate courses
listed above, the student must complete
the following graduate courses:
• ACC 514 Business Analysis for
Technological Managers
• BUS 515 Legal and Ethical Context of
Technological Organizations
• BUS 516 Graduate Qualifying Project
(GQP)
• MKT 512 Creating and Implementing
Strategy in Technological Organizations
• OBC 511 Interpersonal and Leadership
Skills for Technological Managers
• OIE 513 Designing Processes for
Technological Organizations
• And 12 elective credits (4 courses)
Please refer to the section on the Combined Programs or contact the director of
graduate management programs for more
information.
Admission Requirements
Admission to WPI’s Graduate Management Programs is competitive. Admission
is granted to applicants whose academic
and professional records indicate the likelihood of success in a challenging academic
program, and whose career aspirations are
in line with the focus of the specific degree
program to which they are applying.
Applicants should have the analytic
aptitude and academic preparation necessary to complete a technology-oriented
management program. This includes a
minimum of three semesters of college
level math or two semesters of college
level calculus. Applicants are also required
to have an understanding of computer
systems.
Applicants must have the earned equivalent of a four-year U.S. bachelor’s degree
to be considered for admission. Admission
decisions are based upon all the information required from the applicant. GMAT
required for all MBA applicants; MS
applicants may submit GRE in lieu of
GMAT.
Locations
Tailored to meet the challenges of working professionals, WPI offers full- and
part-time graduate management study at
our campus in Worcester, Massachusetts,
as well as world-wide via our Advanced
Distance Learning Network (see page 11).
Degree Requirements
For the M.B.A.
49 credits, prior to waivers, distributed as
follows (credit in parentheses):
• 9 Foundation Courses
(or graduate/undergraduate equivalents)
ACC 501, FIN 502, FIN 508, FIN 509
MIS 507, MKT 506, OBC 503,
OIE 504, OIE 505, (2 credits each)
• 5 Core Courses
ACC 514 (4 credits), BUS 515 (2 credits)
MKT 512 (3 credits), OBC 511
(3 credits), OIE 513 (3 credits),
• Graduate Qualifying Project (GQP)
BUS 516 (4 credits)
• 4 Elective Courses (12 credits)
For the M.S. in Information
Technology (MSIT)
35 credits, distributed as follows (credits in
parentheses):
• 8 Required Courses
MIS 507 (2 credits), MIS 571 (3 credits),
MIS 573 (3 credits), MIS 578 (3 credits),
OBC 503 (2 credits), OBC 511 (3 credits),
OIE 504 (2 credits), OIE 513 (3 credits)
• 4 Course Concentration (all courses
3 credits each)
IT Project Management:
MIS 576, MIS 581, OBC 531, Choose
one of: MIS 574, OBC 533
IT and Entrepreneurship:
ETR 592, MIS 579, Choose two of:
MIS 581, MKT 563, OIE 546
IT Applications Development:
MIS 574, MIS 579, Choose two of:
MIS 576, MIS 581, OBC 531
Information Security Management:
MIS 582, OIE 541, Choose two of:
MIS 574, MIS 579, MIS 581, OIE 558
Marketing IT Applications:
MKT 568, Choose three of: MIS 574,
MIS 579, MIS 581, MKT 563,
MKT 566, MKT 567, OIE 546
Manufacturing and Service IT
Applications:
MIS 574, Choose three of: MIS 581,
OIE 544, OIE 553, OIE 555, OIE 557
• 2 credits (minimum), any graduate
management course.
For the M.S. in Marketing
and Technological Innovation
(MSMTI)
32 credits, distributed as follows (credits in
parentheses):
• 6 Required Courses
FIN 508 (2 credits), MKT 506 (2 credits),
MKT 512 (3 credits), OBC 503 (2 credits),
OBC 511 (3 credits), OIE 505 (2 credits)
• 6 Elective Courses (3 credits each)
Selected from the following:
BUS 597, BUS 598, BUS 599, ETR
592, MIS 576, MIS 578, MIS 579,
MKT 563, MKT 564, MKT 566,
MKT 567, MKT 568, OBC 531, OBC
533, OBC 535, OIE 546, OIE 548
For the M.S. in Operations
Design and Leadership
(MSODL)
35 credits, distributed as follows (credits in
parentheses):
• 5 Required Courses
MIS 507 (2 credits), OBC 503 (2 credits),
OBC 511 (3 credits), OIE 504 (2 credits),
OIE 552 (3 credits)
• 7 Elective Courses (3 credits each)
Students may select 7 of the following
electives, or may choose one of two
concentration tracks, Supply Chain
Management or Process Design:
BUS 597, MIS 571, MIS 573, MIS
574, MIS 576, MIS 581, OBC 531,
OBC 533, OIE 513, OIE 541, OIE
544, OIE 546, OIE 548, OIE 553,
OIE 554, OIE 555, OIE 557, OIE 558,
OIE 598
Supply Chain Management Track:
OIE 541, OIE 544, OIE 553, OIE 555,
Plus 3 elective courses from the previous
list.
Management 73
Process Design Track:
OIE 513, OIE 541, OIE 555, OIE 557,
OIE 558, Plus 2 elective courses from
the previous list.
• 2 credits (minimum), any graduate
management course.
Department Research
In addition to teaching, Management
Department faculty are involved in a variety of sponsored research and consulting
work. A sampling of current research includes: quality control in information-handling processes, supply chain management,
management of biotechnology, decision/
risk analysis, conflict management, Latin
American economic development, capacity
planning, international accounting differences, strategy and new venture teams, and
reengineering business education.
The Collaborative for
Entrepreneurship and
Innovation
The Collaborative for Entrepreneurship
and Innovation (CEI) is a program of the
Department of Management, designed
to inspire and nurture people to discover,
create and commercialize new technologybased products, services and organizations.
It coordinates all entrepreneurship-related
activity at WPI, including graduate and
undergraduate courses; the CEI@WPI
ALL-OUT $50K Business Plan Challenge; the WPI Venture Forum workshops,
monthly lecture and case presentation
programs, radio show and newsletter;
networking; a student-run entrepreneurs
organization; the New England Collegiate
Entrepreneurs Award; Web site administration of the Coalition for Venture Support; and, on a periodic basis, the CEI will
offer conferences, workshops and seminars
on topics of interest to entrepreneurs.
Programs for high school outreach, social
entrepreneurship, internship opportunities, business incubation, various awards,
an Entrepreneurship Fair and a Consortium-wide business plan contest are in the
planning stage. Please call 508-831-5075
or 5218 for more information.
Faculty
M. C. Banks, Professor and Department Head; Director, Collaborative for
Entrepreneurship and Innovation; Ph.D.,
Virginia Tech; entrepreneurial teams, rural
entrepreneurship, economic development
and entrepreneurship, strategic planning
in small and entrepreneurial companies,
entrepreneurship in technological organizations, re-engineering business education.
E. Danneels, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University; growth and
renewal of corporations through product
innovation, nature and consequences of
product innovativeness, characteristics of
corporations with innovative new product
programs, performance effects of innovative new product programs.
S. Djamasbi, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Hawaii at Manoa; decision
making, decision support systems, information overload, decision making under
crisis, affect and decision making.
F. Noonan, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Massachusetts; operations
management, decision/risk analysis, environmental management.
J. T. O’Connor, Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Notre Dame; economics,
finance, accounting, medical care financial
and delivery systems.
J. Schaufeld, Visiting Instructor of
Entrepreneurship; MBA, Northeastern
University; entrepreneurship, technology
commercialization, business acquisition
and development.
D. Strong, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Carnegie-Mellon University; advanced information technologies, such as enterprise
systems, and their use in organizations,
MIS quality issues, with primary focus on
data and information quality.
M. B. Elmes, Professor; Ph.D., Syracuse
University; workplace resistance and
ideological control, critical perspectives on
spirituality-in-the-workplace, implementation of IT in organizations, organizations
in the natural environment, narrative and
aesthetic perspectives on organizational
phenomena, psychodynamics of group and
intergroup behavior.
S. Taylor, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
­Boston College; aesthetics of organizational action.
A. Gerstenfeld, Professor; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; industrial
engineering, innovation.
H. G. Vassallo, Professor; Ph.D., Clark
University; organizational behavior, project
management, management of planned
change, management of biotechnology,
medical product liability.
H. Higgins, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Georgia State University; financial accounting, focusing on earnings expectation
and international accounting.
S. A. Johnson, Associate Professor and
Director of I.E. Program; Ph.D., Cornell
University; lean process design, enterprise
engineering, process analysis and modeling, reverse logistics.
C. Kasouf, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Syracuse University; product management,
marketing strategy in fragmented industries, innovation management, marketing
information use, strategic alliances.
E. T. Loiacono, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., University of Georgia; website
quality, information system accessibility,
e-commerce, affect in information systems.
F. Miller, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University; managerial
accounting and contracting in inter- and
intra-firm relationships.
74 Management
K. Mukherjee, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Connecticut; efficiency and
productivity analysis applied to manufacturing, banking, and other sectors.
B. Tulu, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Claremont Graduate University; medical
informatics, V.O.I.P., information security,
telecommunications and networking,
systems analysis and design.
A. Zeng, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University; modeling and
analysis of decisions in supply and/or distribution networks, applications of operations research and operations management
techniques to supply chain process design
and improvement, global supply chain
management and international business.
W. Zhao, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Temple University; corporate governance,
international finance/business, financial
markets/institutions
J. Zhu, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Massachusetts; information
technology and productivity, ebusiness, performance evaluation and
benchmarking.
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
ACC 501. Financial Accounting
2 credits
This course is an introduction to the accounting process, its underlying concepts, and the
techniques of preparing and analyzing financial
statements. Students are introduced to issues in
accounting for assets, liabilities and stockholders’
equity, and issues in revenue and expense recognition. The course demonstrates the role of accounting information for users outside the firm, and the
application of accounting numbers in financial
analyses and market decisions. Where appropriate,
emphasis is given to technology-oriented firms.
ACC 514. Business Analysis for
Technological Managers
4 credits
This course provides an understanding of the
concepts and tools of business analysis. One major
focus emphasizes how accounting information
aids the planning, control, decision making and
evaluation of the firm’s operations, through product costing techniques, budgetary planning, control and evaluation of operations using accounting
information, and analysis of how accounting
information can advance a firm’s goals and strategies. This course also provides an introduction to
the strategic role of financial management, analysis
of company performance, the impact of major
corporate decisions, the relationship among major
stakeholders of the firm and cash management.
(Prerequisites: ACC 501, FIN 502, FIN 508,
MKT 506 and OIE 505 or equivalent content, or
consent of instructor).
BUS 515. Legal and Ethical Context of
Technological Organizations
2 credits
This course introduces students to U.S. and
International law, examining the structure, function and development of the areas of law most
important to the conduct of business. Heavy
emphasis is given to approaches to ethical analysis
for decision-making. Students will gain a sound
understanding both of the basic areas of law
(torts, contracts, property and constitutional law)
and of the analytical principles that govern the
application of law generally. The course will also
touch on the areas of intellectual property law,
business formation and organization, international business law, securities regulation, cyber
law and e-commerce, antitrust law, employment
law and environmental law. The course focuses on
practical considerations and makes extensive use
of case studies. In addition to analyzing the legal
mandates that restrict and guide the conduct of
business, the course discusses and debates ethical
considerations that often confront managers.
BUS 516. Graduate Qualifying Project
In Management (GQP)
4 credits
FIN 502. Finance
2 credits
This course integrates management theory and
practice, and incorporates a number of skills and
tools acquired in the M.B.A. curriculum. The
medium is a major project, often for an external
sponsor, which is completed individually or in
teams. In addition to a written report, the project
will be formally presented to members of the
department, outside sponsors and other interested
parties. (Prerequisites: All foundation and core
courses or equivalent content, or consent of
instructor.)
This course introduces students to the foundations of modern finance. The student is expected
to gain an understanding of the time value of
money, basic security valuation, investment criteria, capital market history, portfolio theory, and
exchange rate risk. These topics are taught using a
problem-oriented approach with an emphasis on
conceptual understanding and the acquisition of
the appropriate analytical and quantitative skills.
(Prerequisites: ACC 501 or equivalent content,
and a knowledge of college algebra and basic
statistics.)
BUS 597. Internship
FIN 508. Economics of the Firm
The internship is an elective-credit option
designed to provide an opportunity to put into
practice the principles that have been studied in
previous courses. Internships will be tailored to
the specific interests of the student. Each internship must be carried out in cooperation with a
sponsoring organization, generally from off campus, and must be approved and advised by a WPI
faculty member in the Department of Management. Internships may be proposed by the student
or by an off-campus sponsor. The internship must
include proposal, design and documentation
phases. Following the internship, the student will
prepare a report describing his or her internship
activities and will make a presentation before a
committee including the Faculty Advisor and a
representative from the sponsoring organization.
Students are limited to one 3-credit, semesterlength internship experience. The internship may
not be completed at the student’s place of employment. (Prerequisite: Completion of the required
component of the individual student’s graduate
management degree program.)
BUS 598. Independent Study
Directed in-depth independent study or seminar
program following one or more of the core areas
of management. Independent study can focus on
a major problem in manufacturing, information
systems, health systems, energy, government, etc.
Each student must have a designated faculty advisor who must approve the subject and methodology in advance. Before registering for independent
study, students should contact the director of
graduate management programs.
BUS 599. Thesis
6 to 9 credits
Research study at the master’s level.
ETR 592. New Venture Management
and Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurship has been defined as the “pursuit
of opportunity without regard to resources currently held.” This course is intended to introduce
students to a new way of thinking (the pursuit of
opportunity) and a new set of economic relationships (without regard to resources currently held)
through its requirement that they plan and launch
a new e-commerce venture. Topics will include
opportunity recognition and evaluation, new venture teams, the business plan, venture finance and
resource requirements, and harvesting the venture.
2 credits
This course covers the basic concepts of supply
and demand. Various forms of business organization (e.g., corporations, partnerships) are
discussed. Attention is paid to both consumer
behavior (e.g., uti System Design And Development lity theory) and firm behavior (including
production theory and cost analysis). Alternative
market structures, including output markets (e.g.,
competition, monopoly) and inputs (e.g., labor,
capital) are addressed. Additional topics include
the government regulation of markets (e.g.,
antitrust laws), international trade, and public and
merit goods.
FIN 509. Domestic and Global Economic
Environment of Business
2 credits
This course addresses the role of government
in the economy, including concepts of income
redistribution, taxation and stabilization. The
fundamentals of aggregate demand and supply
are also discussed. Topics include the concept and
measurement of aggregate output and input (e.g.,
Gross Domestic Product [GDP]); Keynesian and
post-Keynesian income determination analysis;
fiscal policy (including government deficits and
the public debt); monetary policy, the role of the
Federal Reserve, and the banking system; economic growth; international trade and exchange
rate determination.
MIS 507. Management Information
Systems
2 credits
This course focuses on information technology
and management. Topics covered are information technology and organizations, information
technology and individuals (privacy, ethics, job
security, job changes), information technology
and information security, information technology
within the organization (technology introduction
and implementation), business process engineering and information technology between organizations (electronic data interchange and electronic
commerce).
Management 75
MIS 571. Database Applications
Development
MIS 578. Telecommunications
Management
MIS 582. Information Security
Management
Business applications are increasingly centered
on databases and the delivery of high-quality
data throughout the organization. This course
introduces students to the theory and practice of
computer-based data management. It focuses on
the design of database applications that will meet
the needs of an organization and its managers.
The course also covers data security, data integrity,
data quality, and backup and recovery procedures.
Students will be exposed to commercially available
database management systems, such as MS/Access
and Oracle. As a project during the course, students will design and implement a small database
that meets the needs of some real-world business
data application. The project report will include
recommendations for ensuring security, integrity,
and quality of the data.
This course provides students with the technical
and managerial background for developing and
managing an organization’s telecommunications
infrastructure. On the technical side, it covers
the fundamentals of data transmission, local area
networks, local internetworking and enterprise
internetworking, and security. Coverage includes
data communications and computer networking;
local area communications topics such as cabling,
and local area network hardware and software; and
topics involved in wide area networking, such as
circuit and packet switching, and multiplexing.
On the managerial side, this course focuses on
understanding the industry players and key organizations, and the telecommunications investment
decisions in a business environment. Coverage
includes issues in the national and international
legal and regulatory environments for telecommunications services. Note: credit will not be given for
a previously taken MG 572 and the new MIS 578.
This course will introduce CERT-CC’s five-step
process for the management of information
security, and is aimed at teaching managers how to
create a solid enterprise-wide information security
practice. This course is aimed at any student interested in gaining a managerial-level understanding
of information security and practice. Readings,
demos, lectures, case studies and real world events
will be discussed with the intent of bridging
theory with practice, law and ethics. The course
is broken up into six sections: introduction to
information security and architecture, hardening
and security, preparation for an attack, detection
of the attack, incident response, and security
improvement. Additional topics covered include
an overview of computer crimes, information
warfare, cyber terrorism and protection of critical
infrastructures. Upon completion of this course,
the student will have an in-depth understanding
of the steps required to build and maintain an
information security department, and the depth of
technical understanding to be able to communicate effectively with information security teams.
MIS 573. System Design and Development
This course introduces students to the concepts
and principles of systems analysis and design.
It covers all aspects of the systems development
life cycle from project identification through
project planning and management, requirements
identification and specification, process and
data modeling, system architecture and security,
interface design, and implementation and change
management. Object-oriented analysis techniques
are introduced. Students will learn to use an upper
level CASE (computer-aided software engineering) tool, which will be employed in completing
a real-world systems analysis and design project.
(Prerequisite: MIS 571 and MIS 577 or equivalent
content, or consent of the instructor.)
MIS 574. Enterprise Systems
Companies have been replacing their legacy systems with enterprise systems designed to connect
the entire organization, including suppliers and
customers, in a web-enabled computing environment that provides information to all participants
as needed. This course explores the managerial
and technical challenges in implementing enterprise systems and managing an organization with
such an interdependent, connected system. From
a technological view, students will use a commercially available enterprise system to build an understanding of the functional capabilities of such
systems. From a managerial view, students will
use business cases to develop an understanding of
the process of implementing and using enterprise
systems effectively in organizations. (Prerequisite:
MIS 571 and MIS 577, or equivalent content, or
OIE 513, or consent of the instructor.)
MIS 576. Project Management
This course presents the specific concepts, techniques and tools for managing projects effectively.
The role of the project manager as team leader is
examined, together with important techniques
for controlling cost, schedules and performance
parameters. Lectures, case studies and projects
are combined to develop skills needed by project
managers in today’s environment.
76 Management
MIS 579. E-Business Applications
The course presents a survey of consumer and
business-to-business electronic commerce models,
systems, and technical solutions in the national
and global contexts connecting individuals,
businesses, governments, and other organizations to each other. It provides an introduction
to e-business strategy and the development and
architecture of e-business solutions and their
technical components that focuses on the linkage
between organizational strategy and networked
information techniques. The course will cover
how businesses and consumers use the Internet to
exchange information and initiate transactions.
Both theoretical concepts and practical skills with
appropriate development tools will be addressed
within the scope of the class. Students will develop
a business plan and put that plan into action
through development of an e-business website
using commercially available development tools.
Other hands-on projects and assignments are
included. (Prerequisite: MIS 571 and MIS 577 or
equivalent content, or consent of the instructor.)
Note: credit will not be given for a previously taken
MG 572 and the new MIS 579.
MIS 581. Information Technology
Policy and Strategy
Fast-paced changes in technology require successful IS managers to quickly understand, adapt,
and apply technology when appropriate. They
must recognize the implications new technologies
have on their employees and the organization as
a whole. In particular, they must appreciate the
internal (e.g., political and organizational culture)
and external (e.g., laws, global concerns, and
cultural issues) environments that these changes
occur within and plan accordingly. This course
focuses on the core IS capabilities that IS managers must consider when managing technology
within their organization: business and IT vision,
design of IT architecture, and IT service delivery.
This course will build on the knowledge and skills
gained from previous MIS courses. (Prerequisites:
MIS507 or equivalent content, or consent of
instructor.)
MKT 506. Principles of Marketing
2 credits
This course provides the background by which
managers may understand consumer and industrial decision-making. Topics covered include segmentation and target marketing, market research,
competitor analysis and marketing information
systems. Additional discussion focuses on the
development of a marketing plan and positioning
of the product. Attention is also paid to product
management, new product development, promotion, price and distribution. Both national and
global aspects of these issues are discussed.
MKT 512. Creating and Implementing
Strategy in Technological Organizations
This course focuses on understanding the market
and the importance of market research, customer
needs, competitor analysis, business environment
and forecasting. The development of ethical and
effective strategy is discussed, including exploiting and developing the core competencies of
the organization. Promoting and developing
interfunctional and international communication
and cooperation are addressed. Special attention is
paid to the integration of emerging technologies.
Other areas covered include assessment analysis, including controlling quality and tracking
customer response. (Prerequisite: MKT 506 or
equivalent content, or consent of the instructor.)
MKT 563. Marketing of Emerging
Technologies
This course focuses on the new product development process in high-tech corporations, from
idea generation through launch. Topics include:
understanding customer responses to innovation,
engaging customers in the innovation process,
developing the marketing mix for new products
(product features and benefits, pricing, channel
selection, communications), new product intro-
duction timing and competitive positioning. Particular emphasis is placed on how new products
can be used to generate firm growth and renewal
in a dynamic environment, and on the challenges
of incorporating emerging technologies in new
products. (Prerequisite: MKT 506 or equivalent
content, or consent of the instructor.)
MKT 564. Global Technology Marketing
Extending technology to global markets requires
an understanding of consumer behavior in different cultures, and effective management of risk
and overseas infrastructures. This course addresses
the issues associated with technology application
in new markets and includes the following topics:
consumer behavior differences in international
markets and the implications for the marketing mix, cultural differences that affect business
practices in new markets, managing exchange rate
fluctuation, factors that affect manufacturing and
research location, the impact of local government
on marketing decision making, and the use of
strategic alliances to acquire expertise and manage
risk in global market development. Knowledge of
marketing management is assumed. This course
is offered by special arrangement only, based on
expressed student interest.
MKT 566. Marketing and Electronic
Commerce
This course discusses the tools and techniques
being used today to harness the vast marketing
potential of the Internet. It examines various
Web-based business models for effectively and
efficiently using the net as a strategic marketing
tool for new products, market research, direct
and indirect distribution channels, and marketing communications. The course considers both
business-to- consumer and business-to-business
applications, and explores the major opportunities, limitations and issues of profiting from the
Internet.
MKT 567. Integrated Marketing
Communications (IMC)
This course provides students with an understanding of the role of integrated marketing communications in the overall marketing program and its
contribution to marketing strategy. The tools of
marketing communications include advertising,
sales promotion, publicity, personal selling, public
relations, trade shows, direct, and online marketing. Understanding the concepts and processes
that organizations use in developing effective and
synergistic marketing communications is useful
for managers across functional disciplines. This
course will also consider ethical issues of IMC.
MKT 568. Data Mining Business
Applications
This course provides students with the key concepts and tools to turn raw data into useful business intelligence. A broad spectrum of business
situations will be considered for which the tools
of classical statistics and modern data mining have
proven their usefulness. Problems considered will
include such standard marketing research activities
as customer segmentation and customer preference as well as more recent issues in credit scoring,
churn management and fraud detection. Roughly
half the class time will be devoted to discussions
on business situations, data mining techniques,
their application and their usage. The remaining
time will comprise an applications laboratory in
which these concepts and techniques are used and
interpreted to solve realistic business problems.
Some knowledge of basic marketing principles
and basic data analysis is assumed.
OBC 503. Organizational Behavior
2 credits
This course introduces concepts, theories and
current research in the effective management of
organizations. Topics include the basics of systems
thinking, as well as team and group dynamics.
The role of perception and motivation in the
behavior of the individual is addressed. Cases,
workshops and readings are integrated in a cohesive approach to management problems.
OBC 511. Interpersonal and Leadership
Skills for Technological Managers
This course considers effective interpersonal and
leadership behaviors in technological organizations. Course material focuses on understanding,
changing and improving our behaviors and those
of others by examining our own practices and
analyzing examples of leadership behaviors. The
course also considers interpersonal and leadership
behaviors in relation to teams, cultural diversity,
and ethics in organizations. Assignments may
include personal experiments, case analyses, individual and group projects and/or presentations.
(Prerequisite: OBC 503 or equivalent content, or
consent of instructor.)
OBC 531. Managing Organizational
Change
This course focuses on the design and implementation of organizational change. The course will
look at organizations from a variety of theoretical
perspectives and consider the implications for
change from each perspective. Students will engage in and discuss case studies, simulations, and
experiential exercises to explore the subject.
OBC 533. Negotiations
This course focuses on improving the student’s
understanding of the negotiation process and
effectiveness as a negotiator. Emphasizes issues
related to negotiating within and on behalf of
organizations, the role of third parties, the sources
of power within negotiation, and the impact of
gender, culture and other differences. Conducted
in workshop format, combining theory and
practice.
OBC 535. Managing Creativity in
Knowledge Intensive Organizations
This course considers creativity in its broadest
sense from designing new products and processes
to creating our own role and identity as managers
and leaders in knowledge-intensive organizations.
In this course we will look actively at our own
creative process and how we might more fully
realize our creative potential. At the same time we
will build a conceptual understanding of creating,
creativity, and knowledge based in the philosophic, academic, and practitioner literatures. We will
critically apply this conceptual understanding to
organizational examples of managing creativity in
support of practical action.
OIE 504. Operations Management
2 credits
This course provides students with a broad conceptual framework for evaluating operations management practices and understanding the major
decisions made in operations and the connections
of operations decisions to other functions. Concepts, techniques, and management tools related
to the four major decision responsibilities of
operations management, namely process, quality,
capacity, and inventory, are studied and discussed.
OIE 505. Quantitative Methods
2 credits
This course provides the background by which
a modern manager may understand and apply
quantitative methods. Topics covered include
descriptive state, probability theory, measures of
dispersion and hypothesis testing, and confidence
descriptions. Additional discussion focuses on correlation and regression analysis, as well as analysis
of variance and time series mathematics as applied
to business analysis.
OIE 513. Designing Processes for
Technological Organizations
This course introduces students to the critical role
of processes in modern technological organizations. This course addresses organizational,
technical and ethical issues related to designing,
analyzing and reengineering business processes.
Techniques and tools for process design are
covered. Key global processes such as customer
service, order fulfillment, and goods/services creation and distribution processes and their enabling
information technology are studied in detail.
(Prerequisites: MIS 507, OBC 503 and OIE 504
or equivalent content, or consent of instructor.)
OIE 541. Operations Risk Management
Operations risk management deals with decision
making under uncertainty. It is interdisciplinary,
drawing upon management science and managerial decision-making, along with material from
negotiation and cognitive psychology. Classic
methods from decision analysis are first covered
and then applied, from the perspective of business
process improvement, to a broad set of applications in operations risk management and design
including: quality assurance, supply chains,
information security, fire protection engineering,
environmental management, projects and new
products. A course project is required (and chosen
by the student according to his/her interest) to
develop skills in integrating subjective and objective information in modeling and evaluating risk.
(An introductory understanding of statistics is
assumed.)
Management 77
OIE 544. Supply Chain Analysis
and Design
OIE 552. Modeling and Optimizing
Processes
This course studies the decisions and strategies in designing and managing supply chains.
Concepts, techniques, and frameworks for better
supply chain performance are discussed, and
how e-commerce enables companies to be more
efficient and flexible in their internal and external
operations are explored. The major content of the
course is divided into three modules: supply chain
integration, supply chain decisions, and supply
chain management and control tools. A variety
of instructional tools including lectures, case
discussions, guest speakers, games, videos, and
group projects and presentations are employed.
(Prerequisites: OIE 504, or equivalent content, or
consent of instructor.)
This course is designed to provide students with a
variety of quantitative tools and techniques useful
in modeling, evaluating and optimizing operation processes. Students are oriented toward the
creation and use of spreadsheet models to support
decision-making in industry and business.
OIE 546. Managing Technological
Innovation
This course studies successful innovations and
how firms must enhance their ability to develop
and introduce new products and processes.
The course will discuss a practical model of the
dynamics of industrial innovation. Cases and
examples will be discussed for products in which
cost and product performance are commanding
factors. The important interface among R&D/
manufacturing/marketing is discussed. International technology transfer and joint venture issues
are also considered.
OIE 548. Productivity Management
This highly interactive course focuses on
evaluating and measuring productivity in both
manufacturing and service environments, and on
selecting, planning, and implementing measures
to maximize it. Overall strategies as well as specific
techniques are studied. The course examines key
productivity drivers such as new and historical
approaches to management, employee motivation/
reward systems, the role of technology as both a
production environments, business process reengineering, the role of communications, the impact
of capital spending, and cutting edge thinking on
operations structuring and execution.
78 Management
OIE 553. Global Purchasing and Logistics
This course aims to develop an in-depth
understanding of the decisions and challenges
related to the design and implementation of a
firm’s purchasing strategy within a context of an
integrated, global supply chain. Topics centering
on operational purchasing, strategic sourcing, and
strategic cost management will be covered. The
global logistics systems that support the purchasing process will be analyzed, and the commonly
used techniques for designing and evaluating an
effective logistics network will be studied.
OIE 554. Global Operations Strategy
This course focuses on operations strategy from
a global perspective. Topics such as strategy of
logistics and decisions to outsource are examined.
As an example, the strategic issues concerned with
firms that are doing R&D in the United States,
circuit board assembly in Ireland and final assembly in Singapore. Cases, textbooks and recent
articles relating to the topic are all used. Term
paper based on actual cases is required.
OIE 555. Lean Process Design
Lean thinking has transformed the way that organizational processes are designed and operated,
using a systematic approach that eliminates waste
by creating flow dictated by customer pull. In this
course we explore the lean concepts of value, flow,
demand-pull, and perfection in global, multistage
processes. The tactics that are used to translate
these general principles into practice, such as creating manufacturing cells, are also discussed. The
design process is complicated because in reality
not all wastes can be eliminated. To learn effective
design, students will practice applying lean ideas
in case studies and simulations, exploring how
variability affects process dynamics and combining
this knowledge with analysis of process data.
OIE 557. Service Operations Management
Successful management of service organizations
often differs from that of manufacturing organizations. Service business efficiency is sometimes
difficult to evaluate because it is often hard to determine the efficient amount of resources required
to produce service outputs. This course introduces
students to the available techniques used to evaluate operating efficiency and effectiveness in the
service sector. The course covers key service business principles. Students gain an understanding
of how to successfully manage service operations
through a series of case studies on various service
industries and covering applications in yield
management, inventory control, waiting time
management, project management, site selection,
performance evaluation and scoring systems.
The course assumes some familiarity with basic
probability and statistics through regression. This
course is offered by special arrangement only, based on
expressed student interest.
OIE 558. Designing and Managing
Six-Sigma Processes
This course teaches Six-Sigma as an organizational quality system and a set of statistical tools
that have helped the world’s leading companies
save millions of dollars and improve customer
satisfaction. This course is organized in three
parts: part one covers the essentials of Six-Sigma,
including fundamental concepts, the advantages
of Six-Sigma over Total Quality Management,
and a five-phase model for building a Six-Sigma
organization; part two of the course covers the
Six-Sigma training, including technical topics
such as capability and experimental design as well
as how to train “Black Belts” and other key roles;
part three describes the major activities of the SixSigma Roadmap, from identifying core processes
to executing improvement projects to sustaining
Six-Sigma gains.
www.wpi.edu/+mfe
Programs of Study
The Manufacturing Engineering (MFE)
Program offers two graduate degrees:
the master of science and the doctor of
philosophy. Full- and part-time study is
available.
The graduate programs in manufacturing engineering provide opportunities for
students to study current manufacturing
techniques while allowing each student the
flexibility to customize their educational
program. Course material and research
activities often draw from the traditional fields of computer science, controls
engineering, electrical and computer
engineering, environmental engineering,
industrial engineering, materials science
and engineering, mechanical engineering,
and management. The program’s intention
is to build a solid and broad foundation in
manufacturing theories and practices, and
allow for further concentrated study in a
selected specialty.
Admission Requirements
Candidates for admission must meet WPI’s
requirements and should have a bachelor’s
degree in science, engineering, or management, preferably in such fields as computer
science/engineering, electrical/ control
engineering, industrial engineering,
environmental engineering, manufacturing engineering, materials science and
engineering, mechanical engineering, or
management. Students with other backgrounds will be considered based on their
interest, formal education and experience
in manufacturing.
Degree Requirements
For the M.S.
The WPI faculty has passed new requirements for the MS degree in MFE. The
new requirements allow for considerably
more flexibility in selecting the courses to
satisfy the core. A student who satisfies
the previous requirements will also satisfy
the new ones. Any one course can only be
used to satisfy distribution in one area.
Manufacturing Engineering
The Manufacturing Engineering (MFE)
program is intended to be flexible in order
to meet student needs. Many MFE graduate students work full time as engineers,
others are graduate teaching and research
assistants. Some of the courses are offered
in the evenings.
The M.S. Degree in MFE requires 30
credit hours of graduate studies. The
30 credits consist of a minimum of 12
credit hours of coursework, plus 18 credit
hours of any combination of coursework,
independent study, directed research or
thesis that complies with the following
constraints: if there is a thesis, it must at
least 6 and no more than 12 credits; there
can be no more than 9 credits of directed
research; and the total number of credits
from the Management Department cannot
exceed 14.
The minimum of 12 credit hours of
coursework must include a minimum
of two credits each in at least four of the
seven core areas. The coursework should
be selected in consultation with an advisor from the MFE faculty. All full-time
students are required to participate in the
non-credit seminar course MFE 500.
The seven core areas, and corresponding
suggested courses that students can select
from to fulfill the requirements in each of
these areas, are listed below. Courses that
appear in more than one core area can
only be used to fulfill the requirements in
one.
1.Manufacturing Systems
1.1. MFE 530 Computer Integrated
Manufacturing
1.2. OIE 544 Supply Chain Analysis
and Design
1.3. OIE 548 Productivity Management
1.4. OIE 555 Lean Process Design
1.5. MIS 573 System Design and
Development
1.6. MIS 574 Enterprise Systems
2.Manufacturing Processes
2.1. MFE 520 Design and analysis of
Manufacturing Processes
2.2. MFE 511 Industrial Robotics
Or any graduate Manufacturing Engineering or Materials Science and Engineering course on a manufacturing process
3.Control Systems
3.1. MFE 510 Control and Monitoring
of Manufacturing Processes
3.2. MFE 511 Industrial Robotics
Or any graduate course in the Dynamics
and Controls section of Mechanical
Engineering
4.Design
4.1. MFE 540 Design for
Manufacturability
4.2. MFE 520 Design and Analysis of
Manufacturing Processes
4.3. ME 545 Computer-aided Design
and Geometric Modeling
5.Materials
Any graduate course in Materials
Science and Engineering
6.Financial Processes
6.1. ACC 501 Financial Accounting
6.2. FIN 502 Finance
6.3. FIN 508 Economics of the Firm
6.4. FIN 509 Domestic and Global
Economic Environment of Business
6.5. ACC 514 Business Analysis for
Technological Managers (prerequisites:
ACC 501, FIN 502, OIE 505,
MKT 506 and FIN 508)
7.Statistics and Quality Assurance
7.1. OIE 505 Quantitative Methods
7.2. MKT 506 Principles of Marketing
7.3. OIE 558 Designing and Managing
Six-Sigma Processes
Or any graduate Mathematical Sciences
course on statistics
For the Ph.D.
The doctoral (Ph.D.) program in MFE is
a research degree with no required courses.
All candidates must pass a comprehensive exam which is based on the material
in four of the seven core areas required
for the M.S. degree in MFE. All candidates must complete at least one year in
residence, have a dissertation proposal accepted, then complete the dissertation and
defend it successfully.
The dissertation is based on original and,
generally, externally sponsored research. A
broad range of research topics is possible,
including investigation into the funda-
Manufacturing Engineering 79
mental science on which manufacturing
processes are based, material science,
manufacturing engineering education,
metrology, quality, machine tool dynamics,
manufacturing processes, design methodology and production systems.
MFE Seminar
Seminar speakers include WPI faculty
and students as well as manufacturing
experts and scholars from around the
world. Registration for, attendance at and
participation in the seminar course, MFE
500, is required for full-time students. The
seminar series provides a common forum
for all students to discuss current issues in
manufacturing engineering.
Faculty Research Interests
Current research areas include tolerance
analysis, CAD/CAM, production systems
analysis, machining, fixturing, delayed
dynamical systems, nonlinear chatter,
surface metrology, fractal analysis, surface
functionality, metals processing and manufacturing management, axiomatic design,
and abrasive processes.
Research Facilities and
Laboratories
The program has access to extensive
research facilities through the Computer
Aided Manufacturing (CAM) Lab, the
HAAS Technical Center, the Production
and Machine Dynamics Lab, the Robotics
Lab and the Surface Metrology Lab.
Metal Processing Institute (MPI)
The Metal Processing Institute (MPI) is an
industry-university alliance. Its mission is
to design and carry out research projects
identified in collaboration with MPI’s
industrial partners in the field of near and
net shape manufacturing. MPI creates
knowledge that will help enhance the productivity and competitiveness of the metal
processing industry, and develops the
industry’s human resource base through
the education of WPI students and the dissemination of new knowledge. More than
120 private manufacturers participate in
the Institute, and their support helps fund
fundamental and applied research that
addresses technological barriers facing the
industry. The MPI researchers also develop
and demonstrate best practices and stateof-the-art processing techniques.
80 Manufacturing Engineering
The CAM Lab includes several UNIX and
PC-based engineering graphics workstations used for CAD, solid modeling,
kinematic analysis, FEA, CIM and expert
system development, and a number of
computers set up for data acquisition and
real-time control. The lab has been developing techniques and systems for process
(machining and heat treatment) modeling and simulation, production planning,
tolerance analysis, and fixture design.
The HAAS Technical Center at WPI,
supported in partnership with HAAS
­Automation (Oxnard, California), includes
eleven CNC machine tools and four
simulators, linked to the Web, and eight
workstations in the manufacturing design
studio. The center supports teaching and
research on computer-controlled machining, as well as the fabrication of equipment
for projects and research. The machines
are selected to accommodate a wide variety
of applications and include two vertical
machining centers and a lathe with live
tooling, as well as smaller lathes and mills.
The Production and Machine
­Dynamics Lab uses a variety of techniques, including innovative computerized
modeling and computer-controlled data
acquisition, to understand the vibrations
that occur during machining, which limit
productivity and part quality.
The Robotics Lab equipment includes
a number of industrial robots set up for
deburring, welding, assembly and metrology; a Coordinate Measurement Machine
(CMM) with data acquisition and GD&T
software; a machining area with CNC
machine tools; and a range of specialized automation equipment interfaced to
PLCs.
The Surface Metrology Lab has two
scanning laser microscopes as well as conventional profilers. The lab has developed
new texture measurement techniques and
analysis methods and has pioneered the
development of application of scale-sensitive fractal analysis, to study how surface
texture, or roughness, influences behavior
and how surface texture is influenced by
manufacturing processes, wear, fracture,
disease, growth and corrosion. The Surface
Metrology Lab collaborates with labs in
the United States, Canada, Europe and
Chile on projects including food science, skin, pavement friction, hard drive
stiction, abrasive finishing, adhesion, and
more.
Faculty
R. D. Sisson Jr., George F. Fuller
Professor; Director, Manufacturing and
Materials Engineering; Ph.D., Purdue
University. Materials process modeling
and control, manufacturing engineering,
corrosion, and environmental effects on
metals and ceramics.
Y. K. Rong, John Woodman Higgins
Professor; Associate Director, Manufacturing and Materials Engineering; Ph.D.,
University of Kentucky. CAD/CAM,
manufacturing process and systems.
D. Apelian, Howmet Professor of
Engineering; Director, Metal Processing
Institute; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute
of Technology. Solidification processing,
spray casting, molten metal processing,
aluminum foundry processing, plasma
processing, and knowledge engineering in
materials processing.
I. Bar-On, Professor; Ph.D., Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Mechanical behavior
of materials, fracture and fatigue of metals,
ceramics and composites, reliability and lie
prediction, and electronic packaging.
C. A. Brown, Professor; Director, Surface
Metrology Lab; Director, Haas Technical
Center; Ph.D., P.E., University of Vermont.
Surface metrology, machining, fractal
analysis, sports engineering, tribology,
axiomatic design and abrasive processes.
R. S. Hahn, Visiting Research Scientist;
Ph.D., University of Cleveland
Mustapha S. Fofana, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., University of Waterloo, Canada,
1993; Nonlinear chatter dynamics, delay
systems, CAD/CAM, CIM/Networked
manufacturing systems.
S. A. Johnson, Associate Professor of
Industrial Engineering; Ph.D.,Cornell
University
M. M. Makhlouf, Professor; Director,
Aluminum Casting Research Laboratory;
Ph.D., WPI. Solidification of Metals, the
application of heat, mass and momentum
transfer to modeling and solving engineering materials problems, and processing of
ceramic materials.
Yong-Mo Moon, Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., University of Michigan, 2000;
Mechanisms and reconfigurable machinery
design, design methodology, control, and
mechanisms design.
F. Noonan, Associate Professor of
Manage­ment; Ph.D., University of
Massachusetts
A. Zheng, Associate Professor of Industrial
Engineering; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University
course addresses methods of engineering analysis
of manufacturing processes, to support machine
tool and process design. Basic types of engineering
analysis are applied to manufacturing situations,
including elasticity, plasticity, heat transfer, mechanics and cost analysis. Special attention will be
given to the mechanics of machining (traditional,
nontraditional and grinding) and the production
of surfaces. Students, work in groups on a series
of projects.
Course Descriptions
MFE 530/ME 544. Computer-Integrated
Manufacturing
J. M. Sullivan Jr., Professor of Mechanical
Engineering; D.E., Dartmouth College
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
MFE 500. Current Topics in Manufacturing
Seminar
0 credits
This seminar identifies the typical problems
involved in a variety of manufacturing operations,
and generic approaches for applying advanced
technologies to implement operations. Topical
areas of application and development such as intelligent materials processing, automated assembly,
MRP and JIT scheduling, vision recognition systems, high-speed computer networks, distributed
computer control of manufacturing processes and
flexible manufacturing systems may be covered.
This seminar is coordinated with the undergraduate program in manufacturing engineering.
Required for all full-time students.
MFE 510/ME 542. Control and Monitoring
of Manufacturing Processes
Covers a broad range of topics centered on control
and monitoring functions for manufacturing,
including process control, feedback systems, data
collection and analysis, scheduling, machine-computer interfacing and distributed control. Typical
applications are considered with lab work.
MFE 511. Application of Industrial
Robotics
(Concurrent with ME 4815) This course
introduces the student to the field of industrial
automation. Topics covered include robot specification and selection, control and drive methods,
part presentation, economic justification, safety,
implementation, product design and programming languages. The course combines the use of
lecture, project work and laboratories that utilize
industrial robots. Theory and application of
robotic systems will be emphasized.
MFE 520/MTE520/ME 543. Design and
Analysis of Manufacturing Processes
The first half of the course covers the axiomatic
design method, applied to simultaneous product
and process design for concurrent engineering,
with the emphasis on process and manufacturing tool design. Basic design principles as well as
qualitative and quantitative methods of analysis
of designs are developed. The second half of the
An overview of computer-integrated manufacturing (CIM). As the CIM concept attempts
to integrate all of the business and engineering
functions of a firm, this course builds on the
knowledge of computer-aided design, computeraided manufacturing, concurrent engineering,
management of information systems and operations management to demonstrate the strategic
importance of integration. Emphasis is placed
on CAD/CAM integration. Topics include, part
design specification and manufacturing quality, feature-based computer- aided design, setup
planning and production line analysis, tooling
and fixture design, and manufacturing information systems. This course includes a group term
project. (Prerequisites: Background on manufacturing and CAD/CAM, e.g., ME 1800, ES 1310,
ME 3820).
MFE 540. Design for Manufacturability
The problems of cost determination and evaluation of processing alternatives in the design-manufacturing interface are discussed. Approaches for
introducing manufacturing capability knowledge
into the product design process are covered. An
emphasis is placed on part and process simplification, and analysis of alternative manufacturing
methods based on such parameters as: anticipated
volume, product life cycle, lead time, customer
requirements, and quality yield. Lean manufacturing and Six-Sigma concepts and their influence on
design quality are included as well.
MFE 594. Special Topics
Theoretical and experimental studies in subjects
of interest to graduate students in manufacturing
engineering. (Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.) See the SUPPLEMENT section of the
on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/
for descriptions of courses to be offered in this
academic year.
MFE/MTE 5822. Solidification Processes
processes based on liquid-solid transformations.
Fundamentals are developed and applied to
commercial processes. The topics covered include
qualitative treatment of casting processes, sand
casting, die casting, investment casting, semisolid
forming, various welding processes, laser welding,
rapid solidification, spray forming, compocasting
and other emerging technologies which utilize
liquid-solid transformations. Library and laboratory work will be included. (Suggested preparation: an understanding of heat transfer, fluid flow,
solid state diffusion and microscopy [ES 2001,
ES 3003, ES 3004, ME 3811, ME 4840] or
equivalent.)
MFE/MTE/ME 5841. Surface Metrology
This course emphasizes research applications of
advanced surface metrology, including the measurement and analysis of surface roughness. Surface metrology can be important in a wide variety
of situations including adhesion, friction, catalysis,
heat transfer, mass transfer, scattering, biological
growth, wear and wetting. These situations impact
practically all the engineering disciplines and
sciences. The course begins by considering basic
principles and conventional analyses, and methods. Measurement and analysis methods are critically reviewed for utility. Students learn advanced
methods for differentiating surface textures that
are suspected of being different because of their
performance or manufacture. Students will also
learn methods for making correlations between
surface textures and behavioral and manufacturing
parameters. The results of applying these methods
can be used to support the design and manufacture of surface textures, and to address issues in
quality assurance. Examples of research from a
broad range of applications are presented, including, food science, pavements, friction, adhesion,
machining and grinding. Students do a major
project of their choosing, which can involve either
an in-depth literature review, or surface measurement and analysis. The facilities of WPI’s Surface
Metrology Laboratory are available for making
measurements for selected projects. Software for
advanced analysis methods is also available for use
in the course. No previous knowledge of surface
metrology is required. Students should have some
background in engineering, math or science.
MFE 598. Directed Research
3 to 6 credits
MFE 599. Thesis Research
Maximum 3 credits
Manufacturing Engineering 81
Materials Process Engineering
Program of Study
The founders of Worcester Polytechnic
Institute made their fortunes in the materials processing industries of wire drawing
(Ichabod Washburn) and tin smithing
(John Boynton). Since classes began in
1868, WPI has prepared young men and
women for careers in materials processing.
Many WPI alumni and faculty members
have established materials processing
companies including Norton Company,
Wyman-Gordon, and PresMet.
WPI’s new Materials Process Engineering
(MPE) Master of Science graduate degree
program continues this outstanding legacy
by providing engineers, scientists and
managers with the knowledge, skills and
experience to become the entrepreneurs,
trend setters and executives in the materials processing industry in the 21st century.
This 30-credit program offers the opportunity for serious professionals to become
leaders by selecting courses from three
programs:
Manufacturing Engineering
Materials Science & Engineering
Management/Industrial Engineering
Admission Requirements
Admission requirements include a B.S.
in engineering or science and at least
three years of industrial experience. The
program is designed to be completed in
three to four years while working full time.
Classes are offered on campus one evening
or two afternoons per week. Many classes
in management are available through
WPI’s Advanced Distance Learning
­Network.
Degree Requirements
Materials Science & Engineering
graduate courses (9 credits)
• MTE 510 Principles of Materials
Science and Engineering
• MTE 525 Advanced Thermodynamics
• MTE 530 Crystallography, Diffraction
and Microscopy of Materials
• MTE 540 Analytical Methods in
Materials Engineering
82 Materials Process Engineering
• MTE 550 Phase Transformations in
Materials
• MTE 560 Materials Performance and
Reliability
• MTE 5842 Corrosion and Corrosion
Control
• MTE 594P Analysis and Control of
Materials Processes
• MTE 594N Introduction to
Nanomaterials and Nanotechnology
Manufacturing Engineering
graduate courses (6 credits)
• MFE 510 Control and Monitoring of
Manufacturing Processes
• MFE 520 Design and Analysis of
Manufacturing
• MFE 530 Computer-Integrated
Manufacturing
• MFE 540 Design for Manufacturability
• MFE 5841 Surface Metrology: Measurement and Analysis of Surface Textures
• MFE 594P Advanced Manufacturing
Processes
Management/Industrial
Engineering graduate courses
(9 credits)
These credits may be selected from any
graduate management graduate courses.
Typically, students will select from Operations and Industrial Engineering (OIE) or
Entrepreneurship (ETR) topics. However
courses from other topical areas in management may be selected.
Electives (3 credits)
To ensure flexibility in this program, each
student will select 3 credits of electives
from any graduate-level course at WPI.
Electives are typically selected from the
topics listed above; however, electives from
mathematics, chemistry, physics, computer
science, social science, or any engineering program may be acceptable. Courses
in nanotechnology and MEMS are also
available.
www.me.wpi.edu/MPE
MPE Project (3 credits)
Each student must complete the MPE
project. This may be a team or independent project sponsored by industry.
The project must address several issues
in business analysis, operations, process
design and quality, as well as the processing/structure/property relationships in the
process being studied. The culmination of
this project will be a business plan and/or
a research proposal or a new product. The
final report is presented in a seminar or
class in materials science, manufacturing
engineering, or management.
Project Description
After at least seven courses have been successfully completed, the student registers
for the 3-credit project with one or more
faculty advisors. The project, which is
completed over a 14-week semester, should
be identified by a materials processing
company liaison. Ideally, the project is
completed by a team of three; however,
smaller or larger teams will be considered.
Working with the liaison and faculty advisor, the team develops a clear statement
of the goals and objectives of the project.
Weekly meetings with the advisor and liaison including written and oral reports are
required. The culmination of the project is
a business plan and/or a research proposal
or new product. The project should integrate the skills obtained and knowledge
acquired in the student’s coursework as
well industrial experience.
Faculty
Richard D. Sisson, Jr., George F. Fuller
Professor, Director of Manufacturing and
Materials Engineering: Ph.D. Purdue
University
Y. K. Rong, John Woodman Higgins
Professor, Associate Director of Manufacturing and Materials Engineering; Ph.D.,
University of Kentucky
Faculty from Management, Manufacturing
Engineering, Materials Science & Engineering and Mechanical Engineering work
with this program. Also see those programs
for complete faculty listings.
www.me.wpi.edu/MTE
Materials Science and Engineering
Program of Study
Degree Requirements
Programs leading to a degree of master of
science and/or doctor of philosophy.
For the M.S.
The master of science in materials science
and engineering provides students with
an opportunity to study the fundamentals
of materials science and state-of-the-art
applications in materials engineering
and materials processing. The program is
designed to build a strong foundation in
materials science along with industrial applications in engineering, technology and
processing. Both full- and part-time study
are available.
Program areas for the doctor of philosophy
emphasize the processing-structure-property performance relationships in metals,
ceramics, polymers and composites. Current projects are addressing these issues in
fuel cell materials, biopolymers, aluminum
and magnesium casting, the heat-treating
of steels and aluminum alloys and metal
matrix composites.
Well-equipped laboratories within Washburn Shops and Stoddard Laboratories
include such facilities as scanning (SEM)
and transmission (TEM) electron microscopes, X-ray diffractometer, process
simulation equipment, a mechanical
testing laboratory including two computer- controlled servohydraulic mechanical
testing systems, metalcasting, particulate
processing, semisolid processing laboratories, a surface metrology laboratory,
a metallographic laboratory, a polymer
engineering laboratory with differential
scanning calorimeter (DSC) and thermo
gravimetric analyzer (TGA), a corrosion
laboratory, topographic analysis laboratory and machining force dynamometry.
A range of materials processing, fastening,
joining, welding, machining, casting and
heat treating facilities is also available.
Admission Requirements
The program is designed for college
graduates with engineering, mathematics
or science degrees. Some undergraduate
courses may be required to improve the
student’s background in materials science
and engineering. For further information,
see page 12.
For the master of science in materials
science and engineering, the student is
required to complete a minimum of 30
credit hours. Requirements include the
following six core courses: MTE 510,
MTE 525, MTE 530, MTE 540, MTE
550, MTE 560, and two MTE or other
4000, 500 or 600 level engineering,
science or mathematics electives, and 6
thesis credits. All courses must be approved
by the student’s advisor and the Materials
Graduate Committee.
Satisfactory participation in the materials engineering seminar (MTE 580) is
also required for all full-time students. In
addition to general college requirements,
all courses taken for graduate credit must
result in a GPA of 3.0 or higher. Waiver
of any of these requirements must be
approved by the Materials Science and
Engineering Graduate Committee, which
will exercise its discretion in handling any
extenuating circumstances or problems.
Examples of Typical Program
• Materials engineering core courses—
18 credits
• Electives—6 credits
• Thesis—6 credits
• Total—30 credits
For the Ph.D.
The number of course credits required for
the doctor of philosophy degree, above
those for the master of science, is not
specified precisely. For planning purposes,
the student should consider a total of 21
to 30 course credits. The remainder of the
work will be in research and independent
study. The total combination of research
and coursework required will not be less
than 60 credits beyond the master of
science degree or not less than 90 credits
beyond the bachelor’s degree.
(MEDQE). The purpose of this exam
is to determine if the student’s breadth
and depth of understanding of the
fundamental areas of materials engineering
is adequate to conduct independent
research and successfully complete a Ph.D.
dissertation.
The MEDQE consists of both written and
oral components. The written exam must
be successfully completed before the oral
exam can be taken. The oral exam is usually given within two weeks of the completion of the written exam. The MEDQE is
offered one time each year.
A member of the materials science and
engineering faculty will be appointed to be
the chairperson of the MEDQE Committee. This person should not be the
student’s Ph.D. thesis advisor; but that
advisor may be a member of the MEDQE
Committee. Others on the committee
should be the writers of the four sections
of the examinations and any other faculty
selected by the chairperson. Faculty from
other departments at WPI or other colleges/ universities, as well as experts from
industry, may be asked to participate in
this examination if the materials engineering faculty deems that it is appropriate.
At least one year prior to completion of
the Ph.D. dissertation, the student must
present a formal seminar to the public describing the proposed dissertation research
project. This Ph.D. research proposal will
be presented after admission to candidacy.
All materials science and engineering
students in the Ph.D. program must
satisfactorily complete a minor in a program-related technical area. The minor
normally consists of a minimum of three
related courses and must be approved by
the Graduate Study Committee and the
program head.
Admission to candidacy will be granted
only after the student has satisfactorily
passed the Materials Engineering Doctoral
Qualifying/ Comprehensive Examination
Materials Science and Engineering 83
Materials Science and
Engineering Laboratories
and Research Centers
Materials Characterization
Laboratories
The Materials Characterization Laboratory
(MCL) is an analytical user facility, which
serves the materials community at WPI,
offering a range of analytical techniques
and support services. MCL is part of
the Materials Science and Engineering
Program, directed by Professor Richard
D. Sisson, Jr. By using the lab, materials
researchers can access major instruments
in the area of electron microscopy (SEM,
TEM), x-ray diffraction, optical microscopy (conventional and inverted), physical
property determination (hardness and
micro indentation hardness), and materials process (specimen preparation, heat
treatment, metal evaporation and sputtering). All of the instruments are available
for hands-on use by students and faculty.
Licensed users have 24-hour access to the
instruments. Training is available by appointment throughout the year. The MCL
is also open to researchers from other
universities and local industries.
Nanomaterials and
Nanomanufacturing Laboratory
This laboratory is well-equipped for
advanced research in controlled nanofabrications and nanomanufacturing of
carbon nanotubes, magnetized nanotubes, semiconducting, superconducting,
magnetic, metallic arrays of nanowires and
quantum dots. Nanomaterials fabrication
and engineering will be carried out in this
laboratory by different means, such as
PVD (physical vapor deposition), CVD
(chemical vapor deposition), PECVD
(plasma enhanced CVD), RIE (reactive ion etching), ICP etching (induced
coupled plasma), etc. Material property characterizations will be conducted,
including optic, electronic, and magnetic
property measurements. Device design,
implementation, and test based on the
obtained materials with improved quality
will also be done in this laboratory.
84 Materials Science and Engineering
Polymer Laboratory
Metal Processing Institute (MPI)
This laboratory is used for the synthesis,
processing and testing of plastics. The
equipment includes: thermal analysis machines Perkin Elmer DSC 4, DSC 7, DTA
1400 and TGA 7; single-screw table-top
extruder; injection molding facilities; polymer synthesis apparatus; oil bath furnaces;
heat treating ovens; and foam processing
and testing devices.
The Metal Processing Institute (MPI) is an
industry-University alliance. Its mission is
to design and carry out research projects
identified in collaboration with MPI’s
industrial partners in the field of near and
net shape manufacturing. MPI creates
knowledge that will help enhance the productivity and competitiveness of the metal
processing industry, and develops the
industry’s human resource base through
the education of WPI students and the dissemination of new knowledge. More than
120 private manufacturers participate in
the Institute, and their support helps fund
fundamental and applied research that
addresses technological barriers facing the
industry. The MPI researchers also develop
and demonstrate best practices and stateof-the-art processing techniques.
Surface Metrology Laboratory
The Surface Metrology Laboratory is dedicated to the study of surface textures, their
creation and their influence of surface behavior or performance. We also study and
design the manufacturing processes that
create specific surface textures. We study
and develop specialized algorithms that are
used to support texture-related product
and process design, and to advance the understanding of texture-dependent behavior. Our experience extends to analyzing
data sets on scales from kilometers (earth’s
surface) to Angstroms (cleaved mica),
although the primary focus is on analyzing measured surfaces or profiles (i.e.,
topographic data) acquired from surfaces
created or modified during manufacture,
wear, fracture or corrosion.
The objective of the research on texture
analysis is to develop characterization
parameters that reduce large data sets, such
as those acquired by atomic probe microscopy, scanning profiometry, confocal
microscopy, or conventional profilometry.
The purpose of the characterization parameters is to support product and process
design, or promote the understanding of
adhesion, friction, wear, fracture, corrosion
or other texture related phenomena. The
characterization parameters should have
clear physical interpretations for understanding the mechanisms which control
surface behavior and surface creation. The
laboratory has also been utilized in specialized image analyses, used, for example, to
characterize the internal morphology of
cermanic membrane.
MPI offers educational opportunities and
corporate resources to both undergraduate
and graduate students, specifically:
• International exchanges and internships
with several leading universities around
the globe—Europe and Asia
• Graduate internship programs leading
to a master’s or doctoral degree, where
the research work is carried out at the
industrial site
For further details visit the MPI office on
the third floor of Washburn, Room 326,
or the MPI Web site: www.wpi.edu/+mpi.
MPI’s research programs are carried out by
three distinct research consortia. These are
described below:
• Advanced Casting Research Center
(ACRC)
• Center for Heat Treating Excellence
(CHTE)
• Particulate Materials Research Center
(PMRC)
Advanced Casting Research
Center (ACRC)
The laboratory provides experimental
facilities for course laboratories and for
undergraduate and graduate projects. The
laboratory is equipped with extensive melting and casting facilities, computerized
data acquisition systems for solidification
studies, thermal analysis units, liquid metal
filtration apparatus, rheocasting machines,
and a variety of heat treating furnaces. The
laboratory has strong collaborations with
industry, and students work directly with
professional engineers from sponsoring
companies. Forty corporate members participate in and support the ACRC research
programs. Student scholarships offered by
the Foundry Education Foundation (FEF)
are available through the laboratory. The
ACRC conducts work-shops, seminars and
technical symposiums for national and
local industries. The laboratory is available
throughout the year for project activity and thesis work as well as co-op and
summer employment. Project opportunities at international sites are also available
through ACRC/MPI.
Center for Heat Treating
Excellence (CHTE)
The center is an alliance between the
industrial sector and researchers to collaboratively address short-term and long-term
needs of the heat treating industry. It is
the center’s intent to enhance the position
of the heat treating industry by applying
research to solve industrial problems, and
to advance heat treatment technology. The
center’s objective is to advance the frontiers
of thermal processing through fundamental research and development.
Specifically, the center will pursue research
to develop innovative processes to:
• Control microstructure and properties
of metallic components
• Reduce energy consumption
• Reduce process time
• Reduce production costs
• Achieve zero distortion
• Increase furnace efficiency
• Achieve zero emissions
Over 25 corporate members participate in
and support the CHTE research programs.
MPI project opportunities, industrial
internships, coop opportunities and summer employment are available through
CHTE/MPI.
Particulate Materials Research
Center (PMRC)
The center addresses the scientific, engineering and managerial problems of the
powder metallurgy industry. By integrating facilities from different disciplines, the
center has developed research programs in
engineering and management, addressing
new technologies as well as methodologies for their implementation, i.e., valve
creation and management issues in a small,
fragmented industry. The objectives of the
PMRC are as follows:
• Establish an educational and research
center for the powder metallurgy
industry, and provide a vehicle
for manufacturing excellence and
competitiveness of the industry.
• Establish long-term relationships
between the academic community
and members of management,
manufacturing and research in the
industry.
• Develop for graduate and undergraduate
students course and project experiences
that will foster an understanding of the
industry.
Over 10 corporate members participate
and support the PMRC research programs. Project opportunities, industrial
internships, co-op opportunities and summer employment are available through
PMRC/MPI.
Faculty
R. D. Sisson Jr., George F. Fuller
Professor; Director, Manufacturing and
Materials Engineering; Ph.D., Purdue
University. Materials process modeling
and control, manufacturing engineering,
corrosion, and environmental effects on
metals and ceramics.
Y. K. Rong, John Woodman Higgins
Professor; Associate Director, Manufacturing and Materials Engineering; Ph.D.,
University of Kentucky. CAD/CAM,
manufacturing process and systems.
D. Apelian, Howmet Professor of
Engineering; Director, Metal Processing
Institute; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute
of Technology. Solidification processing,
spray casting, molten metal processing,
aluminum foundry processing, plasma
processing, and knowledge engineering in
materials processing.
D. Backman, Research Professor of
Mechanical Engineering; Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. Materials modeling and simulation, design-materials
integration, heat treatment, solidification
processing, and aerospace materials and
processes.
I. Bar-On, Professor; Ph.D., Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Mechanical behavior
of materials, fracture and fatigue of metals,
ceramics and composites, reliability and lie
prediction, and electronic packaging.
R. R. Biederman, Professor Emeritus;
Ph.D., P.E., University of Connecticut.
Materials science and engineering, micro­
structural analysis, SEM, TEM, and
­diffraction analysis.
R. F. Bourgault, Professor Emeritus;
M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology
C. A. Brown, Professor; Director, Surface
Metrology Lab; Director, Haas Technical
Center; Ph.D., P.E., University of Vermont.
Surface metrology, machining, fractal
analysis, sports engineering, tribology,
axiomatic design and abrasive processes.
C. D. Demetry, Associate Professor;
Director of the Center for Educational
Development and Assessment, Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Materials science and engineering
education, nanocrystalline materials and
nanocomposites, materials processing,
and grain boundaries and interfaces in
materials.
T. El-Korchi, Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Ph.D., University
of New Hampshire. Civil engineering,
statistics, strength of materials, structural
design, construction materials, structural
analysis, structural materials, pavement
analysis, design and management.
Michael F. Henry, Research Professor of
Metal Processing Institute; Sc.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Mechanical
behavior of metallic alloys, fatigue crack
initiation and growth, superalloy development, directionally solidified and eutectic
superalloys, and processing-microstructurebehavioral relationships.
R. N. Katz, Research Professor; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Ceramics Science and Technology, Failure
Analysis, Design Brittle Material Technology Assessment, Mechanical Behavior of
Ceramic & Metal Matrix Composites.
D. A. Lados, Research Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
Fatigue, fatigue crack growth, and fracture
behavior of materials – design and optimization for automotive, aerospace, marine,
and military applications; microstructure
characterization and microstructure-performance relationships; solidification and
post-solidification processes (heat treatment) and impact on static and dynamic
properties; material/process development;
residual stress; elasticity; small and long
crack growth behavior; fracture mechanics;
fatigue life predication models, powder
metallurgy.
Materials Science and Engineering 85
J. Liang, Assistant Professor, Ph.D.,
Brown University. Nanostructured materials, Materials Processing, nanomaterial
Characterization.
Course Descriptions
R. Ludwig, Professor of Electrical and
Computer Engineering, Ph.D., ­Colorado
State University. Electromagnetic and
acoustic Nondestructive Evaluation
(NDE), electromagnetic/acoustic ­sensors,
electromechanical device modeling, piezoelectric array transducers, numeri­cal simulation, inverse and optimization methods
for Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI).
This course provides a comprehensive review of
the fundamental principles of materials science
and engineering. The classical interplay among
structure-processing-properties-performance in
materials including plastics, metals, ceramics,
glasses and composites will be emphasized. The
structure in materials ranging from the subatomic
to the macroscopic, including nano-, micro- and
macromolecular structures, will be discussed
to highlight bonding mechanisms, crystallinity
and defect patterns. Representative thermodynamic and kinetic aspects such as diffusion, phase
diagrams, nucleation and growth, and TTT
diagrams will be discussed. Basics of elasticity,
plastic deformation and viscoelasticity will be
highlighted. Salient aspects pertaining to the corrosion and environmental degradation of materials
will be discussed. This course will provide the
background for students in any engineering or
science major for future course and research work
in materials. (Prerequisites: senior or graduate
standing in engineering or science.)
M. M. Makhlouf, Professor; Director,
Aluminum Casting Research Laboratory;
Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
Solidification of Metals, the application
of heat, mass and momentum transfer to
modeling and solving engineering materials problems, and processing of ceramic
materials.
Md. Maniruzzaman, Research Assistant
Professor; Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic
Institute. Mathematical and computer
modeling in materials processing, mechanical and microstructural characterization
and materials processing.
Q. Pan, Research Associate Professor,
Northwestern Polytechnic University.
Semi-solid metal processing, aluminum
casting and alloy characterization, molten
aluminum handling and processing, grain
refinement of aluminum alloys, fracture
and fatigue.
S. Shivkumar, Professor; Ph.D., Stevens
Institute of Technology. Biomedical Materials, Plastics, Materials Processing.
L. Wang, Research Professor of Metal
Processing Institute; Ph.D., Drexel University. Casting technology, aluminum casting
alloy development and characterization,
heat treatment, molten metal processing,
and solidification processing.
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
MTE 510/ME 5310. Principles of Materials
Science and Engineering
MTE/MFE 520. Design and Analysis of
Manufacturing Processes
The first half of the course covers the axiomatic
design method applied to simultaneous product
and process design for concurrent engineering,
with emphasis on process and manufacturing
tool design. Basic design principles as well as
qualitative and quantitative methods of analysis
of designs are developed. The second half of the
course addresses methods of engineering analysis
of manufacturing processes, to support machine
tool and process design. Basic types of engineering
analysis are applied to manufacturing situations
including elasticity, plasticity, heat transfer, mechanics and cost analysis. Special attention will be
given to the mechanics of machining (traditional,
nontraditional and grinding) and the production
of surfaces. Students, with the advice and consent
of the professor, select the topic for their term
project.
MTE 525/ME 5325. Advanced
Thermodynamics
Thermodynamics of solutions—phase equilibria— Ellingham diagrams, binary and ternary
phase diagrams, reactions between gasses and
condensed phases, reactions within condensed
phases, thermodynamics of surfaces, defects and
electrochemistry. Applications to chemical thermodynamics as well as heat engines. (Prerequisites:
ES 3001, ME 4850 or equivalent.) Offered each
year.
MTE 530/ME 5330. Crystallography,
Diffraction and Microscopy of Materials
The fundamentals of crystallography and X-ray
diffraction of metals, ceramics and polymers will
be presented and discussed. The techniques for
the experimental determination of phase fraction
and phase identification via X-ray diffraction will
86 Materials Science and Engineering
be highlighted. The theory and practice of optical
and electron microscopy will also be included.
Both scanning and transmission electron microscopy will be theoretically and experimentally
investigated. (Prerequisites: ES 200 or equivalent,
and senior or graduate standing in engineering or
science.)
MTE 540/ME 5340. Analytical Methods
in Materials Engineering
Heat transfer and diffusion kinetics are applied to
the solution of materials engineering problems.
Mathematical and numerical methods for the
solutions to Fourier’s and Pick’s laws for a variety
of boundary conditions will be presented and discussed. The primary emphasis is given heat treatment and surface modification processes. Topics to
be covered include solutionizing, quenching, and
carburization heat treatment. (Prerequisites:
ME 4840 or MTE 510 or equivalent.)
MTE 550/ME 5350. Phase
Transformations in Materials
This course is intended to provide a fundamental
understanding of thermodynamic and kinetic
principles associated with phase transformations.
The mechanisms of phase transformations will be
discussed in terms of driving forces to establish a
theoretical background for various physical phenomena. The principles of nucleation and growth
and spinodal transformations will be described.
The theoretical analysis of diffusion controlled
and interface controlled growth will be presented
The basic concepts of martensitic transformations
will be highlighted. Specific examples will include
solidification, crystallization, precipitation,
sintering, phase separation and transformation
toughening. (Prerequisites: MTE 510, ME 4850
or equivalent.)
MTE/ME/BME 554. Composites with
Biomedical and Materials Applications
Introduction to fiber/particulate reinforced,
engineered and biologic materials. This course
focuses on the elastic description and application
of materials that are made up of a combination
of submaterials, i.e., composites. Emphasis will
be placed on the development of constitutive
equations that define the mechanical behavior of
a number of applications including biomaterial,
tissue and materials science. (Prerequisites: Understanding of stress analysis and basic continuum
mechanics.)
MTE 555. Food Engineering
An introductory course on the structure, processing, and properties of food. Topics covered
include: food structure and rheology, plant and
animal tissues, texture, glass transition, gels,
emulsions, micelles, food additives, food coloring,
starches, baked goods, mechanical properties,
elasticity, viscoelastic nature of food products,
characteristics of food powders, fat eutectics, freezing and cooking of food, manufacturing processes,
cereal processing, chocolate manufacture, microbial growth, fermentation, transport phenomena
in food processing, kinetics, preserving and
packaging of food, testing of food. Recommended
Background: ES 2001 or equivalent. This course
will be offered in D term 2007.
MTE 560/ME 5360. Materials
Performance and Reliability
The failure and wear-out mechanisms for a variety
of materials (metals, ceramics, polymers, composites and microelectronics) and applications will be
presented and discussed. Multi-axial failure theories will be discussed. A series of case studies will
be used to illustrate the basic failure mechanisms
of plastic deformation, creep, fracture, fatigue,
wear and corrosion. The methodology and techniques for reliability analysis will also be presented
and discussed. A materials systems approach will
be used. (Prerequisites: ES 2502 and ME 3023
or equivalent, and senior or graduate standing in
engineering or science.)
MTE 580. Materials Science and
Engineering Seminar
Reports on the state-of-the-art in various areas
of research and development in materials science
and engineering will be presented by the faculty
and outside experts. Reports on graduate student
research in progress will also be required.
MTE 5815. Ceramics and Glasses for
Engineering Applications
This course develops an understanding of the
processing, structure, property, performance
relationships in crystalline and vitreous ceramics. The topics covered include crystal structure,
glassy structure, phase diagrams, microstructures,
mechanical properties, optical properties, thermal
properties, and materials selection for ceramic
materials. In addition the methods for processing ceramics for a variety of products will be
included. Recommended background: ES 2001 or
equivalent. This course will be offered in the fall
of 2006.
MTE/MFE/ME 5841. Surface Metrology
This course emphasizes research applications of
advanced surface metrology, including the measurement and analysis of surface roughness. Surface metrology can be important in a wide variety
of situations including adhesion, friction, catalysis,
heat transfer, mass transfer, scattering, biological
growth, wear and wetting. These situations impact
practically all the engineering disciplines and
sciences. The course begins by considering basic
principles and conventional analyses, and methods. Measurement and analysis methods are critically reviewed for utility. Students learn advanced
methods for differentiating surface textures that
are suspected of being different because of their
performance or manufacture. Students will also
learn methods for making correlations between
surface textures and behavioral and manufacturing
parameters. The results of applying these methods
can be used to support the design and manufacture of surface textures, and to address issues in
quality assurance. Examples of research from a
broad range of applications are presented, including, food science, pavements, friction, adhesion,
machining and grinding. Students do a major
project of their choosing, which can involve either
an in-depth literature review, or surface measurement and analysis. The facilities of WPI’s Surface
Metrology Laboratory are available for making
measurements for selected projects. Software for
advanced analysis methods is also available for use
in the course. No previous knowledge of surface
metrology is required. Students should have some
background in engineering, math or science.
MTE 5842. Corrosion and Corrosion
Control
Advanced topics in corrosion. Stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen effects on metals.
High-temperature oxidation, carburization and
sulfidation. Discussions focus on current corrosive
engineering problems and research. Course may
be offered by special arrangement.
MTE 594. Special Topics
As arranged
Theoretical or experimental studies in subjects of
interest to graduate students in materials science
and engineering. See the SUPPLEMENT section
of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/
Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be offered in
this academic year.
Research
As arranged
Additional acceptable courses, 4000 series, may be
found in the Undergraduate Catalog.
Materials Science and Engineering
87
Mathematical Sciences
Programs of Study
The Mathematical Sciences Department
offers four programs leading to the degree
of master of science, a combined B.S./
Master’s program, a program leading to
the degree of master of mathematics for
educators, and a program leading to the
degree of doctor of philosophy.
Master of Science in Applied
Mathematics Program
This program gives students a broad
background in mathematics, placing an
emphasis on areas with the highest demand in applications: numerical methods
and scientific computation, mathematical
modeling, discrete mathematics, mathematical materials science, optimization
and operations research. In addition to
these advanced areas of specialization,
students are encouraged to acquire breadth
by choosing elective courses in other fields
that complement their studies in applied
mathematics. Students have a choice of
completing their master’s thesis or project
in cooperation with one of the department’s established industrial partners.
The program provides a suitable foundation for the pursuit of a Ph.D. degree in
applied mathematics or a related field, or
for a career in industry immediately after
graduation.
Master of Science in Applied
Statistics Program
This program gives graduates the knowledge and experience to tackle problems of
statistical design, analysis and control likely to be encountered in business, industry
or academia. The program is designed to
acquaint students with the theory underlying modern statistical methods, to provide
breadth in diverse areas of statistics and to
give students practical experience through
extensive application of statistical theory
to real problems. Of particular note are
the statistical consulting course, which
develops interpersonal and statistical
consulting skills, and the master’s project,
which involves the solution of a large-scale
real-world problem, often originating in
industry, business or government.
88 Mathematical Sciences
Through the selection of elective courses,
the student may choose a program with
an industrial emphasis or one with a more
theoretical emphasis.
Professional Master of Science
in Financial Mathematics
Program
This program offers an efficient, practiceoriented track to prepare students for
quantitative careers in the financial industry, including banks, insurance companies,
and investment and securities firms. The
program gives students a solid background
and sufficient breadth in the mathematical and statistical foundations needed to
understand the cutting edge techniques of
today and to keep up with future developments in this rapidly evolving area over
the span of their careers. It also equips
students with expertise in quantitative
financial modeling and the computational methods and skills that are used to
implement the models. The mathematical
knowledge is complemented by studies in
financial management, information technology and/or computer science.
The bridge from the academic environment to the professional workplace is
provided by a professional master’s project
that involves the solution of a concrete,
real-world problem directly originating in
the financial industry. Students are encouraged to complete summer internships at
financial firms. The department may help
students to find suitable financial internships through the industrial connections
of faculty affiliated with the Center for
Industrial Mathematics and Statistics.
Graduates of the program are expected to
start or advance their professional careers
in such areas as financial product development and pricing, risk management,
investment decision support and portfolio
management.
www.wpi.edu/+math
Professional Master of Science
in Industrial Mathematics
Program
This is a practice-oriented program that
prepares students for successful careers in
industry. The graduates are expected to
be generalized problem-solvers, capable
of moving from task to task within an
organization. In industry, mathematicians
need not only the standard mathematical
and statistical modeling and computational tools, but also knowledge within
other areas of science or engineering. This
program aims at developing the analytical,
modeling and computational skills needed
by mathematicians who work in industrial
environments. It also provides the breadth
required by industrial multidisciplinary
team environments through courses in
one area of science or engineering, e.g.,
physics, computer science, mechanical
engineering, and electrical and computer
engineering.
The connection between academic training and industrial experience is provided
by an industrial professional master’s project that involves the solution of a concrete,
real-world problem originating in industry.
The department, through the industrial
connections of the faculty affiliated with
the Center for Industrial Mathematics
and Statistics, may help students identify
and select suitable industrial internships.
Graduates of the program are expected to
start or advance their professional careers
in industry.
Master of Mathematics for
Educators
This is an evening program designed
primarily for secondary school mathematics teachers. Courses offer a solid foundation in areas such as geometry, algebra,
modeling, discrete math and statistics,
while also including the study of modern applications. Additionally, students
develop materials, based on coursework,
which may be used in their classes. Technology is introduced when possible to give
students exposure for future consideration.
Examples include Geometer’s Sketchpad;
Maple for algebra, calculus and graphics;
Matlab for analysis of sound and music;
and the TI CBL for motion and heat.
Doctor of Philosophy in
Mathematical Sciences Program
The goal of this program is to produce active and creative problem solvers, capable
of contributing in academic and industrial environments. One distinguishing
feature of this program is a Ph.D. project
to be completed under the guidance of an
external sponsor, e.g., from industry or
a national research center. The intention
of this project is to connect theoretical
knowledge with relevant applications and
to improve skills in applying and communicating mathematics.
Combined B.S./Master’s
Program
This program allows a student to work
concurrently toward bachelor and master
of science degrees in applied mathematics,
applied statistics, financial mathematics
and industrial mathematics.
Admission Requirements
A bachelor’s degree is required for
admission to all M.S. programs. A basic
knowledge of undergraduate analysis,
linear algebra and differential equations is
assumed for applicants to the master’s programs in applied mathematics and industrial mathematics. A strong background
in mathematics, which should include
courses in undergraduate analysis and
linear algebra, is assumed for applicants to
the master’s program in financial mathematics. Typically, an entering student in
the master of science in applied statistics
program will have an undergraduate major
in the mathematical sciences, engineering
or a physical science; however, individuals
with other backgrounds will be considered.
In any case, an applicant will need a strong
background in mathematics, which should
include courses in undergraduate analysis
and probability. Students with serious deficiencies may be required to correct them
on a noncredit basis.
Candidates for the master of mathematics
for educators degree must have a bachelor’s
degree and must possess a background
equivalent to at least a minor in mathematics, including calculus, linear algebra,
and statistics. Students are encouraged to
enroll in courses on an ad hoc basis without official program admission. However,
(at most) four such courses may be taken
prior to admission.
Degree Requirements
For the M.S. in Applied
Mathematics
The master’s program in applied mathematics is a 30-credit-hour program. The
student’s program must include at least
seven MA numbered courses other than
501 or 511. Among these must be
MA 503, MA 510, and either MA 535
or MA 530. In addition, students are
required to complete a Capstone Experience, which can be satisfied by one of the
following options:
(a) A six credit master’s thesis.
(b) A three to six credit master’s project.
(c) A three credit master’s practicum.
(d) A three credit research review report or
research proposal.
(e) A master’s exam.
The master’s thesis is an original piece of
mathematical research work which focuses
on advancing the state of the mathematical art. The master’s project consists of a
creative application of mathematics to a
real-world problem. It focuses on problem
definition and solution using mathematical tools. The master’s practicum requires
a student to demonstrate the integration
of advanced mathematical concepts and
methods into professional practice. This
could be done through a summer internship in industry or an applied research
laboratory.
The remaining courses may be chosen from the graduate offerings of the
Mathematical Sciences Department.
Upper-level undergraduate mathematics
courses or a two-course graduate sequence
in another department may be taken for
graduate credit, subject to the approval of
the departmental Graduate Committee.
Candidates are required to successfully
complete the graduate seminar MA 560.
For the M.S. in Applied
Statistics
The master’s program in applied statistics
is a 30-credit-hour program. Courses
taken must include MA 540, MA 541,
MA 546, MA 547, 3 credits of MA 559
and at least three additional departmental
statistics offerings: MA 509 and courses
numbered 542 through 556. Students who
can demonstrate a legitimate conflict in
scheduling MA 559 will be assigned an
alternative activity by the Mathematical
Science Department Graduate Committee.
In addition the student must complete a
Capstone Experience, which can be satisfied by one of the following options:
(a) A six credit master’s thesis.
(b) A three to six credit master’s project.
(c) A three credit master’s practicum.
(d) A three credit research review report or
research proposal.
(e) A master’s exam.
Upper-level undergraduate courses may
be taken for graduate credit subject to the
approval of the departmental Graduate
Committee.
For the M.S. in Financial
Mathematics
The professional master’s degree program
in financial mathematics is a 30-credithour program including a 3-credit-hour
professional M.S. project originating from
the financial industry. Students must take
foundation courses MA 503 and MA 540,
at least three from the four core financial
mathematics courses MA 571, MA 572,
MA 573 and MA 574, and two additional
electives chosen from the graduate courses
offered by the Mathematical Sciences
Department.
A 6-credit block has to be completed in
one of the following complementary areas
outside of the Mathematical Sciences
Department: financial management (e.g.,
from ACC 501, FIN 502 or FIN 509),
information technology (e.g., from MIS
571, MIS 573 or MIS 578) or computer
science (e.g., from CS 504, CS 531, CS
534, CS 542 or CS 552). Students with a
degree or substantial work experience in
one of the above complementary areas can
substitute other courses for them subject
to prior approval by the departmental
Graduate Committee. B.S./Master’s
students can count undergraduate credits
for MA 4213, MA 4235, MA 4237, MA
4473 or MA 4632 toward electives and
suitable undergraduate courses toward the
complementary area requirement.
Students shall participate in the Professional Master’s Seminars MA 562A and
MA 562B. The Professional M.S. Project
MA 598 involves solving a real-life problem originating in the financial industry.
A student’s Plan of Study and the topic of
the master’s project require prior approval
by the departmental Graduate Committee.
Mathematical Sciences 89
For the M.S. in Industrial
Mathematics
The professional master’s degree program
in industrial mathematics is a 30-credithour program. Students must complete
four foundation courses: MA 503,
MA 510 and two courses out of MA 508,
MA 509 and MA 530. Students must
also complete a 12-credit-hour module
composed of two courses within the
department and a sequence of two courses
from one graduate program outside the
Mathematical Sciences Department. The
department offers a wide selection of modules to suit students’ interest and expertise.
In addition, students are required to
complete a 3-credit-hour elective from the
Mathematical Sciences Department and a
3-credit-hour master’s project on a problem originating from industry. Candidates
are required to successfully complete the
Professional Master’s Seminars MA 562A
and MA 562B. The Plan of Study and the
project topic require prior approval by the
departmental Graduate Committee.
Examples of Modules for the M.S. Degree
in Industrial Mathematics
The courses comprising the 12-credit
module should form a coherent sequence
that provides exposure to an area outside
of mathematics and statistics, providing
at the same time the mathematical tools
required by that particular area. Examples
of typical modules are:
• Dynamics and control module—
MA 512, MA 540, ME 522 and
ME 523 or ME 527;
• Materials module—MA 512, MA 526,
ME 531 and ME 532;
• Fluid dynamics module—MA 512,
MA 526, ME 511 and ME 512
or ME 513;
• Biomedical engineering module—
MA 512, MA 526, BE/ME 554 and
BE/ME 558;
• Machine learning module—MA 540,
MA 541, CS 507 and CS 539;
• Cryptography module—MA 533,
MA 514, CS 503 and ECE 578.
For the Combined B.S./
Master’s Programs in Applied
Mathematics and Applied
Statistics
A maximum of four courses may be
counted toward both the undergraduate
and graduate degrees. All of these courses
must be 4000-level or above, and at least
one must be a graduate course. Three
of them must be beyond the 7 units of
mathematics required for the B.S. degree.
Additionally, students are advised that all
requirements of a particular master’s program must be satisfied in order to receive
the degree, and these courses should be
selected accordingly.
Acceptance into the program means that
the candidate is qualified for graduate
school and signifies approval of the four
courses to be counted for credit toward
both degrees. However, in order to obtain
both undergraduate and graduate credit
for these courses, grades of B or better
have to be obtained.
For the Master of Mathematics
for Educators (M.M.E.)
Candidates for the master of mathematics
for educators must successfully complete
30 credit hours of graduate study, including a 6-credit-hour project (see MME 592,
MME 594, MME 596). This project will
typically consist of a classroom study within the context of a secondary mathematics
course and will be advised by faculty in the
Mathematical Sciences Department. Typically, a student will enroll in 4 credit hours
per semester during the fall and spring,
with the remaining credit hours taken in
the summer.
Students may complete the degree in as
little as slightly over two years by taking
two courses per semester, 3 semesters per
year, and doing a project. However, the
program can accommodate other completion schedules as well. The MME degree
may be used to satisfy the Massachusetts
Professional License requirement, provided
the person holds an Initial License.
For the Ph.D.
The course of study leading to the doctor
of philosophy in mathematical sciences
­requires the completion of at least 90
credit hours beyond the bachelor’s degree
or at least 60 credit hours beyond the
master’s degree, as follows:
90 Mathematical Sciences
General Courses (credited for
students with master’s degrees)
30 credits
Research Preparation Phase 24-30 credits
Research-Related Courses
or Independent Studies
9-18 credits
Ph.D. Project
1-9 credits
Extra-Departmental Studies 6 credits
Dissertation Research at least 30 credits
A brief description of other Ph.D. program
requirements follows below. For further
details, students are advised to consult the
document Ph.D. Program Requirements
and Administrative Rules for the Department
of Mathematical Sciences, available from the
departmental graduate secretary.
Within a full-time student’s first semester
of study (second semester for part-time
students), a Plan of Study leading to the
Ph.D. degree must be submitted to the
departmental Graduate Committee for
review and approval. The Plan of Study
may subsequently be modified with review
by the departmental Graduate Committee.
Extra-Departmental Studies
­Requirement
A student must complete at least six
semester hours of courses, 500 level or
higher, in WPI departments other than the
Mathematical Sciences Department.
General Comprehensive Examination
A student must pass the general comprehensive examination (GCE) in order to
become a Ph.D. candidate. The purpose
of the GCE is to determine whether a student possesses the fundamental knowledge
and skills necessary for study and research
at the Ph.D. level. It is a written examination normally offered twice a year, once in
January and once in August. A full-time
student must make the first attempt within
one year (two years for part-time students)
of entering the Ph.D. program. Students
entering with master’s degrees are encouraged to take the GCE as early as they can.
Mathematical Sciences Ph.D. Project
A student must complete a Ph.D. project
involving a problem originating with a
sponsor external to the department. The
purposes of the project are to broaden perspectives on the relevance and applications
of mathematics and to improve skills in
communicating mathematics and formulating and solving mathematical problems.
Students are encouraged to work with
industrial sponsors on problems involving
applications of the mathematical sciences.
Each Ph.D. project requires prior approval by the project advisor, the external
sponsor, and the departmental Graduate
Committee.
Ph.D. Preliminary Examination
Successful completion of the preliminary
examination is required before a student
can register for dissertation research
credits. The purpose of the preliminary
examination is to determine whether a
student’s understanding of advanced areas
of mathematics is adequate to conduct
independent research and successfully
complete a dissertation. The preliminary
examination consists of both written
and oral parts. A full-time student must
make the first attempt by the end of his
or her third year (sixth year for part-time
students) in the Ph.D. program.
Ph.D. Dissertation
The Ph.D. dissertation is a significant
work of original research conducted under
the supervision of a dissertation advisor,
who is normally a member of the departmental faculty. The dissertation advisor
chairs the student’s dissertation committee,
which consists of at least five members,
including one recognized expert external
to the department, and which must be
approved by the departmental Graduate
Committee. At least six months prior to
completion of the dissertation, a student
must submit a written dissertation proposal and present a public seminar on the
research plan described in the proposal.
The proposal must be approved by the
dissertation committee. Upon completion of the dissertation and other program
requirements, the student presents the
dissertation to the dissertation committee
and to the general community in a public
oral defense. The dissertation committee determines whether the dissertation is
acceptable.
Research Interests
Active areas of research in the Mathematical Sciences Department include applied
and computational mathematics, industrial mathematics, applied statistics, scientific
computing, numerical analysis, ordinary
and partial differential equations, non-linear analysis, electric power systems, control
theory, optimal design, composite materials, homogenization, computational fluid
dynamics, biofluids, dynamical systems,
free and moving boundary problems,
porous media modeling, turbulence and
chaos, mathematical physics, mathemati-
cal biology, operations research, linear and
nonlinear programming, discrete mathematics, graph theory, group theory, linear
algebra, combinatorics, applied probability, stochastic processes, time series analysis,
Bayesian statistics, Bayesian computation,
survey research methodology, categorical
data analysis, Monte Carlo methodology,
statistical computing, survival analysis and
model selection.
Mathematical Sciences
Computer Facilities
The Mathematical Sciences Department
makes up-to-date computing equipment available for use by students in its
­programs.
Current facilities include a mixed environment of approximately 85 Windows,
Linux/Unix and Macintosh workstations
utilizing the latest in single- and dual-processor 32 and 64 bit technology. Access is
available to our supercomputer, a 16 CPU
SGI Altix 350. The Mathematical Sciences
Department also has 3 state-of-the-art
computer labs, one each dedicated to the
Calculus, Statistics, and Financial Mathematics programs.
The department is continually adding new
resources to give our faculty and students
the tools they need as they advance in their
research and studies.
Center for Industrial
Mathematics
and Statistics (CIMS)
www.wpi.edu/+CIMS
The Center for Industrial Mathematics
and Statistics was established in 1997 to
foster partnerships between the university
and industry, business and government in
mathematics and statistics research.
The problems facing business and industry
are growing ever more complex, and
their solutions often involve sophisticated
mathematics. The faculty members and
students associated with CIMS have
the expertise to address today’s complex
problems and provide solutions that use
relevant mathematics and statistics.
The Center offers undergraduates and
graduate students the opportunity to gain
real-world experience in the corporate
world through projects and internships
that make them more competitive in
today’s job market. In addition, it helps
companies address their needs for mathematical solutions and enhances their
technological competitiveness.
The industrial projects in mathematics
and statistics offered by CIMS provide a
unique education for successful careers in
industry, business and higher education.
Faculty
B. Vernescu, Professor and Head; Ph.D.,
Institute of Mathaematics, Bucharest,
­Romania, 1989; partial differential
equations, phase transitions and free
­boundaries, viscous flow in porous media,
asymptotic methods and homogenization.
J. Abraham, Actuarial Mathematics Coordinator; Fellow, Society of Actuaries, 1991;
B.S., University of Iowa, 1980.
M. Blais, Visiting Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., Cornell University, 2005; mathematical finance.
D. D. Berkey, Professor and President;
Ph.D., University of Cincinnati, 1974;
­applied mathematics, differential equations, optimal control.
P. R. Christopher, Professor;. Ph.D.,
Clark University, 1982; graph theory,
group theory, algebraic graph theory,
­combinatorics, linear algebra.
P. W. Davis, Professor; Ph.D., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute, 1970; unit commitment, optimal power flow, economic
dispatch, state estimation, other control
and measurement problems for electric
power networks.
W. Farr, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota 1986; ordinary
and partial differential equations, dynamical systems, local bifurcation theory with
symmetry and its application to problems
involving chemical reactions or fluid mechanics (or a combination of both).
J. D. Fehribach, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Duke University, 1985; partial differential equations and scientific computing, free and moving boundary problems
(crystal growth), nonequilibrium thermodynamics and averaging (molten carbonate
fuel cells).
J. Goulet, Coordinator, Master of
Mathematics for Educators Program;
Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute,
1976; applications of linear algebra, cross
departmental course development, project
development, K-12 relations with colleges,
mathematics of digital and analog sound
and music.
Mathematical Sciences 91
A. C. Heinricher, Professor; Ph.D.,
Carnegie Mellon University, 1986; applied
probability, stochastic processes and optimal control theory.
M. Humi, Professor; Ph.D., Weizmann
Institute of Science, 1969; mathematical
physics, applied mathematics and modeling, Lie groups, differential equations,
numerical analysis, turbulence and chaos.
R. S. Kim, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, 2005; biostatistics,
statistical methodologies for genomic data.
C. J. Larsen, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Carnegie Mellon University, 1996; variational problems from applications such as
optimal design, fracture mechanics, and
image segmentation, calculus of variations,
partial differential equations, geometric
measure theory, analysis of free boundaries
and free discontinuity sets.
C. H. Lee, Visiting Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 2006;
mathematical analysis and simulation of
complex biological systems, stochastic
processes, stochastic differential equations,
branching processes, interacting particle
systems, dynamical systems, perturbation
analysis, graph theory, systems biology,
stochastic analysis and simulation of biochemical reaction networks, gene regulatory networks, protein folding, bacterial
chemotaxis.
T. Lee, Visiting Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
SUNY at Stony Brook, 2005; Biostatistics, bioinfomatics, computational fluid
dynamics, nonparametric function estimation, mathematical modeling, numerical
methods.
R. Y. Lui, Professor; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1981; mathematical biology,
partial differential equations.
K. A. Lurie, Professor; Ph.D. (1964),
D.Sc. (1972), A. F. Ioffe Physical-Technical Institute, Academy of Sciences of the
USSR, Russia; control theory for distributed parameter systems, optimization and
nonconvex variational calculus, optimal
design.
W. J. Martin, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Waterloo, 1992; algebraic
combinatorics, applied combinatorics.
J. Masamune, Visiting Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., Tohoku University, Japan, 1999;
partial differential equations.
92 Mathematical Sciences
U. Mosco, H. J. Gay Professor; Libera
Docenza, University of Rome, 1967;
partial differential equations, convex analysis, optimal control, variational calculus,
fractals.
D. Volkov, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Rutgers University, 2001; electromagnetic
waves, inverse problems, wave propagation
in waveguides and in periodic structures,
electrified fluid jets.
B. Nandram, Professor; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1989; survey sampling theory
and methods, Bayes and empirical Bayes
theory and methods, categorical data
analysis.
H. F. Walker, Professor; Ph.D., Courant
Institute of Mathematical Sciences, New
York University, 1970; numerical analysis,
especially numerical solution of large-scale
linear and nonlinear systems, unconstrained optimization, applications to
ordinary and partial differential equations
and statistical estimation, computational
and applied mathematics.
J. D. Petruccelli, Professor; Ph.D., Purdue
University, 1978; time series (nonlinear
models), optimal topping (best choice
problems), statistics.
M. Sarkis, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences, 1994; domain decomposition
methods, numerical analysis, parallel
computing, computational fluid dynamics, preconditioned iterative methods for
linear and non-linear problems, numerical
partial differential equations, mixed and
non-conforming finite methods, overlapping non-matching grids, mortar finite
elements, eigenvalue solvers, aeroelasticity,
porous media reservoir modeling.
S. Weekes, Associate Professor and Associate Department Head; Ph.D., University
of Michigan, 1995; numerical analysis,
computational fluid dynamics, porous
media flow, hyperbolic conservation laws,
shock capturing schemes.
H. Sayit, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
­Cornell University, 2005; stochastic optimization, stochastic differential equations,
statistical estimation and inference, financial mathematics, computational finance.
J. Wu, Visiting Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Delaware, 2008; Combinatorics, algebra.
B. Servatius, Professor; Ph.D., Syracuse
University, 1987; combinatorics, matroid
and graph theory, structural topology,
geometry, history and philosophy of
mathematics.
D. Tang, Professor; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin, 1988; biofluids, biosolids, blood flow, mathematical modeling,
numerical methods, scientific computing,
nonlinear analysis, computational fluid
dynamics.
Z. -Z. Teng, Research Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., Fudan University, China, 2003;
mathematical modeling, biomechanics,
cardiovascular and respiratory diseases,
tissue engineering.
D. Vermes, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Szeged, Hungary, 1975;
optimal stochastic control theory, nonsmooth analysis, stochastic processes with
discontinuous dynamics, adaptive optimal
control in medical decision making.
J. Wilbur, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Purdue University, 2002; applied statistics,
resampling methods, multivariate statistical analysis, model selection, Bayesian
inference, statistical issues in molecular
biology and ecology
V. Yakovlev, Research Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Institute of Radio Engineering and
Electronics, Russian Academy of Sciences,
1991; antennas for MW and MMW
communications, electromagnetic fields
in transmission lines and along media
interfaces, control and optimization of
electromagnetic and temperature fields in
microwave thermal processing, issues in
modeling of microwave heating, computational electromagnetics with neural
networks, numerical methods, algorithms
and CAD tools for RF, MW and MMW
components and subsystems.
Emeritus
G. C. Branche, Professor
E. R. Buell, Professor
V. Connolly, Professor
W. J. Hardell, Professor
J. J. Malone, Professor
B. C. McQuarrie, Professor
W. B. Miller, Professor
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
Mathematical Sciences
MA 501. Engineering Mathematics
This course develops mathematical techniques
used in the engineering disciplines. Preliminary
concepts will be reviewed as necessary, including
vector spaces, matrices and eigenvalues. The principal topics covered will include vector calculus,
Fourier transforms, fast Fourier transforms and
Laplace transformations. Applications of these
techniques for the solution of boundary value and
initial value problems will be given. The problems
treated and solved in this course are typical of
those seen in applications and include problems
of heat conduction, mechanical vibrations and
wave propagation. (Prerequisite: A knowledge of
ordinary differential equations, linear algebra and
multivariable calculus is assumed.)
MA 503: Lebesgue Measure and
Integration
This course begins with a review of topics normally covered in undergraduate analysis courses:
open, closed and compact sets; liminf and limsup;
continuity and uniform convergence. Next the
course covers Lebesgue measure in Rn including
the Cantor set, the concept of a sigma-algebra, the
construction of a nonmeasurable set, measurable
functions, semicontinuity, Egorov’s and Lusin’s
theorems, and convergence in measure. Next
we cover Lebesgue integration, integral convergence theorems (monotone and dominated),
Tchebyshev’s inequality and Tonelli’s and Fubini’s
theorems. Finally Lp spaces are introduced with
emphasis on L2 as a Hilbert space. Other related
topics will be covered at the instructor’s discretion.
(Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of undergraduate
analysis is assumed.)
MA 505. Complex Analysis
This course will provide a rigorous and thorough­
treatment of the theory of functions of one
complex variable. The topics to be covered include
complex numbers, complex differentiation, the
Cauchy-Riemann equations, analytic functions,
Cauchy’s theorem, complex integration, the
Cauchy integral formula, Liouville’s theorem,
the Gauss mean value theorem, the maximum
modulus theorem, Rouche’s theorem, the Poisson
integral formula, Taylor-Laurent expansions,
singularity theory, conformal mapping with applications, analytic continuation, Schwarz’s reflection
principle and elliptic functions. (Prerequisite:
knowledge of undergraduate analysis.)
MA 508. Mathematical Modeling
This course introduces mathematical model
­building using dimensional analysis, perturbation theory and variational principles. Models
are selected from the natural and social sciences
according to the interests of the instructor and
students. Examples are: planetary orbits, springmass systems, fluid flow, isomers in organic chemistry, biological competition, biochemical kinetics
and physiological flow. Computer simulation of
these models will also be considered. (Prerequisite:
knowledge of ordinary differential equations and
of analysis at the level of MA 501 is assumed.)
MA 509. Stochastic Modeling
This course gives students a background in the
theory and methods of probability, stochastic
processes and statistics for applications. The
course begins with a brief review of basic probability, discrete and continuous random variables,
expectations, conditional probability and basic statistical inference. Topics covered in greater depth
include generating functions, limit theorems,
basic stochastic processes, discrete and continuous
time Markov chains, and basic queuing theory
including M/M/1 and M/G/1 queues. (Prerequisite: knowledge of basic probability at the level of
MA 2631 and statistics at the level of MA 2612 is
assumed.)
MA 510/CS 522. Numerical Methods
This course is an introduction to modern numerical techniques. It is suitable for both mathematics
majors and students from other departments.
It covers material not treated in either MA 512
or MA 514, and it introduces the main ideas of
those two courses. Topics covered may include
interpolation by polynomials, roots of nonlinear
equations, approximation by various types of polynomials, orthogonal polynomials, least-squares
approximation, trigonometric polynomials and
fast Fourier transforms, piecewise polynomials and
splines, numerical differentiation and integration,
unconstrained optimization including Newton’s
method and the conjugate direction method,
and an introduction to the solution of systems
of linear equations and initial value problems for
ordinary differential equations. Both theory and
practice are examined. Error estimates, rates of
convergence and the consequences of finite precision arithmetic are also discussed. Other topics
may include integral equations or an introduction to boundary value problems. In the course
of analyzing some of the methods, topics from
elementary functional analysis will be introduced.
These include the concept of a function space,
norms and inner products, operators and projections. (Prerequisite: knowledge of undergraduate
linear algebra and differential equations, and a
higher-level programming language is assumed.)
MA 511. Applied Statistics for Engineers
and Scientists
This course is an introduction to statistics for
graduate students in engineering and the sciences.
Topics covered include basic data analysis, issues
in the design of studies, an introduction to probability, point and interval estimation and hypothesis testing for means and proportions from one
and two samples, simple and multiple regression,
analysis of one and two-way tables, one-way analysis of variance. As time permits, additional topics,
such as distribution-free methods and the design
and analysis of factorial studies will be considered.
(Prerequisites: Integral and differential calculus.)
MA 512. Numerical Differential Equations
This course begins where MA 510 ends in the
study of the theory and practice of the numerical
solution of differential equations. Central topics include a review of initial value problems,
including Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta methods,
multi-step methods, implicit methods and predic-
tor-corrector methods; the solution of two-point
boundary value problems by shooting methods
and by the discretization of the original problem
to form systems of nonlinear equations; numerical
stability; existence and uniqueness of solutions;
and an introduction to the solution of partial
differential equations by finite differences. Other
topics might include finite element or boundary
element methods, Galerkin methods, collocation,
or variational methods. (Prerequisites: graduate or
undergraduate numerical analysis. Knowledge of a
higher-level programming language is assumed.)
MA 514. Numerical Linear Algebra
This course provides students with the skills
necessary to develop, analyze and implement
computational methods in linear algebra. The
central topics include vector and matrix algebra,
vector and matrix norms, the singular value
decomposition, the LU and QR decompositions, Householder transformations and Givens
rotations, and iterative methods for solving linear
systems including Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel, SOR
and conjugate gradient methods; and eigenvalue
problems. Applications to such problem areas as
least squares and optimization will be discussed.
Other topics might include: special linear systems,
such as symmetric, positive definite, banded or
sparse systems; preconditioning; the Cholesky decomposition; sparse tableau and other least-square
methods; or algorithms for parallel architectures.
(Prerequisite: basic knowledge of linear algebra or
equivalent background. Knowledge of a higherlevel programming language is assumed.)
MA 520: Fourier Transforms and
Distributions
The course will cover L1, L2, L∞ and basic facts
from Hilbert space theory (Hilbert basis, projection theorems, Riesz theory). The first part of
the course will introduce Fourier series: the L2
theory, the C∞ theory: rate of convergence, Fourier
series of real analytic functions, application to
the trapezoidal rule, Fourier transforms in L1,
Fourier integrals of Gaussians, the Schwartz class
S, Fourier transforms and derivatives, translations, convolution, Fourier transforms in L2, and
characteristic functions of probability distribution
functions. The second part of the course will cover
tempered distributions and applications to partial
differential equations. Other related topics will be
covered at the instructor’s discretion. (Prerequisite:
MA 503.)
MA 521. Partial Differential Equations
This course considers a variety of material in partial differential equations (PDE). Topics covered
will be chosen from the following: classical linear
elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic equations and
systems, characteristics, fundamental/Green’s solutions, potential theory, the Fredholm alternative,
maximum principles, Cauchy problems, Dirichlet/
Neumann/Robin problems, weak solutions and
variational methods, viscosity solutions, nonlinear
equations and systems, wave propagation, free
and moving boundary problems, homogenization.
Other topics may also be covered. (Prerequisites:
MA 503 or equivalent.)
Mathematical Sciences 93
MA 522: Hilbert Spaces and Applications
to PDE
The course covers Hilbert space theory with special emphasis on applications to linear ODs and
PDEs. Topics include spectral theory for linear operators in n-dimensional and infinite dimensional
Hilbert spaces, spectral theory for symmetric compact operatos, linear and bilinear forms, Riesz and
Lax-Milgram theorems, weak derivatives, Sobolev
spaces H1, H2, Rellich compactness theorem, weak
and classical solutions for Dirichlet and Neumann
problems in one variable and in Rn, Dirichlet
variational principle, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Other related topics will be covered at the
instructor’s discretion. (Prerequisite: MA 503.)
MA 524: Convex Analysis and
Optimization
This course covers topics in functional analysis
that are critical to the study of convex optimization problems. The first part of the course will
include the minimization theory for quadratic and
convex functionals on convex sets and cones, the
Legendre-Fenchel duality, variational inequalities
and complementarity systems. The second part
will include optimal stopping time problems in
deterministic control, value functions and Hamilton-Jacobi inequalities and linear and quadratic
programming, duality and Kuhn-Tucker multipliers. Other related topics will be covered at the
instructor’s discretion. (Prerequisite: MA 503.)
MA 525. Optimal Control and Design
with Composite Materials I
Modern technology involves a wide application
of materials with internal structure adapted to
environmental demands. This, the first course in a
two-semester sequence, will establish a theoretical basis for identifying structures that provide
optimal response to prescribed external factors.
Material covered will include basics of the calculus
of variations: Euler equations; transversality
conditions; Weierstrass-Erdmann conditions for
corner points; Legendre, Jacobi and Weierstrass
conditions; Hamiltonian form of the necessary
conditions; and Noether’s theorem. Pontryagin’s
maximum principle in its original lumped parameter form will be put forth as well as its distributed parameter extension. Chattering regimes of
control and relaxation through composites will be
introduced at this point. May be offered by special
arrangement.
MA 526. Optimal Control and Design with
Composite Materials II
Topics presented will include basics of homogenization theory. Bounds on the effective properties
of composites will be established using the translation method and Hashin-Shtrikman variational
principles. The course concludes with a number of
examples demonstrating the use of the theory in
producing optimal structural designs. The methodology given in this course turns the problem of
optimal design into a problem of rigorous mathematics. This course can be taken independently
or as the sequel to MA 525.
94 Mathematical Sciences
MA 529 Stochastic Processes
The objective of the course is to provide students
with the foundations needed to model time-dependent random phenomena. Stochastic processes
play a central role in a wide range of applications
from signal processing to finance and also offer
an alternative novel viewpoint to several areas
of mathematical analysis as partial differential
equations or potential theory. The first half of the
course consists of a rigorous review of measure
theoretic probability with special emphasis on
notions and tools needed to consider probability
measures on spaces of functions. Topics include
sigma algebras, probability measures, product
measures, independence, integration, expectations,
convergence theorems, filtrations, absolute continuity and conditional expectations. The second
part of the course presents the core of the theory
of stochastic processes and their applications. Topics include martingales, martingale convergence,
stopping times, the construction and properties
of the Brownian motion, the Ito integral and
stochastic differential equations. The instructor
may choose to include applications from physics,
signal processing, finance, mathematical analysis
or statistics. Prerequisites: MA 503 or MA 540.
MA 530. Discrete Mathematics
This course provides the student of mathematics
or computer science with an overview of discrete
structures and their applications, as well as the basic methods and proof techniques in combinatorics. Topics covered include sets, relations, posets,
enumeration, graphs, digraphs, monoids, groups,
discrete probability theory and propositional calculus. (Prerequisites: college math at least through
calculus. Experience with recursive programming
is helpful, but not required.)
MA 533. Discrete Mathematics II
This course is designed to provide an in-depth
study of some topics in combinatorial mathematics and discrete optimization. Topics may vary
from year to year. Topics covered include, as time
permits, partially ordered sets, lattices, matroids,
matching theory, Ramsey theory, discrete programming problems, computational complexity of
algorithms, branch and bound methods.
MA 535. Algebra
Fundamentals of group theory: homomorphisms
and the isomorphism theorems, finite groups,
structure of finitely generated Abelian groups.
Structure of rings: homomorphisms, ideals, factor
rings and the isomorphism theorems, integral
domains, factorization. Field theory: extension
fields, finite fields, theory of equations. Selected
topics from: Galois theory, Sylow theory, JordanHölder theory, Polya theory, group presentations,
basic representation theory and group characters,
modules. Applications chosen from mathematical
physics, Gröbner bases, symmetry, cryptography,
error-correcting codes, number theory.
MA 540/4631. Probability and
Mathematical Statistics I
Intended for advanced undergraduates and
beginning graduate students in the mathematical
sciences, and for others intending to pursue the
mathematical study of probability and statistics.
Topics covered include axiomatic foundations, the
calculus of probability, conditional probability and
independence, Bayes’ Theorem, random variables,
discrete and continuous distributions, joint,
marginal and conditional distributions, covariance and correlation, expectation, generating
functions, exponential families, transformations
of random variables, types of convergence, laws of
large numbers the Central Limit Theorem, Taylor
series expansion, the delta method. (Prerequisite:
knowledge of basic probability at the level of
MA 2631 and of advanced calculus at the level of
MA 3831/3832 is assumed.)
MA 541/4632. Probability and
Mathematical Statistics II
This course is designed to provide background in
principles of statistics. Topics covered include estimation criteria: method of moments, maximum
likelihood, least squares, Bayes, point and interval
estimation, Fisher’s information, Cramer-Rao
lower bound, sufficiency, unbiasedness, and
completeness, Rao-Blackwell Theorem, efficiency,
consistency, interval estimation pivotal quantities,
Neyman-Person Lemma, uniformly most powerful tests, unbiased, invariant and similar tests,
likelihood ratio tests, convex loss functions, risk
functions, admissibility and minimaxity, Bayes
decision rules. (Prerequisite: knowledge of the
material in MA 540 is assumed.)
MA 542. Regression Analysis
Regression analysis is a statistical tool that utilizes
the relation between a response variable and one
or more predictor variables for the purposes of
description, prediction and/or control. Successful
use of regression analysis requires an appreciation
of both the theory and the practical problems that
often arise when the technique is employed with
real-world data. Topics covered include the theory
and application of the general linear regression
model, model fitting, estimation and prediction,
hypothesis testing, the analysis of variance and
related distribution theory, model diagnostics and
remedial measures, model building and validation, and generalizations such as logistic response
models and Poisson regression. Additional topics
may be covered as time permits. Application of
theory to real-world problems will be emphasized
using statistical computer packages. (Prerequisite:
knowledge of probability and statistics at the level
of MA 511 and of matrix algebra is assumed.)
MA 546. Design and Analysis of
Experiments
Controlled experiments—studies in which treatments are assigned to observational units—are the
gold standard of scientific investigation. The goal
of the statistical design and analysis of experiments
is to (1) identify the factors which most affect a
given process or phenomenon; (2) identify the
ways in which these factors affect the process or
phenomenon, both individually and in combination; (3) accomplish goals 1 and 2 with minimum
cost and maximum efficiency while maintaining
the validity of the results. Topics covered in this
course include the design, implementation and
analysis of completely randomized complete
block, nested, split plot, Latin square and repeated
measures designs. Emphasis will be on the ap-
plication of the theory to real data using statistical
computer packages. (Prerequisite: knowledge of
basic probability and statistics at the level of
MA 511 is assumed.)
MA 547. Design and Analysis of
Observational and Sampling Studies
Like controlled experiments, observational studies seek to establish cause-effect relationships,
but unlike controlled experiments, they lack the
ability to assign treatments to observational units.
Sampling studies, such as sample surveys, seek to
characterize aspects of populations by obtaining and analyzing samples from those populations. Topics from observational studies include:
prospective and retrospective studies; overt and
hidden bias; adjustments by stratification and
matching. Topics from sampling studies include:
simple random sampling and associated estimates
for means, totals, and proportions; estimates for
subpopulations; unequal probability sampling;
ratio and regression estimation; stratified, cluster,
systematic, multistage, double sampling designs,
and, time permitting, topics such as modelbased sampling, spatial and adaptive sampling.
(Prerequisite: knowledge of basic probability and
statistics, at the level of MA 511 is assumed.)
MA 548. Quality Control
This course provides the student with the basic
statistical tools needed to evaluate the quality of
products and processes. Topics covered include the
philosophy and implementation of continuous
quality improvement methods, Shewhart control
charts for variables and attributes, EWMA and
Cusum control charts, process capability analysis,
factorial and fractional factorial experiments for
process design and improvement, and response
surface methods for process optimization. Additional topics will be covered as time permits.
Special emphasis will be placed on realistic applications of the theory using statistical computer packages. (Prerequisite: knowledge of basic
probability and statistic, at the level of MA 511 is
assumed.)
MA 549. Analysis of Lifetime Data
Lifetime data occurs frequently in engineering,
where it is known as reliability or failure time
data, and in the biomedical sciences, where it is
known as survival data. This course covers the
basic methods for analyzing such data. Topics
include: probability models for lifetime data, censoring, graphical methods of model selection and
analysis, parametric and distribution-free inference, parametric and distribution-free regression
methods. As time permits, additional topics such
as frailty models and accelerated life models will
be considered. Special emphasis will be placed on
realistic applications of the theory using statistical
computer packages. (Prerequisite: knowledge of
basic probability and statistics at the level of
MA 511 is assumed.)
MA 550. Time Series Analysis
Time series are collections of observations made
sequentially in time. Examples of this type of data
abound in many fields ranging from finance to
engineering. Special techniques are called for in
order to analyze and model these data. This course
introduces the student to time and frequency
domain techniques, including topics such as
autocorrelation, spectral analysis, and ARMA
and ARIMA models, Box-Jenkins methodology,
fitting, forecasting, and seasonal adjustments.
Time permitting, additional topics will be chosen
from: Kalman filter, smoothing techniques,
Holt-Winters procedures, FARIMA and GARCH
models, and joint time-frequency methods such
as wavelets. The emphasis will be in application
to real data situations using statistical computer
packages. (Prerequisite: knowledge of MA 511 is
assumed. Knowledge of MA 541 is also assumed,
but may be taken concurrently.)
MA 559. Statistics Graduate Seminar
MA 552. Distribution-Free and Robust
Statistical Methods
MA 562 A and B.
Professional Master’s Seminar
Distribution-free statistical methods relax the
usual distributional modeling assumptions of
classical statistical methods. Robust methods are
statistical procedures that are relatively insensitive
to departures from typical assumptions, while
retaining the expected behavior when assumptions are satisfied. Topics covered include, time
permitting, order statistics and ranks; classical
distribution-free tests such as the sign, Wilcoxon
signed rank, and Wilcoxon rank sum tests, and associated point estimators and confidence intervals;
tests pertaining to one and two-way layouts; the
Kolmogorov-Smirnov test; permutation methods;
bootstrap and Monte Carlo methods; M, L, and
R estimators, regression, kernel density estimation
and other smoothing methods. Comparisons will
be made to standard parametric methods. (Prerequisite: knowledge of MA 541 is assumed, but may
be taken concurrently.)
MA 554. Applied Multivariate Analysis
This course is an introduction to statistical methods for analyzing multivariate data. Topics covered
are multivariate sampling distributions, tests and
estimation of multivariate normal parameters,
multivariate ANOVA, regression, discriminant
analysis, cluster analysis, factor analysis and principal components. Additional topics will be covered
as time permits. Students will be required to analyze real data using one of the standard packages
available. (Prerequisite: knowledge of MA 541 is
assumed, but may be taken concurrently. Knowledge of matrix algebra is assumed.)
MA 556. Applied Bayesian Statistics
Bayesian statistics makes use of an inferential
process that models data summarizing the results
in terms of probability distributions for the model
parameters. A key feature is that in the Bayesian
approach, past information can be updated with
new data in an elegant way in order to aid in
decision making. Topics included in the courses:
statistical decision theory, the Bayesian inferential
framework (model specification, model fitting and
model checking); computational methods for posterior simulation integration; regression models,
hierarchical models, and ANOVA; time permitting, additional topics will include generalized
linear models, multivariate models, missing data
problems, and time series analysis. (Prerequisites:
knowledge of MA 541 is assumed.)
1 credit
This seminar introduces students to issues and
trends in modern statistics. In the seminar, students and faculty will read and discuss survey and
research papers, make and attend presentations,
and participate in brainstorming sessions toward
the solution of advanced statistical problems.
MA 560. Graduate Seminar
0 credits
Designed to introduce graduate students to study
of original papers and afford them opportunity to
give account of their work by talks in the seminar.
0 credits
This seminar will introduce professional master’s
students to topics related to general writing,
presentation, group communication and interviewing skills, and will provide the foundations
to successful cooperation within interdisciplinary
team environments. All full-time students will be
required to take both components A and B of the
seminar during their professional master’s studies.
MA 571. Financial Mathematics I
Introduction to arbitrage-based pricing of derivative securities, and their uses for hedging and risk
management. Topics include securities markets,
futures, options, swaps and other derivatives;
arbitrage and risk-neutral pricing; binomial trees,
martingales, stochastic difference equations;
Black-Scholes formula and partial differential
equation via limit transition; pricing of American
options, convertible bonds, options on dividendpaying stock and on futures; sensitivity measures
(“greeks”), implied and estimated volatilities; use
of derivatives for hedging and risk management.
MA 572. Financial Mathematics II
This course introduces the advanced mathematical
concepts and terminology used at the professional
quantitative financial workplace and in the literature, and provides students with the background
necessary to work in the rapidly expanding fixed
income securities sector. The first part of the
course is devoted to the concepts, terminology
and methods of continuous-time mathematical finance. Topics include Brownian motion, continuous- time martingales. Stochastic differential equations, Ito calculus; risk-neutral valuation in terms
of equivalent martingale measures. The power of
the new tools is demonstrated on the derivation
of the Black-Scholes and foreign exchange option
pricing formulas. The second part of the course is
devoted to fixed income securities and the termstructure of interest rates. Topics covered in this
part include fixed income markets, instruments,
risks and the term structure of interest rates; yield
curve models, calibration and fitting; pricing of
interest rate derivatives using models based on
short rates (Vasicek, Cox-Ingersoll-Ross), and on
the static and dynamic term-structure of interest
rates (Ho-Lee, Black-Derman- Toy, Hull-White
and Heath-Jarrow-Morton); pricing of corporate
bonds, mortgage-backed securities and insurance-
Mathematical Sciences 95
linked bonds; implementation of pricing models;
derivative strategies for hedging and risk management in the fixed income sector. (Prerequisites:
MA 503, MA 540 and MA 571.)
MA 595. Independent Study
MME 522. Applications of Calculus
Supervised independent study of a topic of mutual
interest to the instructor and the student.
MA 573. Computational Methods of
Financial Mathematics
MA 596. Master’s Capstone
There are three major goals for this course: to
establish the underlying principles of calculus,
to reinforce students’ calculus skills through
investigation of applications involving those skills,
and to give students the opportunity to develop
projects and laboratory assignments for use by
first-year calculus students. The course will focus
heavily on the use of technology to solve problems
involving applications of calculus concepts. In addition, MME students will be expected to master
the mathematical rigor of these calculus concepts
so that they will be better prepared to develop
their own projects and laboratory assignments. For
example, if an MME student chose to develop a
lab on convergence of sequence, he/she would be
expected to understand the rigorous definition of
convergence and how to apply it to gain sufficient
and/or necessary conditions for convergence. The
process of developing these first-year calculus
assignments will enable the MME students to
increase their own mathematical understanding of
concepts while learning to handle mathematical
and computer issues which will be encountered by
their own calculus students. Their understanding
of the concepts and applications of calculus will be
further reinforced through computer laboratory
assignments and group projects. Applications
might include exponential decay of drugs in the
body, optimal crankshaft design, population
growth, or development of cruise control systems.
Most realistic financial derivatives models are too
complex to allow explicit analytic solutions. The
computational techniques used to implement
those models fall into two broad categories: finite
difference methods for the solution of partial
differential equations (PDEs) and Monte Carlo
simulation. Accordingly, the course consists of two
7- week blocks covering the following topics.
Part I: Parabolic PDEs, Black-Scholes PDE for
European and American options; binomial and
trinomial trees; explicit, implicit and CrankNicholson finite difference methods; far boundary
conditions, convergence, stability, variance bias;
early exercise and free boundary conditions; parabolic PDEs arising from fixed income derivatives;
implied trees for exotic derivatives, adapted trees
for interest rate derivatives.
Part II: Random number generation and testing;
evaluation of expected payoff by Monte Carlo
simulation; variance reduction techniques—antithetic variables, importance sampling, martingale
control variables; stratification, low-discrepancy
sequences and quasi-Monte Carlo methods; efficient evaluation of sensitivity measures; methods
suitable for multifactor and term-structure dependent models. (Prerequisites: MA 571, undergraduate level familiarity with numerical methods and
basic programming skills.)
1 to 3 credits
1 or more credits
The Master’s Capstone is designed to integrate
classroom learning with real-world practice. It can
consist of a project, a practicum, a research review
report or a research proposal. A written report and
a presentation are required.
MA 598. Professional Master’s Project
1 or more credits
This project will provide the opportunity to apply
and extend the material studied in the coursework
to the study of a real-world problem originating
in the industry. The project will be a capstone integrating industrial experience with the previously
acquired academic knowledge and skills. The topic
of the project will come from a problem generated
in industry, and could originate from prior internship or industry experience of the student. The
student will prepare a written project report and
make a presentation before a committee including
the faculty advisor, at least one additional WPI
faculty member and representatives of a possible
industrial sponsor. The advisor of record must
be a faculty member of the WPI Mathematical
Sciences Department. The student must submit
a written project proposal for approval by the
Graduate Committee prior to registering for the
project.
MA 599. Thesis
MA 574. Portfolio Valuation and
Risk Management
1 or more credits
Balancing returns vs. risks is one of the fundamental tasks of quantitative financial management. This course presents the most important
mathematical concepts, methods and models used
to value assets; select, maintain and optimize portfolios; and to manage risks. Topics covered include
the following: returns, risks and utilities; quantification of risk—variance, shortfall risk, value at
risk; portfolio analysis, diversification, correlations, principal components, sensitivity measures
(“greeks”); asset valuation and pricing methods as
capital markets theory, capital asset pricing model,
efficient frontiers, arbitrage pricing theory, consumption/ accumulation and equilibrium models;
risk management techniques—diversification,
immunization, insurance/reinsurance, hedging;
optimal asset allocation, portfolio optimization
and dynamic delta hedging. The quantitative techniques covered in this course are used to support
decisions by trading desk managers, corporate
investment strategists, mutual companies, utilities,
and of companies with commodities or foreign
exchange risk exposures. (Prerequisite: MA 571.)
MA 698. Ph.D. Project
MA 590. Special Topics
Courses on special topics are offered under this
number. Contact the Mathematical Sciences Department for current offerings. See the SUPPLEMENT section of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.
edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to
be offered in this academic year.
96 Mathematical Sciences
Research study at the master’s level.
1 or more credits
Ph.D. project work.
MA 699. Dissertation
1 or more credits
Research study at the Ph.D. level.
Mathematics for Educators
MME 518. Geometrical Concepts
This course focuses primarily on the foundations
and applications of Euclidean and non-Euclidean
geometries. The rich and diverse nature of the
subject also implies the need to explore other
topics, for example, chaos and fractals. The course
incorporates collaborative learning and the investigation of ideas through group projects. Possible
topics include geometrical software and computer
graphics, tiling and tessellations, two- and threedimensional geometry, inversive geometry, graphical representations of functions, model construction, fundamental relationship between algebra
and geometry, applications of geometry, geometry
transformations and projective geometry, and
convexity.
2 credits
MME 523. Analysis with Applications
2 credits
This course introduces students to mathematical
analysis and its use in modeling. It will emphasize
topics of calculus (including multidimensional)
in a rigorous way. These topics will be motivated
by their usefulness for understanding concepts of
the calculus and for facilitating the solutions of
engineering and science problems. Projects involving applications and appropriate use of technology will be an essential part of the course. Topics
covered may include dynamical systems and differential equations; growth and decay; equilibrium; probabilistic dynamics; optimal decisions and
reward; applying, building and validating models;
functions on n-vectors; properties of functions;
parametric equations; series; applications such as
pendulum problems; electromagnetism; vibrations; electronics; transportation; gravitational
fields; and heat loss.
MME 524-25. Probability, Statistics
and Data Analysis I, II
4 credits
This course introduces students to probability, the
mathematical description of random phenomena,
and to statistics, the science of data. Students in
this course will acquire the following knowledge
and skills:
• Probability models-mathematical models used
to describe and predict random phenomena.
Students will learn several basic probability
models and their uses, and will obtain experience in modeling random phenomena.
• Data analysis-the art/science of finding patterns
in data and using those patterns to explain the
process which produced the data. Students
will be able to explore and draw conclusions
about data using computational and graphical methods. The iterative nature of statistical
exploration will be emphasized.
• Statistical inference and modeling-the use of
data sampled from a process and the probability model of that process to draw conclusions about the process. Students will attain
proficiency in selecting, fitting and criticizing
models, and in drawing inference from data.
• Design of experiments and sampling studies
– the proper way to design experiments and
sampling studies so that statistically valid inferences can be drawn. Special attention will be
given to the role of experiments and sampling
studies in scientific investigation. Through lab
and project work, students will obtain practical
skills in designing and analyzing studies and
experiments. Course topics will be motivated whenever possible by applications and
reinforced by experimental and computer lab
experiences. One in-depth project per semester
involving design, data collection, and statistical
or probabilistic analysis will serve to integrate
and consolidate student skills and understanding. Students will be expected to learn and use a
statistical computer package such as MINITAB.
MME 526-27. Linear Models I, II
4 credits
This two-course sequence imparts computational
skills, particularly those involving matrices, to
deepen understanding of mathematical structure
and methods of proof; it also includes discussion
on a variety of applications of the material developed, including linear optimization. Topics in this
sequence may include systems of linear equations,
vector spaces, linear independence, bases, linear
transformations, determinants, eigenvalues and
eigenvectors, systems of linear inequalities, linear
programming problems, basic solutions, duality
and game theory. Applications may include economic models, computer graphics, least squares
approximation, systems of differential equations,
graphs and networks, and Markov processes.
MME 528. Mathematical Modeling
and Problem Solving
2 credits
This course introduces students to the process of
developing mathematical models as a means for
solving real problems. The course will encompass
several different modeling situations that utilize a
variety of mathematical topics. The mathematical
fundamentals of these topics will be discussed, but
with continued reference to their use in finding
the solutions to problems. Problems to be covered
include balance in small group behavior, traffic
flow, air pollution flow, group decision making,
transportation, assignment, project planning
and the critical path method, genetics, inventory
control and queueing.
MME 529. Numbers, Polynomials and
Algebraic Structures
2 credits
This course enables secondary mathematics
teachers to see how commonly taught topics
such as number systems and polynomials fit into
the broader context of algebra. The course will
begin with treatment of arithmetic, working
through Euclid’s algorithm and its applications,
the fundamental theorem of arithmetic and
its applications, multiplicative functions, the
Chinese remainder theorem and the arithmetic
of Z/n. This information will be carried over
to polynomials in one variable over the rational
and real numbers, culminating in the construction of root fields for polynomials via quotients
of polynomial rings. Arithmetic in the Gaussian
integers and the integers in various other quadratic
fields (especially the field of cube roots of unity)
will be explored through applications such as the
generation of Pythagorean triples and solutions to
other Diophantine equations (like finding integersided triangles with a 60 degree angle). The course
will then explore cyclotomy, and the arithmetic in
rings of cyclotomic integers. This will culminate
in Gauss’s construction of the regular 5-gon and
17-gon and the impossibility of constructing a
9-gon or trisecting a 60-degree angle. Finally,
solutions of cubics and quartics by radicals will be
studied. All topics will be based on the analysis of
explicit calculations with (generalized) numbers.
The proposed curriculum covers topics that are
part of the folklore for high school mathematics
(the impossibility of certain ruler and compass
constructions), but that many teachers know only
as facts. There are also many applications of the
ideas that will allow the teachers to use results and
ideas from abstract algebra to construct for their
students problems that have manageable solutions.
MME 531. Discrete Mathematics
This course deals with concepts and methods
which emphasize the discrete nature in many
problems and structures. The rapid growth of this
branch of mathematics has been inspired by its
wide range of applicability to diverse fields such as
computer science, management, and biology. The
essential ingredients of the course are:
Combinatorics -The Art of Counting.
Topics include basic counting principles and
methods such as recurrence relations, generating functions, the inclusion-exclusion principle
and the pigeonhole principle. Applications may
include block designs, latin squares, finite projective planes, coding theory, optimization and
algorithmic analysis.
Graph Theory. This includes direct graphs and
networks. Among the parameters to be examined
are traversibility, connectivity, planarity, duality
and colorability.
MME 562. Seminar: Issues in Mathematics
2 credits
This course gives students an opportunity to
participate in focused discussions on various
topics in mathematics and mathematics education. Students will research current literature in
mathematics and mathematics education. Invited
speakers will address issues relevant to a broad
understanding of mathematics and its applications in our society. Students will be required to
synthesize and critique course materials through
written papers and formal presentations. The
course will emphasize teachers as professionals
and educational innovators. The content of the
course will vary depending on the interests of the
participants. However, topics may include careers
in mathematics; mathematics in industry; historical perspectives and the motivation of mathematical development; critical thinking skills; impact of
the NCTM curriculum and evaluation standards;
mathematics on the national scene, including
the roles of MSEB, NSF, NCTM, AMS, MAA,
AMATYC; mathematics reform: then and now;
mathematics anxiety; issues in the teaching of developmental mathematics; women and minorities
in mathematics; technical writing in mathematics; funding sources for mathematics reform; and
assessment in mathematics, including the SAT, the
AP Calculus Exam and ideas on alternative forms
of assessment; textbooks and other resources in
mathematics.
MME 592. Project Preparation
(Part of a 3-course sequence with MME 594
and MME 596)
2 credits (ISG)
Students will research and develop a mathematical topic or pedagogical technique. The project
will typically lead to classroom implementation; however, a project involving mathematical
research at an appropriate level of rigor will also
be acceptable. Preparation will be completed in
conjunction with at least one faculty member
from the Mathematical Sciences Department and
will include exhaustive research on the proposed
topic. The course will result in a detailed proposal
that will be presented to the MME Project Committee for approval; continuation with the project
is contingent upon this approval.
MME 594. Project Implementation
2 credits (ISG)
Students will implement and carry out the project
developed during the project preparation course.
Periodic contact and/or observations will be made
by the project advisor (see MME 592 Project
Preparation) in order to provide feedback and to
ensure completion of the proposed task. Data for
the purpose of evaluation will be collected by the
students throughout the term, when appropriate.
If the project includes classroom implementation, the experiment will last for the duration of
a semester.
MME 596. Project Analysis and Report
2 credits (ISG)
Students will complete a detailed statistical
analysis of any data collected during the project
implementation using techniques from MME
524-525 Probability, Statistics, and Data Analysis.
The final report will be a comprehensive review of
the relevant literature, project description, project
implementation, any statisical results and conclusions. Project reports will be subject to approval
by the MME Project committee and all students
will be required to present their project to the
mathematical sciences faculty. Course completion
is contingent upon approval of the report and
satisfactory completion of the presentation.
Mathematical Sciences 97
Mechanical Engineering
Programs of Study
The Mechanical Engineering Department
offers two graduate degree options:
• Master of Science
• Doctor of Philosophy
Admission Requirements
For the M.S. program, applicants should
have a B.S. in mechanical engineering or
in a related field (i.e., other engineering
disciplines, physics, mathematics, etc.).
The standards are the same for admission
into the thesis and non-thesis options of
the M.S. program. At the time of application to the master’s program, the student
must specify his/her option (thesis or nonthesis) of choice.
For the Ph.D., a bachelor’s or master’s
degree in mechanical engineering or in
a related field (i.e., other engineering
disciplines, physics, mathematics, etc.) is
required.
The Mechanical Engineering Department reserves its financial aid for graduate
students in the Ph.D. program or in the
thesis option of the M.S. program.
Degree Requirements
M.S. Program
When applying to the master of science
program, students must specify their
intention to pursue either the thesis or
non-thesis M.S. option. Both the thesis
and non-thesis options require the completion of 30 graduate credit hours. Students in the thesis option must complete
12 credits of thesis research (ME 599),
whereas students in the non-thesis option
may complete up to 9 credits of directed
research (ME 598). The result of the
research credits (ME 599) in the thesis option must be a completed master’s thesis.
The number of directed research credits
(ME 598) completed in the non-thesis
option can range from 0 to 9.
In the thesis option, the distribution of
credits is as follows:
• 9 graduate credits in mechanical
engineering
• 12 credits of thesis research (ME 599)
• 3 graduate credits in mathematics
• 6 graduate credits of electives within or
outside of mechanical engineering
98 Mechanical Engineering
In the non-thesis option, the distribution
of credits is as follows:
• 18 graduate credits in mechanical
engineering (includes a maximum of 9
credits of directed research—ME 598)
• 3 graduate credits in mathematics
• 9 graduate credits of electives within or
outside of mechanical engineering
In either option, all full-time students are
required to register for the graduate seminar (ME591) every semester.
Academic Advising
Upon admission to the M.S. program,
each student is assigned or may select a
temporary advisor to arrange an academic
plan covering the first 9 credits of study.
This plan must be made before the first
registration. Prior to registering for additional credits, the student must specify an
academic advisor with whom the remaining course of study is arranged. The plan
must be approved by the mechanical
engineering graduate committee.
For students in the thesis option, the
academic advisor is the thesis advisor. Prior
to completing more than 18 credits, every
student in the thesis option must form a
thesis committee that consists of the thesis
advisor and at least two other mechanical
engineering faculty members from WPI
with knowledge of the thesis topic.
The schedule of academic advising is as
follows:
• Temporary advisor—meets with student
prior to first registration to plan the first
9 credits of study.
• Academic advisor—selected by student
prior to registering for more than 9
credits. For thesis option students, the
academic advisor is the thesis advisor.
• Plan of Study—arranged with academic
advisor prior to registering for more
than 9 credits.
• Thesis committee (thesis option only)
—formed prior to registering for
more than 18 credits. Consists of the
thesis advisor and at least two other
mechanical engineering faculty members
from WPI.
This schedule ensures that students are
well advised throughout the program,
and that students in the thesis option are
­actively engaged in their research at the
early stages of their programs.
www.me.wpi.edu
Thesis Defense
Each student in the thesis option must
defend his/her research during an oral
defense, which is administered by an
examining committee that consists of
the thesis committee and a representative
of the mechanical engineering graduate committee who is not on the thesis
committee. The defense is open to public
participation and consists of a 30-minute
presentation by the student followed by a
30-minute open discussion. At least one
week prior to the defense each member
of the examining committee must receive
a copy of the thesis. One additional copy
must be made available for members of
the WPI community wishing to read the
thesis prior to the defense. Public notification of the defense must be given by the
mechanical engineering graduate secretary.
The examining committee will determine
the acceptability of the student’s thesis and
oral performance. The thesis advisor will
determine the student’s grade.
Changing M.S. Options
Students in the non-thesis M.S. option
may switch into the thesis option at any
time by notifying the mechanical engineering graduate committee of the change,
provided that they have identified a thesis
advisor, formed a thesis committee, and
have worked out a Plan of Study with
their thesis advisor. Subject to the thesis
advisor’s approval, directed research credits
(ME 598) earned in the non-thesis option
may be transferred to thesis research credits (ME 599) in the thesis option.
Any student in the thesis option M.S.
program may request a switch into the
non-thesis option by submitting the
request in writing to the mechanical engineering graduate committee. Before acting
on such a request, the graduate committee
will require and seriously consider written
input from the student’s thesis advisor.
Departmental financial aid given to the
thesis-option students who are permitted
to switch to the non-thesis option will
automatically be withdrawn. Subject to
the approval of the mechanical engineering graduate committee, a maximum of 9
credits of thesis research (ME 599) earned
by a student in the thesis option may be
transferred to directed research credit (ME
598) in the non-thesis option.
Ph.D. Program
The course of study leading to the Ph.D.
degree in mechanical engineering requires
the completion of 90 credits beyond the
bachelor’s degree, or 60 credits beyond the
master’s degree. For students proceeding
directly from B.S. degree to Ph.D. degree,
the 90 credits should be distributed as
follows:
Coursework:
Courses in M.E.
(incl. Special Topics
and ISP) 15 credits
Courses in or outside
of M.E. 15 credits
Dissertation Research
(ME 699) 30 credits
Other:
Additional coursework
Additional Dissertation
Research (ME 699) Supplemental Research
(ME 598, ME 698) TOTAL }
30 credits
_________
90 credits
For students proceeding from master’s to
Ph.D. degree, the 60 credits should be
distributed as follows:
Coursework:
(incl. Special Topics
and ISP) 12 credits
Dissertation Research
(ME 699) Other:
Additional coursework
Additional Dissertation
Research (ME 699) Supplemental Research
(ME 598, ME 698) TOTAL 30 credits
}
18 credits
_________
60 credits
In either case, the result of the dissertation
research must be a completed doctoral
dissertation. Only after admission to candidacy may a student receive credit toward
dissertation research under ME 699. Prior
to admission to candidacy, a student may
receive up to 18 credits of predissertation
research under ME 698. All full-time students are reuired to register for the graduate seminar (ME591)every semester.
Academic Advising
Upon admission to the Doctoral Program,
each student is assigned or may select a
temporary advisor to arrange an academic
plan covering the first 9 credits of study.
This plan should be arranged before the
first day of registration.
Prior to registering for any additional credits, the student must identify a permanent
dissertation advisor who assumes the role
of academic advisor and with whom a suitable dissertation topic and the remaining
Plan of Study are arranged. Prior to completing 18 credits, the student must form
a dissertation committee that consists of
the dissertation advisor, at least two other
mechanical engineering faculty members,
and at least one member from outside the
department. These committee members
should be selected because of their abilities to assist in the student’s dissertation
research.
The schedule of advising is as follows:
• Temporary advisor—meets with student
prior to first registration to plan first 9
credits of study.
• Dissertation advisor—selected by
student prior to registering for more
than 9 credits.
• Program of study—arranged with
Dissertation advisor prior to registering
for more than 9 credits.
• Dissertation committee—formed by
student prior to registering for more
than 18 credits. Consists of dissertation
advisor, at least two M.E. faculty, and at
least one outside member.
This schedule ensures that students are
well advised and actively engaged in
their research at the early stages of their
programs.
Admission to Candidacy
Admission to candidacy will be granted
when the student has satisfactorily passed
a written exam intended to measure fundamental ability in three of the following
five curriculum areas: fluids engineering,
dynamics and controls, structures and
materials, design and manufacturing, and
biomechanical engineering. The three
areas are selected by the student. The
exam is given in January. For students
who enter the program with a bachelor’s
degree, the exam must be taken after three
semesters if they began their studies in the
fall, and after two semesters if they began
in the spring. For students who enter the
program with a master’s degree, the exam
must be taken after one semester if they
began in the fall, and after two semesters
if they began in the spring. Students in
the M.S. program who plan to apply for
fall admission to the Ph.D. program are
strongly advised to take the candidacy
exam in January before that fall. The details of the examination procedure can be
obtained from the mechanical engineering
graduate committee.
Dissertation Proposal
Each student must prepare a brief written
proposal and make an oral presentation
that demonstrates a sound understanding of the dissertation topic, the relevant
literature, the techniques to be employed,
the issues to be addressed, and the work
done on the topic by the student to date.
The proposal must be made within a
year of admission to candidacy. Both the
written and oral proposals are presented to
the dissertation committee and a representative from the mechanical engineering
graduate committee. The prepared portion
of the oral presentation should not exceed
30 minutes, and up to 90 minutes should
be allowed for discussion. If the dissertation committee and the graduate committee representative have concerns about
either the substance of the proposal or
the student’s understanding of the topic,
then the student will have one month to
prepare a second presentation that focuses
on the areas of concern. This presentation
will last 15 minutes with an additional 45
minutes allowed for discussion. Students
can continue their research only if the
proposal is approved.
Dissertation Defense
Each doctoral candidate is required to
defend the originality, independence and
quality of research during an oral dissertation defense that is administered by
an examining committee that consists of
the dissertation committee and a representative of the mechanical engineering
graduate committee who is not on the
dissertation committee. The defense is
open to public participation and consists
of a one-hour presentation followed by
a one-hour open discussion. At least one
week prior to the defense, each member of
the examining committee must receive a
copy of the dissertation. At the same time,
an additional copy must be made available for members of the WPI community
wishing to read the dissertation prior to
the defense, and public notification of the
defense must be given by the mechanical engineering graduate secretary. The
examining committee will determine the
acceptability of the student’s dissertation
and oral performance. The dissertation
advisor will determine the student’s grade.
Mechanical Engineering 99
The Combined Bachelor’s/
Master’s Program
The Mechanical Engineering Department
offers a B.S./Master’s program for currently enrolled WPI undergraduates. Students
in the B.S./Master’s program may choose
either the thesis or non-thesis M.S. option.
The department’s rules for these programs
vary somewhat from the Institute’s rules.
For students in the B.S./Master’s program, a minimum of two courses and a
maximum of four courses may be counted
toward both the undergraduate and graduate degrees. At least two must be graduate
courses (including graduate-level independent study and special topics courses),
and none may be lower than the 4000level. No extra work is required in the
4000- level courses. A grade of B or better
is required for any course to be counted
toward both degrees.
The application for the B.S./Master’s
program must include a list of four courses
that the applicant proposes to count
toward both his/her undergraduate and
graduate degrees. In most cases, the list
consists of courses that the applicant will
take in the senior year.
Applications will not be considered if they
are submitted prior to the second half of
the applicant’s junior year. Ideally, applications (including recommendations) should
be completed by the early part of the last
term (usually D-term) of the junior year.
Acceptance into the B.S./Master’s program
means that the candidate is qualified for
graduate school, and signifies approval of
the four courses listed for credit toward
both the undergraduate and graduate
degrees. However, admission is contingent
upon the completion of two graduate
courses (from the submitted list) with
grades of B or better in each. If grades of
C or lower are obtained in any other listed
courses, then they are not counted toward
the graduate degree, but the applicant is
still admitted to the program.
Students in the B.S./Master’s program who
choose the thesis M.S. option are encouraged to pick a thesis area of research that is
closely related to the subject of their major
qualifying project. Those students in the
B.S./Master’s program who complete their
100 Mechanical Engineering
B.S. degrees in May and choose the thesis
option are encouraged to begin their thesis
research during the summer immediately
following graduation.
A detailed written description of the B.S./
Master’s program in mechanical engineering can be obtained from the mechanical
engineering graduate secretary.
Areas of Research and
Areas of Study
Active areas of research in the Mechanical
Engineering Department include: theoretical, numerical and experimental work in
rarefied gas and plasma dynamics, electric
propulsion, multiphase flows, turbulent
flows, fluid-structure interactions, structural analysis, nonlinear dynamics and
control, random vibrations, biomechanics
and biomaterials, materials processing,
mechanics of granular materials, laser
holography, MEMS, computer-aided engineering systems, reconfigurable machine
design, compliant mechanism design, and
other areas of engineering design.
The graduate curriculum is divided into
five distinct areas of study:
• Fluids Engineering
• Dynamics and Controls
• Structures and Materials
• Design and Manufacturing
• Biomechanical Engineering
These areas are parallel to the research
interests of the mechanical engineering faculty. Graduate courses introduce
students to fundamentals of mechanical
engineering while simultaneously providing the background necessary to become
involved with the ongoing research of the
mechanical engineering faculty.
Students also receive credit for special topics under ME 593 and ME 693, and independent study under ISP. Faculty members
often experiment with new courses under
the special topics designation, although no
course may be offered more than twice in
this manner. Except for certain 4000-level
courses permitted in the B.S./ Master’s
program, no undergraduate courses may
be counted toward graduate credit.
Mechanical Engineering
Laboratories and Centers
The Mechanical Engineering Department provides a multidisciplinary research
and education environment combining
elements of mechanical engineering,
manufacturing engineering and materials science. The facilities are housed in
the Higgins Laboratories and Washburn
Shops.
Aerodynamics Test Facility
The laboratory houses a low-speed, closedreturn wind tunnel, with a test-section of
2’ x 2’ x 8’. The tunnel speed is continuously variable up to 180 ft/s. The temperature in the tunnel can be controlled via
a controller and a heat exchanger in the
settling chamber. The tunnel is equipped
with a two-component dynamometer.
Aerodynamic flows are studied in this
laboratory with the aid of traditional pressure, temperature, and velocity sensors, as
well as advanced optical instrumentation.
Biomechanics/Rehabilitation
Engineering Laboratories
The Biomechanics and Rehabilitation
Engineering Laboratories (HL 124, 127,
129) provide 2000 sq. ft. of modern
laboratory space that supports courses with
a focus on the design of assistive devices to
aid persons with disabilities, biomechanics
and biofluids Major Qualifying Projects
(MQPs) and graduate student research.
The laboratories also house the offices of
the WPI Assistive Technology Resource
Center and the WPI EPICS program (Engineering projects in Community Service).
Major equipment includes a two-axis MTS
Model 858 Mini Bionex testing machine,
a benchtop tissue testing machine, a force
plate and a hot wire anemometry system.
Casting Laboratory
The Advanced Casting Research Center of
MPI (WB 009) is a laboratory dedicated
to research and development of advanced
casting processes and to the improvement
of currently practiced casting processes.
The ACRC research facilities covers 1,637
sq. ft. and include a casting laboratory
with induction and resistance melting furnaces, besides specialized heat treating furnaces. The laboratories are provided with
modern instrumentation for research and
education in the field of materials science,
such as mechanical properties facilities,
metallographic equipment, thermal analyses (DTA and TGA), optical and electron
microscopy facilities, and instrumentation
for rheological characterization of metallic
alloys in the semi-solid condition. Several
workstations running commercial modeling packages are also available. These
include Procast and Magma for simulation
of casting processes and Thermocalc®, a
thermodynamic simulation software widely used for undergraduate and graduate
education in the field of materials science.
At ACRC, WPI undergraduate students
are offered unique learning opportunities
through participation in actual research
activities under supervision of graduate
students and research staff members.
Center for Holographic Studies and
Laser micro-mechaTronics
The laboratories of CHSLT cover over
2,800 sq. ft and are completely equipped
and fully operational for educational and
research activities. These activities range
from fundamental studies of laser light
interaction with materials to sophisticated
applications in metrology. Research at the
CHSLT is externally funded in areas relating to electronic packaging, high density
separable electronic interconnections
for high speed digital applications, radar
technology, microelectronics, micromechanics, submarine technology, jet engine
technology, MEMS, nanotechnology and
picotechnology, to name a few. The laboratories are furnished with the state-of-theart equipment. This equipment includes
several systems containing He-Ne lasers,
Ar-ion lasers, Nd:YAG lasers, nanosecond
high energy pulsed laser, and diode lasers,
as well as supporting instrumentation systems. In addition, the Nano-Indentation
(NIN) system is being developed for studies of mechanical properties of materials in
sub-micron geometries. The strengths of
the CHSLT lie in a comprehensive utilization of laser technology, optics, computational methods, mechanical engineering,
materials science and engineering, and
computer data acquisition and processing. Building off of these strengths, greatly
diversified projects in a number of areas of
current interest are being conducted using
the Center’s own unique and innovative
methods.
Ceramic and Powder Processing
Laboratory
This laboratory and the one below cover a
suite of five rooms that total almost 2,000
sq. ft. between WB337-342 of Washburn
Shops. The lab is equipped with a variety
of powder preparation, processing and
characterization equipment, as well as
equipment for green body consolidation
and sintering. Equipment includes roller
mills, mixers, a low temperature drying
oven, freeze dryer, cold press, various
sintering furnaces capable of up to 1700C
in air and controlled atmospheres, a differential thermal analyzer, X-ray sedigraph,
and equipment for electrical property and
density measurements.
CNC Laboratory
The CNC laboratory is located in the
Washburn Shops Room 108 and covers
3,140 sq. ft. The focus of the CNC labs is
to support the mission of WPI, by creating, discovering, and conveying knowledge
at the frontiers of inquiry in CNC machining and education, as well as linking
that new knowledge to applications; help
students achieve self sufficiency in the use
of CNC tools and technologies, so they
can conceive, design, and create their own
CNC machined parts for their projects.
The vision of the CNC labs is to be the
premier laboratory for CNC engineering education and research (applied and
fundamental) in the world. Originally the
Haas machines included a VF3, a VFOE
and the SL20, that were entrusted to WPI
in 2001 were swapped out in July of 2004.
They were again replaced in the Fall of
2007 with two new vertical machining
centers and a new lathe: VF4, and VF2SS,
both with 5 axis capabilities, and a TL15
with a sub spindle. Also included in the
CNC Laboratory are a DoAll vertical knee
mill, DoAll 13 manual lathe, Southbend
tool room lathe, ordinary shop equipment
and tooling (drill press, arbor press, stand
grinder, etc.), along with a Starrett DCC
CMM, Starrett Manual CMM, O.S.
Walker Machining Magnet and a Hahn
Engineering force-feedback grinder.
The machine tools facilitate the realization, i.e. fabrication, of parts that students
have designed on computers. The machine
tools are important for supporting WPI’s
project based-education. The machine
tools are also be used in manufacturing
engineering research, as well as to produce
apparatus to support research efforts in
other fields.
Computational Fluid and
Plasmadynamics Laboratory
CFPL is a modern computational facility
housed in HL236. It is used for graduate research and undergraduate projects
in computational fluids, gas and plasma
dynamics. The CFPL includes workstations, peripherals and data storage devices.
CFPL has also a Linux cluster located in
HL231, a specially designed computer
facility. CFPL has access to Direct Simulation Monte Carlo, Particle-in-Cell, fluid
dynamics, and MHD codes as well as
visualization and data reduction software.
Control and Navigation of
Multi-Vehicles Laboratory
The CaN-MuVe Laboratory, a 400 square
feet facility housed in HL312, focuses on
the construction, testing, and development
of autonomous multi-vehicle systems for
exploration missions. Exploration includes
the navigation and acoustic imaging of
underwater environments using underwater vehicles, surface vessels, and ground
robots.
The main project now underway in
the laboratory is the construction of an
autonomous underwater vehicle. All major
vehicle electronics are available. These
include a PC104-based computer core. It
was chosen to handle the main processing
requirements of the vehicle. The particular
main board chosen is the Cheetah (made
by VersaLogic), which is a 1.6 GHz Intel
Pentium M equipped module that is 3.6”
by 3.8”. This microcomputer contains 1
GB of RAM, and 8GB solid state hard
disk as well as a 60 GB spinning drive.
Windows XP Embedded will be run on
the processor. An analogue & digital
input/output module for the PC104 bus is
also available.
A 12 A brushless motor and an ElectriFly
V-pitch propeller have been purchased
for testing. Eight Groupner bow thrusters
are also available for testing. Currently, a
student group is working on the assembly
and manufacturing of the thruster system,
and the vehicle structure and body. The
laboratory is equipped with a testing water
tank, and the research group has permissions to use WPI’s swimming pool for
testing purposes.
Mechanical Engineering 101
The lab is also equipped with two iRobot
Create systems (http://www.irobot.com/
create/explore/) that include the iRobots,
batteries, chargers, docks, command
modules, virtual walls, BAMs, gumstix,
wifistix, robostix and serial interface connector. This system is used to test cooperative coverage control algorithms developed
by Prof. Hussein’s research group.
The CaN-MuVe laboratory also has the
following general purpose items: ATX
power supply, a Quanser Q4 hardware in
the loop board and a WinCon 5.0 realtime rapid control prototyping software.
Design Studio
The Higgins Design Studio (HL 234) and
the Computer Classroom (HL 230) are
both part of the Keck Design Center on
the second floor of Higgins Laboratories.
Lecture/ laboratories in a variety of mechanical design and manufacturing courses
are conducted in these labs. The labs are
also available to students for generalpurpose computational work on projects
and coursework when not being used for
instruction.
The 1600 sq. ft. Higgins Design Studio
contains nineteen (19) high-end Linux
workstations (Dell Precision, 2 Duo core
CPUs, 4GB RAM, 24” Monitor) running
software for mechanical design including
parametric solid modeling (Pro/Engineer,
Unigraphics, Ideas), structural, thermal,
fluid and dynamic analysis (ANSYS,
Abaqus, Nastran, Patran, Fluent, Comsol)
and general purpose applications (Tecplot, Mathematica, MatLab, Maple). The
Design Studio is connected to the campus
network to allow for design collaboration
through teleconferencing and exchange
of design models to design partners and
manufacturing facilities. Auxiliary equipment includes two laser printers and and 2
E-size color printer/plotter. In 2007-2008,
the Design Studio supported ES3323
Advanced CAD (80-90 students) and
ME3820 Computer-Aided Manufacturing
(50-60 students). In addition, approximately 50 MQP teams and many Masters
and PHD students utilized the lab. The
lab is also the primary location for the new
program in Scientific and Engineering
software Applications training program.
The 1440 sq. ft. Computer Classroom
contains forty (40) Windows XPDell Optiplex 745 workstations (Intel E6300 Dual
core CPU, 2GB of RAM, 20” monitor))
and two laser printers. In addition to all of
102 Mechanical Engineering
the software available on the WPI campus
network, locally installed software includes
Solidworks, AuotCAD, Matlab, Maple,
Mathcad, TK Solver, Thermal Analysis
software and VisualStudio .Net.
Discovery Classroom and Laboratory
The Discovery Classroom (HL 216) is an
educational facility unique to WPI. In this
1,000 plus sq. ft. facility a state-of-the-art
multimedia classroom is combined with an
adjoining experimental laboratory to create an environment which emphasizes an
integrated approach to engineering education. Classroom exercises, which combine
analytical, computational, and experimental approaches in solving engineering
problems, are made possible through this
facility. For example, experiments can be
set-up in a small portable wind tunnel in
the Discovery Classroom Laboratory. The
wind tunnel is then easily moved into the
multi-media classroom for direct use in
engineering lectures. Quantitative data
from the wind tunnel experiments are immediately compared in-class to predictions
from aerodynamic-based software, and
to concurrently developed theory from
lectures. The wind tunnel can then moved
back into the Discovery Classroom Laboratory for follow-up, hands-on laboratory
exercises by the students. Other fluid
dynamic and heat transfer apparatus such
as a hydrodynamic bench, a laminar flow
table, and heat transfer experiments (radial
and axial conduction, forced convection,
tube-in-tube heat exchangers, and radiation apparatus) are also housed in the laboratory, and used in a similar manner. The
American Society of Engineers (ASME)
has awarded WPI a national Curriculum
Innovation Award – Honorable Mention
in 2001 for this approach.
Fluid and Plasmadynamics Laboratory
The FPL is located in HL314 and covers
500 sq. ft. It consists of several vacuum
chambers and specialized test facilities for
the investigation of onboard propulsion,
electrospray sources (for both propulsion
and nano-fabrication applications), plume/
spacecraft interactions and microfluidics research. The laboratory includes an
18-inch diameter, 30-inch tall stainless
steel vacuum chamber equipped with a
6-inch diffusion pump backed by a 17 cfm
mechanical pump. The system is capable
of an ultimate pressure in the low 10-6
Torr range. This chamber is used primarily
for study of electrospray sources.
For microfluidics research, FPL includes
a calibrated flow system for delivery of
liquid flowrates in the range of 75 – 250
micrograms/sec for studies of two phase
flows in microchannels. Imaging of
these flows is accomplished with a highresolution monochrome progressive scan
Pulnix-1325 camera with computer based
image-capture and processing software.
FPL includes a variety of tools and specialized instrumentation including oscilloscopes, precision source meter, electrometer and digital multimeters. Data from
these instruments is collected and stored
on computer using a LabView based data
acquisition system.
Fluid Dynamics Laboratory
This 400 sq. ft. laboratory is housed in
HL 311. It is used for graduate research
and educational activities in fluid dynamics. It houses a low speed, low turbulence
wind tunnel facility with a one-foot square
test section which is used for experiments
on low Reynolds number aerodynamics
related to biologically inspired flight, and
fluid-structure interaction. These systems
are of practical importance in many aeroand hydrodynamic systems, such as mciroair vehicles and flow-induced vibration of
flexible cables Standard equipment such as
vibration shakers, hot-wire anemometry
systems, spectral analyzers, digital oscilloscopes and data acquisition systems are
also used in the laboratory.
Heat Treating and Furnace Laboratory
This laboratory (WB 345) is equipped
with a variety of furnaces for the heat
treatment of metals and ceramics. In addition, the CHTE quenching laboratory is
housed in this space and is equipped with
a variety of fully instrumented quench
probes and data acquisition systems.
Intelligent Systems, Structures and
Machines Laboratory
The ISSM is a 400 sq. ft. facility housed in
HL312, has state-of-the art data acquisition and control capabilities for experimental verification of control algorithms as
applied to autonomous systems, intelligent
machines and smart structures . Applications include structural, structural-acoustic, fluid-structure, thermal, thermoacoustic and mechatronics systems as applied in
aerospace, mechanical, chemical and civil
engineering.
Equipment include a dSPACE® ACE1103 kit with DS1103 PPC Controller
Board (8 analog outputs, 20 analog inputs,
6 encoder inputs), a dSPACE® ACE kit
1102 and two QUANSER® Hardwarein-The-loop Board with WinCon 4.1
Real-Time Control Software along with
their dedicated PCs. To validate real-time
vibration control experiments the ISSM
lab has a TMC® active vibration isolation
table (TMC® model 63-563), four singlechannel ACX®-EL1224 high voltage/low
amps power amplifiers, one double-channel Krohn-hite® (model 7602M) power
amplifier, one six-channel rack mounted
PCB® (model 790A06) power amplifier
for piezoceramic patch actuation and
an HP dynamic signal analyzer (model
35665A). Five BK precision® (model
1761) power supplies and a Kepco® power
supply (model ATE 55-10DM) are available to provide a range of power supply requirements, and five BK precision® (model
5492) digital multimeters are available for
testing of electronic components.
Acceleration, velocity and strain measurements, are made possible via accelerometers. ISSM has five miniature (0.5g)
ceramic shear ICP accelerometers (PCB®
model U352C22), a four-channel PCB®
signal conditioner (model 442C04) with
gain 1x, 10x, 100x, and one PCB® dualmode vibration amplifier (velocity or
position) single channel (model 443B01).
A PCB® ICP microphone is also available
for pressure measurements.
For calibration and signal conditioning,
ISSM has a Krohn-hite® Low-Pass/HighPass Butterworth/Bessel 4-Channel Filter
(model 3364), a PCB® handheld shaker
for accelerometer calibration, a 4-channel
PCB® line-powered sensor signal conditioner with gain 1x,10x and 100x, one
PCB® modally tuned Impact Hammer kit
for vibration testing, and one dual-mode
PCB® vibration amplifier (velocity or position) single-channel (model 443B101). In
addition, ISSM has an Agilent® 20Mhz
Function/Arbitrary waveform generator
(model 33220A) and dedicated workstations for control design and implementation accessing Matlab®’s Real-Time
Workshop, Optimization, Linear Matrix
Inequalities and Robust Control toolboxes.
In addition, the ISSM lab has seven
iRobot® Create programmable robots
equipped each with a bluetooth adapter
module (BAM) for complete wireless
control and their own advanced power
system batteries. A bluetooth USB radio
provide remote communication with the
iRobot® Create programmable robot and
the BAM. This wireless mobile sensor
network is used for verification of moving source detection schemes as applied to
biochemical source detection and containment, and intrusion detection in enclosed
spaces. Added to these mobile robots, is
an autonomous battery-powered helicopter equipped with its own IMU unit and
has the ability to communicate with the
iRobot® mobile sensor network in order to
create a heterogeneous sensor network.
Mechanical Aerospace Engineering
Controls Laboratory
The MAEC lab is located in an 880 sq. ft.
facility in HL 248 and serves the experimental component of the controls and
advanced dynamics courses. It has four stations each equipped with a dSPACE ACE
1104 kit with DS1104 R&D Controller
Board, an Instek® function generator
(model CFG-8219A), a Comdyna (GP-6)
analog computer and a Tektronix (model
TDS2012) digital storage oscilloscope.
Mechanical Energy and
Power Systems Laboratory
The Mechanical Energy and Power
Systems Laboratory (HL 124) provides
700 sq. ft. of modern laboratory space for
research towards improving the efficiency
of energy generation, transfer, and storage.
The laboratory is equipped with data
acquisition equipment, a hydraulic test
stand, prototyping parts and equipment,
mechanical and electrical tools, power
supplies, sensors, and meters. The facility
is equipped with a fume hood, compressed
air, vacuum, water, and 220 VAC power.
Mechanical Testing Laboratory
The 1,497 sq. ft. Mechanical Testing
Laboratory (WB 113) has three stateof-the art Instron materials test systems.
They are Instron 8502, Instron 8511, and
Instron 5500 with an Instron environmental chamber. The three systems can be used
to evaluate the mechanical properties and
performance of metals, plastics, composites, textiles, ceramics, rubber, biomedical,
and adhesives.
The two 8500 series servo-hydraulic
testing systems are designed for use in
dynamic/fatigue testing of a wide range
of materials and components. They can
apply loads to the specimen in the range of
up to +/- 250 kN. Test specimens can be
cycled from very low rates to frequencies
as high as 200 Hz or more. Displacement
amplitudes range from a few micro-meters
to over 250 mm. Specifically, the FastTrackTM 8800™ Digital Controller with
multi-axis fatigue testing capabilities and
high performance HS488 GPIB interface,
offers an expandable architecture ideal
for the most demanding applications.
Additionally, high speed, digital electronics provide the tight, continuously
self-correcting action required to assure the
controlled parameter conforms precisely to
the desired test program.
The Instron 5500 testing system provides
comprehensive, versatile solutions for
the broadest range of materials testing
requirements. It features advanced digital
electronics, combined with robust load
frames and drive systems, to provide high
accuracy and reliable performance. The
system utilizes important safety features
and innovative test and control software to
make even the most complex testing applications easy to set up and operate.
The Instron environmental chamber
provides advanced high/low temperature
and environmental systems. It features
special window design to ensure optimal
performance from Instron’s optical extensometers, and covers a temperature range
from -150 to 600°C (-240 to 1110°F). It
is designed for use in both static and dynamic testing of a wide range of materials
and components including plastics, metals,
elastomers, paper, textiles and composites.
MEMS Fabrication Laboratory
The MEMS Fabrication Laboratory is
located on the ground floor in the Higgins
Laboratory.
This state-of-the-art process facility has
been developed as a center of excellence in
device technologies for silicon and various
compound semiconductor materials. The
facility will cover education and research in
areas of microelectronics, optoelectronics,
integrated sensors, and MEMS technology
based devices.
The MEMS Fabrication Laboratory is a
Class 100 facility with approximately 500
square feet of floor space, including the
gowning area. It is equipped with instrumentations to support photolithography,
Mechanical Engineering 103
thermal deposition and oxidation, wet
chemistry, metrology, and wafer bonding.
The MEMS Fabrication Laboratory has,
in place, protocols for handling a broad
range of chemicals and gases.
A separate, but contiguous, research
laboratory has characterization facilities
that include microscopy, profilometry,
and optoelectronic holography (OEH).
Further characterization facilities are available through the laboratories using SEM,
AFM, and X-Ray Diffraction that provide
necessary metrology capabilities for the
devices that are fabricated.
The MEMS Fabrication Laboratory is
one of the most secure laboratories on
campus and has the capability to serve a
diverse community of users and research
disciplines.
Microflow Laboratory
This 400 sq. ft. laboratory is housed in
HL311. It consists of a vacuum chamber
and specialized equipment for the investigation of gaseous and plasma microflows, with application to microsensors,
microdevices, and micropropulsion. The
laboratory includes an 18-inch diameter,
30-inch tall stainless steel vacuum chamber. The MFL includes a variety of tools
and specialized instrumentation including oscilloscopes, precision source meter,
electrometer and digital multimeters.
Nanofabrication and
Nanomanufacturing Laboratory
This new laboratory located in the Washburn Shops (WB337) is equipped with
facilities for advanced research in the areas
of bottom-up nanofabrication through
uniform self-assembly, nano-bioscience,
and characterization of nanomaterials and
biomaterials.
The 558 sq. ft. laboratory is furnished
with the following equipment: Anodization, electrodeposition, electroless
deposition workstations, a chemical vapor
deposition system, Fisher Scientific Isotemp tissue culture incubator, UV-visible
spectrophotometer, BAS electrochemical
workstation, Millipore filtration system,
Standard equipment to synthesize and
process nanomaterials and biomaterials
such as a chemical fume hood, a water purification system, an analytical balance, a
micro centrifuge, low temperature storage,
water baths, stirring hotplates, a pH meter,
a ultrasonic cleaner, and a programmable
heavy duty muffle furnace.
104 Mechanical Engineering
The research carried out in the laboratory
includes; Fabrication of highly-ordered
nanomaterials, such as metal nanowires,
metal and ceramic nanodots, carbon nanotubes, protein nanotubes, and organicceramic nanocomposites; Investigation of
the cell-nanostructured substrata interactions to understand how nanostructured
extracellular matrix molecules regulate cell
growth and differentiation; Study of the
mechanical, thermal, electrical and optical
properties of uniform and complex nanomaterials for novel applications.
Optical and Electron Metallography
Laboratories
The Materials Characterization Laboratory (MCL) includes 327 sq. ft. housed in
HL047 offers a range of analytical techniques in the area of electron microscopy
(JEOL 7000F LV and JEOL 840 scanning
electron microscopes, and JEOL 100 CXII
transmission electron microscope), x-ray
diffraction (GE-XRD-5 diffractometer),
and optical microscopy (conventional and
inverted), physical property determination
(hardness and micro indentation hardness), and materials processing (specimen
preparation, heat treatment, metal evaporation and sputtering).
The JEOL-7000F thermal field-emission
gun SEM (HL047) has a unique in-thelens TFEG design, enabling high probe
current at lower voltage in a small spot
size. It is equipped with an Oxford Energy
250 Energy Dispersive X-ray Microanalysis System with Analytical Drift Detector.
The high probe current and the high x-ray
detection efficiency of the Analytical Drift
Detector make the routine analytical work
much faster. The JEOL-840 (WB245) is
a general purpose high-performance, low
cost scanning electron microscope with
excellent Secondary Electron Imaging and
Backscattered Electron Imaging resolution. The specimen chamber can accommodate a specimen of up to 100 mm in
diameter. The 840 SEM is equipped with
Kevex energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy
system, making it suitable for microstructural and chemical analysis of advanced
materials.
The JEOL-100CXII (WB248) is a conventional TEM, optimized for diffraction
contrast imaging and electron diffraction studies. It operates at energy up to
100kV. A double tilt holder is available
with +-60 degrees of X tilt and +-36 degrees of Y tilt. The TEM is used for micro-
structural and crystallographic studies of a
wide variety of materials including metal
alloys, polymers, nanostructured materials,
and biomaterials.
The GE-XRD-5 diffractometer (WB231)
is a polycrystalline diffraction system,
which can be used for crystal structure determination, precise lattice parameter measurements, phase diagram determination,
determination of crystalline size and strain,
quantitative analysis of powder mixtures,
and residual stress analysis. A variety of
software, including background modeling,
peak searching, curve fitting et al and x-ray
tube targets are available to provide a wide
x-ray analysis capability.
A suite of optical microscopes (WB245,
342) are available for microstructural
characterization needs, which include one
Nikon EPIPHOT inverted microscope
with a Nikon Digital Sight DS-U1 digital
image collecting system, two aus JENA
inverted microscopes, three Nikon conventional optical microscopes, one Leitz
Metallux II conventical microscope, and
one Unitron ME-1510 microscope.
Three Rockwell hardness testers, one
Shimadzu HMV-2000 digital microindentation hardness tester, and a Buehler
MMT-3 digital microindentation hardness
tester (WB342) are available for hardness
evaulaton of materials from soft Al alloys
to hard steel and ceramics.
A full set of specimen preparation tools
are available. These include cutting,
slicing, mounting, grinding and polishing. The available machines including
one Buehler 12”-wheel cut-off machine,
two Mark V CS600 cutters(WB253),
two Buehler Isomet 11-1180 low speed
saw(WB341), two Buehler Simplimet II
mounting presses(WB253), one Buehler
EcometIV automatic grinder-polisher,
two Buehler Metaserv 2000 grinderpolishers, three Ecomet 5 two-speed
grinder-polishers, 3 Century E-plus
grinder-polisher, three Buehler Vibromet
I polishers, and one Buehler Electromet 4
polisher-etcher(WB341).
Polymer Engineering Laboratory
The equipment include Perkin Elmer
Thermal Analysis systems Model DSC4,
DSC7, DTA1400, and TGA7; single
screw tabletop extruder, injection molding
facilities, polymer synthesis apparatuses,
oil bath furnaces, heat treating ovens, and
foam processing and testing devices.
Robotics Laboratory
The Robotics Laboratory, a 1,915 sq.
ft. facility, is located on the first floor
of the Washburn Building (WB107). It
is equipped with a variety of industrial
robots, machine tools and other equipment. The industrial robots, for which the
Robotics Laboratory is named, are run
primarily during the laboratory sessions
of the Industrial Robotics course and
graduate researchers. In addition to a small
manual milling area, the two largest CNC
milling machines in the Haas Technical
Center are housed in the Robotics Laboratory. Students working in groups and
under the supervision of the lab manager regularly perform complex project
machine work using both the manual and
CNC machine tools.
Industrial Robots: The robots in the laboratory include: two Fanuc A510b SCARA
robots with RH controls, two Adept One
SCARA robots with VALII controls, one
Puma 761 Clean Room edition six axis
jointed robot with a Unimate controller,
and one Asea IRB60.
Surface Metrology Laboratory
This laboratory is located in WB243 and
covers 153 sq. ft. The lab is dedicated
to advancing the understanding of the
formation, behavior, measurement and
analysis of surface roughness. The lab has
pioneered technological development and
industrial applications of scale-sensitive
fractal analyses, a method invented and
patented by Prof. Brown and co-workers. The lab has studied a broad range of
surfaces including hard drives, cutting
tools, skin, teeth, food, rocks, skis, pills,
pavements, tires, bullets, and industrial
diamonds. The lab has developed advanced techniques for differentiating
surfaces based on texture measurements
and for finding the scales at which the differentiation can be made.
Graduate and students typically work
together on a variety of projects. Recent
projects include characterizing scratches on
teeth supported by the NSF, surface of pill
compacts supported by Pfizer, fractography of chocolate, and the structure of
ground ski bases. Current projects include
the measurement of paper, granite, skin,
teeth, works of art, and grinding wheels,
and the determination of uncertainty, and
noise control and management in surface
measurements.
Vacuum Test Facility (VTF)
Also located in the Aerospace Laboratory is the Vacuum Test Facility (VTF).
The VTF is designed to support ongoing
research and educational activities requiring a controlled vacuum environment.
The cornerstone of this facility is a 50 in
diameter, 72 in long stainless steel vacuum
chamber which will enable the creation
of a vacuum environment for use in the
characterization of electric and chemical
thruster performance, investigation of
neutral and ionized gas plume expansion
in a vacuum, and testing of avionics for
nanosatellites designed to operate in a
vacuum environment.
The pumping system for the VTF includes
a rotary mechanical pump, positive
displacement blower combination capable
of providing substantial pumping speed
(>560 liters/sec ) at low vacuum (10-2
- 10-3 Torr). This pump pair can be used
for tests requiring relatively high mass flow
rates, such as plume measurements on micro-chemical thrusters. For tests of electric
thrusters where lower pressures (higher
vacuum) are required, the mechanical
pump would be used initially to pump
the system down to the milli-Torr pressure
range. Pumping would then transition to
a 20” cryopump which can provide up to
10,000 liters/s (on N2) at pressures less
than 10-6 Torr.
Faculty
Gretar Tryggvason, Professor, Department
Head; Ph.D., Brown University, 1985;
Numerical modeling of multiphase flows
Diran Apelian, Howmet Professor,
Director of the Metals Processing
Institute; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, 1971; Solidification
processing, spray casting, molten metal
processing, aluminum foundry processing,
plasma processing and knowledge
engineering in materials processing
Holly K. Ault, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1988;
Geometric modeling, mechanical design,
CAD, kinematics, biomechanics and rehabilitation engineering
Daniel Backman, Research Professor,
Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1975; Materials modeling, solidification, and aerospace materials and processes
Isa Bar-On, Professor; Ph.D., Hebrew
University of Jerusalem, 1984; Clean
energy, economic impact of alternative
energy systems, fuel cell technology, cost
modeling, fatigue and fracture of ceramics,
metals and composites
John J. Blandino, Associate Professor;
Ph.D. California Institute of Technology,
2001; Fluid mechanics and heat transfer in
microdevices, plasma diagnostics, electric
and chemical propulsion, propulsion system design for precision formation flying
Christopher A. Brown, Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Vermont, 1983; Surface
metrology, machining, fractal analysis,
mechanics of skiing, tribology, axiomatic
design, materials science, computational
modeling in surface metrology
Eben C. Cobb, Visiting Assistant
Professor; Ph.D., University of
Connecticut, 1985; Computer aided
design and kinematics, design of highspeed precision equipment, dynamics of
high-speed rotating equipment, smart
structures, vibration control
Michael A. Demetriou, Associate
Professor, Ph.D., University of Southern
California, 1993; Control of intelligent
systems, control of fluid-structure interaction systems, fault detection and accommodation of dynamical systems, acoustic
and vibration control, smart materials and
structures, sensor and actuator networks in
distributed processes, control of mechanical systems
Chrysanthe Demetry, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1993; Pedagogical research, materials science and engineering education,
educational technology, outcomes of K-12
outreach, nanocrystalline materials
Mikhail F. Dimentberg, Professor; Ph.D.,
Moscow Institute of Power Engineering,
1963; Applied mechanics, random vibrations, nonlinear dynamics, rotordynamics,
mechanical signature analysis, stochastic
mechanics.
Gregory Fischer, Assistant Professor,
Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 2008;
Medical robotics, computer assisted
surgery, robot control, automation, sensors
and actuators
Mechanical Engineering 105
Mustapha S. Fofana, Associate Professor,
Ph.D., University of Waterloo, Waterloo,
Canada, 1993; Delay dynamical systems,
nonlinear machine-tool chatter, stochastic
nonlinear dynamics, reliability dynamics
and control of medical ambulance, design
and manufacturing of combat feeding
systems, CNC machining dynamics and
control, and sustainable lean manufacturing systems.
Cosme Furlong, Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., WPI, 1999; MEMS and MOEMS,
nanotechnology, mechatronics, laser applications, holography, computer modeling
of dynamic systems
Nikolaos A. Gatsonis, George I. Alden
Professor, Director, Aerospace Engineering Program, Associate Department Head;
Ph.D, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1991; Development of numerical
simulation methods and modeling of
nonequilibrium, multi-component, multiscale, gaseous and plasma flows; continuum/atomistic simulation of macro-, microand nano-scale fluid transport processes,
development of plasma diagnostics and
microfluidic devices, spacecraft propulsion
and micro-propulsion; spacecraft/environment interactions
John (Jack) R. Hall, Adjunct Professor;
Ph.D., University of Florida, 1962;
Dynamic signal analysis, vibration analysis,
engineering instrumentation
Allen H. Hoffman, Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Colorado, 1970; Biomechanics, biomaterials, biomedical engineering,
rehabilitation engineering, biofluids and
continuum mechanics
Zhikun Hou, Professor; Ph.D., California
Institute of Technology, 1990; Vibration
and control, structural dynamics, structural health monitoring, smart materials and
adaptive structures, stochastic mechanics,
solid mechanics, finite elements, earthquake engineering
Islam I. Hussein, Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., University of Michigan, 2005;
Cooperative control of intelligent multiple
vehicle sensor network systems, geometric mechanics and control, and optimal
control theory
Robert N. Katz, Research Professor;
Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1969; Materials science, ceramics, metal matrix composites, technology
assessment, design with brittle materials,
materials processing
106 Mechanical Engineering
Diana Lados, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 2004;
Design and optimization of materials for
fatigue, fatigue crack growth, and fracture
resistance, fracture mechanics, residual
stress, plasticity, solidification
Jianyu Liang, Assistant Professor, Ph.D.
(Electrical Engineering), Brown University
2004; Nonfabrication through nonlithographic approaches; heteroepitaxial
growth of high quality quantum dots and
semiconductor thin films on nanopatterned substrates for electronic, optic, and
biomedical applications
Jiacai Lu, Research Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., Xi’an Jiaotong University, Xi’an,
P.R. China, 1999; Numerical modeling of
multiphase flows
Makhlouf M. Makhlouf, Professor;
Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute,
1990; Solidification of metals, heat, mass
and momentum transfer in engineering
materials problems, processing of ceramics
materials
Mohammed Maniruzzaman, Research
Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 2000; Materials processing, mathematical modeling in materials
processing, mechanical and microstructural characterization of materials
Robert L. Norton, Milton Prince Higgins
II; M.S., Tufts University, 1970; Mechanical design and analysis, dynamic signal
analysis, computer- aided engineering,
computer-aided design, finite element
method, vibration analysis, engineering
design, biomedical engineering
David J. Olinger, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., Yale University, 1990; Fluid
mechanics, aero- and hydrodynamics, fluid
structure interaction, fluid flow control,
renewable energy
Ryszard J. Pryputniewicz, K. G. Merriman Professor; Ph.D., University of Connecticut, 1976; MEMS and nanotechnology, laser applications, holography, fiber
optics, computer modeling of dynamic
systems, bioengineering
Mark W. Richman, Associate Professor, Graduate Committee Chair; Ph.D.,
Cornell University, 1984; Mechanics of
granular flows, powder compaction, powder metallurgy
Yiming (Kevin) Rong, John Woodman
Higgins Professor and Associate Director
Manufacturing & Materials Engineering;
Ph.D., University of Kentucky, 1989;
Manufacturing systems and processes, heat
treatment process modeling and simulation, CAD/CAM, computer-aided fixture
design and verification
Brian J. Savilonis, Professor; Ph.D., State
University of New York at Buffalo, 1976;
Thermofluids, biofluids and biomechanics,
energy, fire modeling
Satya S. Shivkumar, Professor; Ph.D.,
Stevens Institute of Technology 1987;
Plastics, materials science and engineering,
biomaterials, food engineering
Richard D. Sisson, Jr., George F. Fuller
Professor; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1975;
Materials process modeling and control,
manufacturing engineering, corrosion, environmental effects on metals and ceramics
John M. Sullivan, Jr., Professor; D.E.,
Dartmouth College, 1986; Development
of graphics tools and mesh generation,
numerical analysis of partial differential
equations, medical image visualization and
analysis software development
James D. Van de Ven, Assistant Professor;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 2006;
Applying machine design to the areas of
efficient energy conversion and storage,
automotive engineering and fluid power
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
Fluids Engineering
ME 511. Incompressible Fluid Dynamics
An introduction to graduate level fluid dynamics including dimensional analysis, Eulerian and
Lagrangian descriptions, flowlines, conservation equations, governing equations of viscous
fluid motion, exact solutions of Navier-Stokes
and Euler equations, unsteady flows, laminar
boundary layer theory, turbulence, separation,
Stokes flow, vorticity dynamics, potential flow
and surface flows. (Prerequisites: Fundamentals of
thermo-dynamics and mechanics, knowledge of
advanced mathematics, undergraduate courses in
fluid mechanics.)
ME 512. Gas Dynamics and
Real Gas Effects
Kinetic theory of gases including equilibrium
and nonequilibrium gas properties, macroscopic
equations, binary and inelastic collisions, chemical
reactions. Equilibrium flows including steady and
unsteady shock waves, nozzle flow, Prandtl-Meyer
flow, theory of characteristics, effects of head addition and friction, linearized compressible flow and
acoustics. Compressible flows with vibrational,
chemical or translational nonequilibrium including variable transport properties, nozzle flow and
shock waves. (Prerequisites: Background in fluid
dynamics (incompressible and compressible),
thermodynamics, and basic undergraduate physics
and chemistry.)
ME 513. Thermodynamics
Review of the zeroth, first and second laws of
thermodynamics and systems control volume.
Applications of the laws to heat engines and their
implications regarding the properties of materials.
Equations of state and introduction to chemical
thermodynamics.
ME 515. Computational Methods for PDEs
in Engineering Science
This course is devoted to the numerical solution
of partial differential equations encountered in
engineering sciences. Finite difference and finite
element methods are introduced and developed in
a logical progression of complexity. These numerical strategies are used to solve actual problems in
heat flow, diffusion, wave propagation, vibrations,
fluid mechanics, hydrology and solid mechanics. Weekly computer exercises are required to
illustrate the concepts discussed in class.
ME 516. Heat Transfer
Review of governing differential equations and
boundary conditions for heat transfer analysis.
Multidimensional and unsteady conduction, including effects of variable material properties. Analytical and numerical solution methods. Forced
and free convection with laminar and turbulent
flow in internal and external flows. Characteristics
of radiant energy spectra and radiative properties
of surfaces. Radiative heat transfer in absorbing
and emitting media. Systems with combined
conduction, convection and radiation. Condensation, evaporation, and boiling phenomena.
(Prerequisite: Background in thermodynamics,
fluid dynamics, ordinary and partial differential
equations, and basic undergraduate physics.)
ME 611. Turbulence
Material to be covered: introduction and motivation, statistical techniques for analysis, mean flow
dynamics (Reynolds decomposition), Kolmogorov’s theory, instrumentation, classical turbulent
flows—shear layers, jets, wakes, boundary layers—and pipe flow. (Prerequisites: Fundamentals
of mechanics and thermodynamics, graduate
level course in fluid mechanics and knowledge of
advanced mathematics.)
ME 612. Computational Fluid Dynamics
Computational methods for incompressible and
compressible viscous flows. Navier Stokes equations in general coordinates and grid generation
techniques. Finite volume techniques including
discretization, stability analysis, artificial viscosity,
explicit and implicit methods, flux-vector splitting, TVD schemes and multigrid methods. Finite
elements. Concepts of vectorization and parallel
computing. Applications are drawn from internal,
external flows, materials processing. (Prerequisite: Fluid dynamics and introductory course in
numerical methods.)
Dynamics and Controls
ME 522. Mechanical Vibrations
Vibration analysis for both discrete and continuous linear systems. Start with an enhanced review
of the fundamentals of single-degree-of-freedom
vibration analysis. Both Newton-D’Alembert’s
vectorial approach and Lagrangian equations are
discussed. General properties of related stiffness, mass and damping matrices are addressed.
Modal analysis for linear systems is emphasized.
Computational methods in vibration analysis are
introduced. Applications include vehicles traveling
on a rough surface, multistory buildings subjected
to seismic and wind loading, and vibration analysis of bars, beams and plates.
ME 523. Applied Linear Control
Modeling of complex systems used in various areas
of engineering. Analytical description of dynamic
physical systems, time and frequency domain
representations. System characteristics such as
controllability, observability and stability. Design
of feedback controllers using state-space methods
including pole placement and optimal control.
State observers and introduction to Kalman filters.
Performance limitation of control systems and
trade-offs in control design. Design of control
synthesis is performed using Matlab/Simulink.
Term projects focus on design, analysis and
implementation of current engineering control
problems. (Prerequisites: Differential equation and
fundamentals of linear algebra.)
ME 527. Dynamics
ME 622. Advanced Dynamics
and Vibrations
The course presents advanced topics in dynamics
and vibrations of machines and structures. Depending of the instructor, the course will include
a selection of the following topics: extended
discussion of vibration analysis of linear systems
with distributed parameters, an introduction to
vibration of nonlinear systems, numerical methods
for vibration analysis, random vibrations, stability
of dynamic systems, flow induced vibrations and
rotordynamics.
ME 623. Applied Nonlinear Control
Introduction to the analysis and design of nonlinear control systems. Stability analysis using
Lyapunov, input-output and asymptotic methods.
Design of stabilizing controllers using a variety of
methods: linearization, absolute stability, sliding
modes, adaptive, and feedback linearization.
Applications include control design for robot
systems (position and trajectory control), flexible
structures (vibration control), spacecraft attitude
control, manufacturing systems. Case studies for
systems with smart actuators/sensors (Piezo, SMA,
Magnetrostrictive), deadzones and hysteresis, etc.
Design of control synthesis is performed using
Matlab/Simulink. Term projects will focus on
design, analysis and implementation of current
engineering control problems. (Prerequisites:
Differential equations and fundamentals of linear
algebra.)
Structures and Materials
Basic concepts and general principles of classical
kinematics and dynamics of particles, system of
particles, and rigid and deformable bodies are
presented. Particle motion along arbitrary trajectories is discussed in general coordinate systems.
The governing equations of motion are derived
by both Newton-D’Alembert’s vectorial approach
and Lagrange-Hamilton’s variational approach.
Applications include central-force orbital motion,
binary collisions, motion in noninertial reference
frames, rigid body motion, vibration of continuous systems and dynamic stability.
ME 531. Applied Elasticity
ME 621. Dynamics and Signal Analysis
This course provides a comprehensive review of
the fundamental principles of materials science
and engineering. The classical interplay among
structure-processing-properties-performance in
materials including plastics, metals, ceramics,
glasses and composites will be emphasized. The
structure in materials ranging from the subatomic
to the macroscopic, including nano-, micro- and
macromolecular structures, will be discussed to
highlight bonding mechanisms, crystallinity and
defect patterns. Representative thermodynamic
and kinetic aspects such as diffusion, phase diagrams, nucleation and growth, and TTT diagrams
will be discussed. Basics of elasticity, plastic deformation and viscoelasticity will be highlighted.
Salient aspects pertaining to the corrosion and
environmental degradation of materials will be
discussed. This course will provide the background for students in any engineering or science
major for future course and research work in materials. (Prerequisites: senior or graduate standing
in engineering or science.) Offered each year.
A laboratory-based course which applies Fourier
and cepstral signal analysis techniques to mechanical engineering problems. The theory and
application of the Fourier series, Fast Fourier
Transform (FFT) and the cepstrum to the analysis
of mechanical and acoustical systems is presented.
Digital sampling theory, windowing, aliasing,
filtering, noise averaging and deconvolution are
discussed. Limitations of and errors in implementation of these techniques are demonstrated.
Students will perform weekly experiments in the
Structural Dynamics and Vibration Laboratory,
which reinforce the theories presented in lectures.
Application will include structures, acoustics,
rotating machinery and cams.
This course is intended for students with undergraduate backgrounds in mechanics of materials.
It includes two- and three-dimensional states of
stress, linear and nonlinear measures of strain, and
generalized Hooke’s Law. Also covered are exact
solutions for bending and torsion: thick-walled
pressure vessels, rotating disks, stress functions for
two- and three-dimensional problems and bending and torsion of unsymmetric beams.
ME 5310/MTE 510. Principles of Materials
Science and Engineering
Mechanical Engineering 107
ME 5325/MTE 525. Advanced
Thermodynamics
ME 5329/CE 529. Impact Finite
Element Analysis
ME 5360/MTE 560. Materials
Performance and Reliability
Thermodynamics of solutions—phase equilibria— Ellingham diagrams, binary and ternary
phase diagrams, reactions between gasses and
condensed phases, reactions within condensed
phases, thermodynamics of surfaces, defects and
electrochemistry. Applications to chemical thermodynamics as well as heat engines. (Prerequisites:
ES 3001, ME 4850 or equivalent.) Offered each
year.
Modern practical contact/impact problems like
the design of automobiles, aircraft, ships packaging, etc. depend on the use of nonlinear dynamic
large-deformation high-strain rate explicit finite
element computer programs. The purpose of this
course is to provide the student with background
sufficent for them to understand the workings of
such programs and the ability to use such program
to build models and perform analyses of contact/impact problems. Topics will include explicit
time integration, penalty and constraint contact
methods, under-integrated elment forumulations,
hourglass control, developing finite element models and performing and interpreting finite element
analysis results.
The failure and wear-out mechanisms for a variety
of materials (metals, ceramics, polymers, composites and microelectronics) and applications will be
presented and discussed. Multi-axial failure theories will be discussed. A series of case studies will
be used to illustrate the basic failure mechanisms
of plastic deformation, creep, fracture, fatigue,
wear and corrosion. The methodology and techniques for reliability analysis will also be presented
and discussed. A materials systems approach will
be used. (Prerequisites: ES 2502 and ME 3023
or equivalent, and senior or graduate standing in
engineering or science.) Offered each year.
ME 533/CE 524. Finite Element Method
and Applications
This course serves as an introduction to the basic
theory of the finite element method. Topics
covered include matrix structural analysis variation
form of differential equations, Ritz and weighted
residual approximations, and development of
the discretized domain solution. Techniques are
developed in detail for the one- and two-dimensional equilibrium problem. Examples focus on
elasticity and heat flow with reference to broader
applications. Students are supplied microcomputer programs and gain experience in solving real
problems. (Prerequisites: Elementary differential
equations, solid mechanics and heat flow.)
ME 534. Laser Engineering Science
and Applications
In this course, a unified account of the present-day
knowledge of lasers and their applications in varied professional and industrial fields will be given
through a series of in-class lectures and laboratory
demonstration. Special attention will be given to
factors that must be evaluated when a laser system
is being devised for a specific application. Course
coverage will include types of lasers and their characteristics, shaping of laser beams, measurement
of laser beam parameters, transmission of laser
beams, interaction of laser beams with materials,
mathematical modeling of laser processes, laser
processing of materials, fiber-optic applications of
lasers, laser metrology and related topics.
ME 5327/CE 527. Impact Strength
of Materials
This course provides the student with a basic
understanding of the mechanics of impact and
contact as well as the behavior of materials
subjected to dynamic loadings. Topics will include
elastic and plastic stress waves in rods; longitudinal, torsional and flexure waves; shock waves;
impulsively loaded beams and plates; impact of
rough bodies in three dimensions, impact of bodies with compliance, impact of slender deformable
rods, continuum modeling of contact regions and
progressive collapse of structures.
108 Mechanical Engineering
ME 5330/MTE 530. Crystallography,
Diffraction and Microscopy of Materials
The fundamentals of crystallography and X-ray
diffraction of metals, ceramics and polymers will
be presented and discussed. The techniques for
the experimental determination of phase fraction
and phase identification via X-ray diffraction will
be highlighted. The theory and practice of optical
and electron microscopy will also be included.
Both scanning and transmission electron microscopy will be theoretically and experimentally
investigated. (Prerequisites: ES 200 or equivalent,
and senior or graduate standing in engineering or
science.) Offered each year.
ME 5340/MTE 540. Analytical Methods in
Materials Engineering
Heat transfer and diffusion kinetics are applied to
the solution of materials engineering problems.
Mathematical and numerical methods for the
solutions to Fourier’s and Pick’s laws for a variety
of boundary conditions will be presented and discussed. The primary emphasis is given heat treatment and surface modification processes. Topics
to be covered include solutionizing, quenching,
and carburization heat treatment. (Prerequisites:
ME 4840 or MTE 510 or equivalent.) Offered
each year..
ME 5350/MTE 550. Phase
Transformations in Materials
This course is intended to provide a fundamental
understanding of thermodynamic and kinetic
principles associated with phase transformations.
The mechanisms of phase transformations will be
discussed in terms of driving forces to establish a
theoretical background for various physical phenomena. The principles of nucleation and growth
and spinodal transformations will be described.
The theoretical analysis of diffusion controlled
and interface controlled growth will be presented
The basic concepts of martensitic transformations
will be highlighted. Specific examples will include
solidification, crystallization, precipitation,
sintering, phase separation and transformation
toughening. (Prerequisites: MTE 510, ME 4850
or equivalent.) Offered each year.
ME/MTE/MFE 5841. Surface Metrology
This course emphasizes research applications of
advanced surface metrology, including the measurement and analysis of surface roughness. Surface metrology can be important in a wide variety
of situations including adhesion, friction, catalysis,
heat transfer, mass transfer, scattering, biological
growth, wear and wetting. These situations impact
practically all the engineering disciplines and
sciences. The course begins by considering basic
principles and conventional analyses, and methods. Measurement and analysis methods are critically reviewed for utility. Students learn advanced
methods for differentiating surface textures that
are suspected of being different because of their
performance or manufacture. Students will also
learn methods for making correlations between
surface textures and behavioral and manufacturing
parameters. The results of applying these methods
can be used to support the design and manufacture of surface textures, and to address issues in
quality assurance. Examples of research from a
broad range of applications are presented, including, food science, pavements, friction, adhesion,
machining and grinding. Students do a major
project of their choosing, which can involve either
an in-depth literature review, or surface measurement and analysis. The facilities of WPI’s Surface
Metrology Laboratory are available for making
measurements for selected projects. Software for
advanced analysis methods is also available for use
in the course. No previous knowledge of surface
metrology is required. Students should have some
background in engineering, math or science.
ME 634. Holographic Numerical Analysis
Recent advances in holographic analysis of body
deformations are discussed. Included in the course
are topics covering sandwich holography, optoelectronic fringe interpolation technique, theory
of fringe localization, use of projection matrices
and the fringe tensor theory of holographic strain
analysis. The application of interactive computer
programs for holographic analysis of engineering
and biological systems will be outlined. Lectures
are supplemented by laboratory demonstrations
and experiments. (Prerequisites: Matrix algebra,
vector calculus and consent of instructor.)
Manufacturing and Design
ME 542/MFE 510. Control and Monitoring
of Manufacturing Processes
Covers a broad range of topics centered on control
and monitoring functions for manufacturing,
including process control, feedback systems, data
collection and analysis, scheduling, machine-computer interfacing, and distributed control. Typical
applications are considered with lab work.
ME 543/MFE 520. Design and Analysis of
Manufacturing Processes
The first half of the course covers the axiomatic
design method, applied to simultaneous product
and process design for concurrent engineering,
with the emphasis on process and manufacturing tool design. Basic design principles as well as
qualitative and quantitative methods of analysis
of designs are developed. The second half of the
course addresses methods of engineering analysis
of manufacturing processes, to support machine
tool and process design. Basic types of engineering
analysis are applied to manufacturing situations,
including elasticity, plasticity, heat transfer, mechanics and cost analysis. Special attention will be
given to the mechanics of machining (traditional,
nontraditional and grinding) and the production
of surfaces. Students, with the advice and consent
of the professor, select the topic for their term
project.
ME 544/MFE 530. Computer-Integrated
Manufacturing
An overview of computer-integrated manufacturing (CIM). As the CIM concept attempts to integrate all of the business and engineering functions
of a firm, this course builds on the knowledge of
computer-aided design, computer-aided manufacturing, concurrent engineering, management
of information systems and operations management, to demonstrate the strategic importance of
integration.
ME 545. Computer-Aided Design and
Geometric Modeling
This course covers topics in computer-aided
geometric design and applications in mechanical
engineering. The objectives of the course are to
familiarize the students with complex geometric modeling and analytical techniques used in
contemporary computer-aided design systems.
Topics to be covered may include complex curve
and surface generation, Boolean algebra and solid
modeling, transformations, computational and
analytic geometry, automatic mesh generation,
tool path generation, offsets and intersections
of complex shapes, graphics standards and data
transfer, rendering techniques, parametric design
and geometric optimization, numerical methods
for geometric analysis and graphics design programming. (Prerequisites: calculus, linear algebra,
computer programming, and some familiarity
with a CAD system.)
ME 641. Cam Design
Basic and advanced methods of cam design for
high-speed production machinery and automotive applications will be addressed. Classical as
well as polynomial and spline-based methods will
be used to design cam contours. Issues of cam
manufacturing and vibrations as related to cam
dynamic behavior will be discussed. Practical
aspects of cam design will be exercised through
projects and laboratory assignments. (Recommended background: Undergraduate level courses
in kinematics and vibrations. Familiarity with the
techniques of dynamic signal analysis [ME 621]
would be helpful.)
Biomechanical Engineering
ME/BME 550. Tissue Engineering
This biomaterials course focuses on the selection,
processing, testing and performance of materials used in biomedical applications with special
emphasis upon tissue engineering. Topics include
material selection and processing, mechanisms
and kinetics of material degradation, cell-material
interactions and interfaces; effect of construct architecture on tissue growth; and transport through
engineered tissues. Examples of engineering tissues
for replacing cartilage, bone, tendons, ligaments,
skin and liver will be presented. (Recommended
preparation: A first course in biomaterials equivalent to ME/BME 4814 and a basic understanding
of physiology and cell biology.)
ME/BME 552. Tissue Mechanics
This biomechanics course focuses on advanced
techniques for the characterization of the structure
and function of hard and soft tissues, and their relationship to physiological processes. Applications
include tissue injury, wound healing, the effect of
pathological conditions upon tissue properties and
design of medical devices and prostheses. (Recommended preparation: A first course in biomechanics equivalent to ME/BME 4504.)
ME/MTE/BME 554. Composites with
Biomedical and Materials Applications
Introduction to fiber/particulate reinforced,
engineered and biologic materials. This course
focuses on the elastic description and application
of materials that are made up of a combination of
submaterials, i.e., composites. Emphasis will be
placed on the development of constitutive equations that define mechanical behavior of a number
of applications including: biomaterial, tissue, and
material science. (Prerequisites: Understanding of
stress analysis and basic continuum mechanics.)
Other Activities
ME 591. Graduate Seminar
0 credit
Seminars on current issues related to various
areas of mechanical engineering are presented by
authorities in their fields. All full-time mechanical
engineering students are required to register.
ME 593. Special Topics
Arranged by individual faculty with special
expertise, these courses survey fundamentals in
areas that are not covered by the regular mechanical engineering course offerings. Exact course
descriptions are disseminated by the Mechanical
Engineering Department well in advance of the
offering. (Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.) See
the SUPPLEMENT section of the on-line catalog
at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions
of courses to be offered in this academic year.
ME 598. Directed Research
For M.S. or Ph.D. students wishing to gain
research experience peripheral to their thesis topic,
or for doctoral students wishing to obtain research
credit prior to admission to candidacy.
ME 599. Thesis Research
For master’s students wishing to obtain research
credit toward their thesis. (Prerequisite: Consent
of Thesis Advisor.)
ME 693. Advanced Special Topics
Arranged by individual faculty with special expertise, these courses cover advanced topics that are
not covered by the regular mechanical engineering
course offerings. Exact course descriptions are disseminated by the Mechanical Engineering Department well in advance of the offering. (Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor.) See the SUPPLEMENT
section of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/
Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be
offered in this academic year.
ME 698. Predissertation Research
Intended for doctoral students wishing to obtain
research credit prior to admission to candidacy.
(Prerequisite: Consent of Dissertation Advisor.)
ME 699. Dissertation Research
Intended for doctoral students admitted to candidacy wishing to obtain research credit toward their
dissertations. (Prerequisite: Consent of Dissertation Advisor.)
ME/BME 558. Biofluids and Biotransport
The emphasis of this course is on modeling fluid
flow within the cardiovascular and pulmonary systems, and the transport processes that take place
in these systems. Applications include artificial
heart valves, atherosclerosis, arterial impedance
matching, clinical diagnosis, respiration, aerosol
and particle deposition. Depending upon class
interest, additional topics may include reproductive fluids, animal propulsion in air and water, and
viscoelastic testing. (Recommended preparation:
A first course in biofluids equivalent to
ME/BME 4606.)
Mechanical Engineering 109
Physics
Program of Study
WPI physics graduate program prepares
students for careers in research that require
a high degree of initiative and responsibility. Prospective employers are industrial
laboratories, government or non-profit
research centers, as well as colleges or
universities.
WPI’s physics courses are generally scheduled during the mornings but with sufficient flexibility to accommodate part-time
students. Special topics courses in areas of
faculty research interest are often available. To improve the course offerings and
opportunities for graduate students, the
Departments of Physics at WPI and Clark
University share their graduate courses.
Please visit the Clark University Physics
Department web pages for more information on their offerings.
Admission Requirements
B.S. in physics preferred. However,
­applicants with comparable backgrounds
will also be considered.
Degree Requirements
For the M.S.
The M.S. degree in physics requires 30 semester hours of credit: 6 or more in thesis
or directed research with the remainder in
approved courses and independent studies,
to include PH 511, PH 514, PH 515,
PH 522 and PH 533 (15 semester hours).
The thesis option requires the completion
and defense of a M.S. thesis as well as a
seminar presentation based on the thesis
research. The seminar and defense may be
done in conjunction. The non-thesis option requires a satisfactory performance on
the Qualifying Examination.
For the Ph.D.
The doctor of philosophy degree requires
90 credit hours, including 42 in approved
courses or directed study (which must
include PH 511, PH 514-515, PH 522
and PH 533, or their equivalents), 30 of
dissertation research, and completion and
defense of a Ph.D. thesis. Courses taken to
satisfy M.S. degree requirements may be
110 Physics
www.wpi.edu/+physics
counted against the required 42 credits of
courses, but completion of a M.S. degree is
not required.
One year of residency and passage of a
qualifying examination are required.
A minimum of 60 credits must be earned
at WPI.
The Qualifying Examination for the
doctor of philosophy degree is usually
administered each year at the beginning
of the second semester. Ph.D. aspirants
who enter after the bachelor’s degree may
take the examination during their first year
of graduate school, and are expected to
take the examination by the end of their
second year. There is no penalty for failing
or not taking the examination during the
first year. Students who fail the examination during their second year must pass
the examination when it is next offered.
The Qualifying Examination will include,
but is not limited to, material taken from
PH 511, PH 514-515, PH 522 and PH
533. Each student’s academic work is
reviewed on an annual basis by the Physics Department Graduate Committee.
Continuation of student status is based
on satisfactory progress toward a degree,
coursework, research, teaching, and service
to the Department. Renewals of research
and teaching assistantships are dependent
on satisfactory performance of required
duties.
Research Areas
Quantum Physics:
Cold atoms – Bose-Einstein Condensation of bosons and fermions, atom wave
guides and interferometers.
Quantum Information – Bell’s theorem,
quantum algorithms.
Wavefunction Engineering – nanostructures, finite-element modeling of quantum
systems and well, field theory.
Optics:
Photonics – Fourier optics, photon
statistics, nonlinear optics, fiber optics,
coherent states and squeezed states, optical
properties of rough surfaces and of thin
metal films.
Spectroscopy – laser spectroscopy of impurity ions in glasses, quasielastic/ inelastic
light scattering and ecitation/ modulation
spectroscopy of superlattices, thin films,
surface phenomena.
Lasers – development of infrared fiber
lasers and materials, mid-IR and FIR
quantum cascade laser design.
Condensed Matter:
Semiconductors – optical properties of
superlattices, heterostructure laser design,
spintronics in diluted magnetic semiconductors, devices.
Magnetic Solids – Magnetic impurities in semiconductors: diluted magnetic
semiconductors and the onset of ferromagnetism in spintronic materials.
Nanomechanics – mechanical properties
of nanostructures, atomic-force microscopy instrumentation, and interpretation.
Soft Condensed Matter/
Complex Fluids:
Polymers – molecular properties of small
sample volumes and single molecules,
polymer and bio-macromolecular solutions, surfactants, colloids.
Liquid Crystals – thermotropic/lycotropic/colloidal systems, phase transitions and
critical phenomena, cooperative behavior
and self-assembly, quenched random disorder effects, calorimetry instrumentation.
Liquids – diffusion and transport properties, light scattering spectroscopy of liquids
and polymer melts, wetting phenomena,
Casimir forces.
Glasses – theory and simulation, thermodynamics, relaxations.
Physics Education
Research in physics education focuses on
aspects of teaching and learning physics,
spanning a broad range of topics from psychology- in studying student behaviors-to
computer science-in studying uses of new
interactive technologies in learning.
Faculty
Course Descriptions
G. S. Iannacchione, Associate Professor
and Department Head; Ph.D., Kent State
University; Soft condensed matter physics/
complex fluids, liquid-crystals, calorimetry,
and order-disorder phenomena.
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
P. K. Aravind, Professor and Associate
Head; Ph.D., Northwestern University;
Quantum information theory.
Various specialized topics and/or research areas
from one to two graduate students. Arranged
individually with the faculty.
N. A. Burnham, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., University of Colorado; Mechanical properties of nanostructures, instrumentation for nanomechanics.
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations. Rigid
body motion. Poisson brackets, Hamilton-Jacobi
theory. (Prerequisite: B.S. in physics or equivalent.)
Each student will work under the supervision of a
member of the department on an experimental or
theoretical problem.
PH 514. Quantum Mechanics I
(varies, no more than 30)
Declan DePaor, Research Professor;
Ph.D., National University of Ireland;
Geo and planetary physics.
R. Garcia, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Penn State University; Casimir forces,
phase transitions, and wetting phenomena.
S. N. Jasperson, Professor; Ph.D.,
­Princeton University; Optical properties
of solids, optical instruments.
T. H. Keil, Professor; Ph.D., University of
Rochester; Solid state physics, mathematical physics, fluid mechanics.
S. Koehler, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Chicago; Structure and
dynamics of colloids and granular systems,
micro-rheology of complex fluids.
C. Koleci, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
Brown University; Physics education.
J. Norbury, Research Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Idaho
G. D. J. Phillies, Professor; D.Sc.,
­ assachusetts Institute of Technology;
M
Light scattering spectroscopy, biochemical
physics, polymers.
R. S. Quimby, Associate Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, Madison; Optical
properties of solids, laser spectroscopy,
fiber optics.
Note: Students must maintain a minimum of a
3.0 GPA to be in good standing.
PH 500. Independent Study (ISG)
(credits are arranged: 1-3)
PH 511. Classical Mechanics
Schrodinger wave equation, potential wells and
barriers, harmonic oscillator, hydrogen atom,
angular momentum and spin. (Prerequisite: B.S.
in physics or equivalent.)
PH 598. Directed Research
(varies)
A directed and coherent program of research that,
in most cases, will eventually lead to thesis or
dissertation research. This is also used for Directed
Research Rotation (for 3 credit hours) for first
year students who have not yet taken the Qualifying Examination in order to explore the available
research opportunities.
PH 599. M. S. Thesis Research
(varies)
PH 699. Ph.D. Dissertation
Required in the last semester or two for the writing and defending of a Ph.D. dissertation.
PH 515. Quantum Mechanics II
Perturbation theory, scattering theory, Born approximation, quantum theory of radiation, the
Dirac equation. (Prerequisite: PH 514)
PH 522. Thermodynamics and
Statistical Mechanics
Ensemble theory; canonical, microcanonical, and
grand canonical ensembles. Quantum statistical
mechanics, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics. (Prerequisite PH 511)
PH 533. Advanced Electromagnetic Theory
Classical electrodynamics including boundaryvalue problems using Green’s functions. Maxwell’s
equations, electromagnetic properties of matter,
wave propagation and radiation theory. (Prerequisite: B.S. in physics or equivalent.)
PH 554. Solid State Physics
Phonons and specific heat of solids; electronic
conductivity and band theory of solids; Fermi and
Bose gases; magnetic interactions. (Prerequisite:
PH 514)
PH 597. Special Topics
(credits are arranged: 1-3)
See the SUPPLEMENT section of the on-line
catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be offered in this academic
year.
L. R. Ram-Mohan, Professor; Ph.D.,
­ urdue University; Field theory, manyP
body problems, solid state physics, and
finite-element modeling of quantum
systems.
A. Zozulya, Professor; Ph.D., Lebedev
Physics Institute; Nonlinear optics, photorefractive materials, atom pipes.
Physics 111
Social Science & Policy Studies
Program of Study
The Social Science & Policy Studies
department offers a graduate certificate in
System Dynamics, a master of science in
System Dynamics, and an interdisciplinary master of science in systems modeling. Individuals may also utilize WPI’s
interdisciplinary Ph.D. program to create
a unique doctoral program incorporating
system dynamics research. Through these
programs, graduate students create and
learn from their own models in a variety of
research areas.
Graduate Certificate Program
in System Dynamics
System dynamics is a computer simulation-based approach to the construction
and analysis of mathematical models of
economic, social, and physical systems.
System dynamics modeling is applied in
a variety of application areas such as biology, ecology, economics, business, public
policy, etc. There is a strong and growing
demand for graduate-level training in
systems modeling in industry and government organizations. To meet this need, the
department of Social Science and Policy
Studies at WPI has developed a program
of several on-line graduate courses in
system dynamics.
The Department of Social Science and
Policy Studies offers a graduate certificate
program to create meaningful training in
System Dynamics for people who may
not seek a graduate degree, or who might
wish to acquire basic training in the area
prior to entering a degree program. This
graduate certificate can be pursued entirely
on line through courses implemented by
WPI’s Advanced Distance Learning Network (ADLN). For information about the
ADLN option, please contact Pam Shelley
(pshelley@wpi.edu). The structure and
requirements for the program are detailed
below.
Requirements
1.A student must work with a faculty
advisor to delineate a Plan of Study
comprising 15 credit hours of graduate
coursework on system dynamics. To
be counted towards the certificate, the
plan must be developed not later than
completion of his/her second course.
112 Social Science & Policy Studies
2.A student must complete his/her coursework in System Dynamics selected from
the following curriculum.
a) At least 3 credit hours of coursework
selected from the following courses or
their equivalents:
SD 550System Dynamics Foundation:
Managing Complexity (3 credits)
SD 551Modeling and Experimental
Analysis of Complex Problems
(3 credits)
b) 9-12 credit hours of coursework
selected from the following courses:
SD 552System Dynamics for Insight
(3 credits)
SD 553Model Analysis and Evaluation
Techniques (3 credits)
SD 554Real World System Dynamics
(3 credits)
SD 555Psychological Foundations of
System Dynamics
(3 credits)
SD 560Strategy Dynamics (3 credits)
SD 561Environmental Dynamics
(3 credits)
SD 562Project Dynamics (3 credits)
SD 565Macroeconomic Dynamics
(3 credits)
SD 590Special Topics in System
Dynamics (credit as specified)
Admission
Students will be eligible for admission
into the graduate certificate program if
they have earned an undergraduate degree
from an accredited university consistent
with the WPI Graduate Catalog. Students
should have a bachelor’s degree in science or engineering. Students with other
backgrounds will be considered based on
their interest, formal education, and work
experience. Admission decisions will be
made by the SSPS department graduate program committee and approved by
the department head based on all factors
presented in the application, including
prior academic performance, quality of
professional experience, letters of recommendation, etc.
Master of Science
in System Dynamics
The Masters Degree program in System
Dynamics prepares students for the professional practice of system dynamics com-
www.wpi.edu/+ssps
puter simulation modeling, which includes
an understanding of the endogenous
feedback relationships that cause observed
patterns of behavior in socio-technicaleconomic systems, and knowledge of the
use of simulation modeling for experimental analysis aimed at solving a variety
of problems in the private and public
policy domains. This training will enable
students to look across disciplinary boundaries to discern the impacts of well-intentioned policies and technological solutions
holistically. It will also prepare the students
to understand the policy implementation
process in various organizational settings
and create confidence in the success of
policy interventions. Many companies are
currently supporting the training of their
middle level managers in systems thinking
and system dynamics because they regard
it as essential for senior management roles
in industry and the public sector. The
WPI Masters in System Dynamics will
offer an enhanced level of training for such
roles. Combined with an undergraduate
degree in engineering, the life sciences, the
humanities, or social science, a Masters
Degree in System Dynamics will enable a
decision maker to more fully understanding cross-disciplinary issues, thus making
him or her innovative contributors to their
respective work settings. The WPI Masters
Degree in System Dynamics may be pursued on-line. For more information, go to
http://www.wpi.edu/+ADLN.
Degree requirements
Students must complete 30 credit hours
of course work. At least 21 of these must
be in system dynamics and the remaining
nine must be in mathematics, organizational studies, economics, or system dynamics as applied to problem solving in a
variety of domains. Up to six of these latter
credit hours may be completed as supervised project work. Three of these credits
can also be earned by double counting a
part of the junior and senior undergraduate projects involving system dynamics, if
the SS&PS Department views this work
to be equivalent to a graduate course. All
entering students must submit a plan of
study identifying the courses to be taken
and a prospective project topic before the
end of the first semester in the program. If
the student has earned a Graduate Certifi-
cate in System Dynamics from WPI, the
plan of study must be submitted with the
application for the Masters Degree program. The plan of study must be approved
by the SS&PS Department.
1.Required courses (6 credits)
•SD 550 System Dynamics
Foundation: Managing Complexity
(3 credits)
•SD 551 Modeling and Experimental
Analysis of Complex Problems
(3 credits)
2.6 to 9 credit hours of course work
selected from the following courses:
•SD 552 System Dynamics for Insight
(3 credits)
•SD 553 Model Analysis and
Evaluation Techniques (3 credits)
•SD 554 Real World System Dynamics
(3 credits)
•SD 555 Psychological Foundations of
System Dynamics (3 credits)
3.9 to12 credit hours of course work
selected from the following courses:
•SD 560 Strategy Dynamics (3 credits)
•SD 561 Environmental Dynamics
(3 credits)
•SD 562 Project Dynamics (3 credits)
•SD 565 Macroeconomic Dynamics
(3 credits)
4.3 to 9 credit hours of elective coursework selected from the following:
•SD 590 Special Topics in System
Dynamics (credit as specified)
•MA 510/CS522 Numerical Methods
(3 credit hours)
•MA 512 Numerical Differential
Equations (3 credit hours)
•Approved graduate coursework
in an application area (e.g.,
economics, psychology, management,
engineering, or applied sciences)
A selection from the following WPI online courses may be taken to meet this part
of the degree requirement
•ACC 501 Financial Accounting
(2 credits)
•FIN 502 Finance (2 credits)
•FIN 508 Economics of the Firm
(2 credits)
•FIN 509 Domestic and Global
Economic Environment of Business
(2 credits)
•OBC 503 Organizational Behavior
(2 credits)
•OBC 531 Managing Organizational
Change (3 credits)
•CE 574 Water Resources
Management (3 credits)
•CE 579 Planning & Designing
for a Sustainable Built Natural
Environment (3 credits)
5.Up to 6 credit hours of directed research
All courses selected by the student must
appear in the graduate catalog and must be
approved by the SS&PS Department.
Admission
Students will be eligible for admission
to the program if they have earned an
undergraduate degree from an accredited
university consistent with the WPI graduate catalog. Admission will also be open to
qualified WPI students who opt for a fiveyear Bachelors-Masters Degree, with the
undergraduate major based on a student’s
interests. Admission decisions will be made
by the SS&PS Department based on all of
the factors presented in the application.
BS/MS in System Dynamics
The requirements for the proposed
Masters degree in System Dynamics are
structured so that undergraduate students would be able to pursue a five year
Bachelors/Masters degree, in which the
Bachelors degree is awarded in any major
offered at WPI and the Masters degree is
awarded in System Dynamics.
WPI allows the double counting of up to
12 credits for students pursuing a 5-year
Bachelors-Masters Degree program. This
overlap can be achieved through the following mechanisms:
• Up to two system dynamics graduate
courses taken by the student may be
counted towards meeting the social
science requirement of the student’s
undergraduate major.
• Up to four graduate courses in categories one to five taken by the student
may be counted towards meeting the
mathematics/engineering/science/elective requirements of the student’s undergraduate major, subject to approval by
his/her major department.
• Up to two 4000 level undergraduate
courses taken by the student in his/her
undergraduate major program may be
counted towards the requirements of
the Masters Degree in System Dynamics if they can be placed in one of the
requirement categories listed above and
approved by the SS&PS Department.
• Up to three credits can be earned by
double counting a junior and/or senior
undergraduate project if it involves
substantial use of system dynamics at an
advanced level, subject to approval by
the SS&PS graduate program committee.
Interdisciplinary Master’s
Degree in Systems Modeling
There is a strong and growing demand
for graduate-level training in systems
modeling. Interest in system dynamics
and formal mathematical modeling in
industry and government organizations
increases every year. Many employees of
these organizations, and those seeking
career changes, desire to improve their
skills in these methodologies. In addition,
these modeling methods are growing as a
research tool and many prospective Ph.D.
students desire to build skills in them.
Systems modeling subsumes both formal
and computer simulation-based approaches to the construction and analysis
of mathematical models of economic,
social, and physical systems. It builds on
methodologies such as feedback control
theory, optimization, numerical methods
and computer simulation. Moreover,
systems modeling is applied in a variety
of application areas such as management,
biology, ecology, economics, etc. Students
of systems modeling study not only the
basic courses in System Dynamics, but also
explore its methodological underpinnings
in other disciplines and apply the methods
to other disciplines, preparing them to
mobilize the modeling concepts they learn
to problem solving in the real world.
To meet this need, the departments of
Mathematical Sciences and Social Science
& Policy Studies have established an
interdisciplinary master’s degree in systems
modeling. This interdisciplinary 30 credithour program utilizing courses taught in
Mathematical Sciences, Social Science
& Policy Studies, and electives taught in
engineering, science and management
departments.
Admission
Students should have a bachelor’s degree in
science or engineering. Students with other
backgrounds will be considered based on
their interest, formal education, and work
experience. Many students pursuing a 5year bachelors/masters program also enroll
for a masters in systems modeling along
with a bachelors in a major of their choice
to prepare for meeting the challenges of
their future careers.
Social Science & Policy Studies 113
Degree Requirements
Students must complete 30 credit hours
of coursework: 15 credit hours in system
dynamics and 15 credit hours in mathematical modeling and an applications area
(e.g. industrial engineering, management,
infrastructure planning, telecommunications planning, power systems). Up to 6
of these latter credit hours may be done
as supervised project work. New students
must submit a Plan of Study identifying
the courses to be taken and a prospective
project topic before the end of the first
semester in the program. If the student has
earned a Graduate Certificate in System
Dynamics from WPI, the Plan of Study
must be submitted with the application
materials. The Plan of Study must be approved by the administering faculty who
will serve as advisors.
The specific course requirements for the
interdisciplinary masters in system modeling include the following:
1.Nine credit hours of required System
Dynamics coursework selected from
among the following:
•SD 550 System Dynamics Foundation:
Managing Complexity (3 credit hours)
•SD 551 Modeling and Experimental
Analysis of Complex Problems
(3 credit hours)
•SD 552 System Dynamics for Insight
(3 credit hours)
•SD 554 Real-World System Dynamics
(3 credit hours)
•Independent graduate studies and
selected topics as approved by the
administering faculty (up to 3 credits)
2.Six credit hours of elective courses in
System Dynamics to be selected from
among the following:
•SD 553 Advanced Techniques for
System Dynamics (3 credit hours)
•SD 555 Psychological Foundations of
System Dynamics (3 credit hours)
•SD 561 Environmental Dynamics
(3 credit hours)
•SD 562 Project Dynamics
(3 credit hours)
•SD 560 Strategy Dynamics
(3 credit hours)
•SD 565 Macroeconomic Dynamics
(3 credit hours)
•Independent graduate studies and
selected topics as approved by the
administering faculty
(up to 3 credit hours)
114 Social Science & Policy Studies
3.Six credit hours of required Mathe­
matics coursework selected out of the
following:
•MA 508 Mathematical Modeling
(3 credit hours)
•MA 510 Numerical Methods
(3 credit hours)
•MA 540 Probability and Mathematical
Statistics I (3 credit hours)
4.Nine credit hours in an application
area (coursework and/or research) in
mathematical sciences, engineering or
science, excluding social science, to be
selected from among the following:
•MA 514 Numerical Differential
Equations (3 credit hours)
•MA 541 Probability and Mathematical
Statistics II (3 credit hours)
•MA 542 Regression Analysis
(3 credit hours)
•Approved graduate coursework in a
related application area (mathematical
sciences, management, engineering or
science excluding social science)
•Up to 6 credit hours of directed
research
Interdisciplinary Doctorate
in Social Science
The Social Science and Policy Studies
Department offers doctoral studies under
the WPI interdisciplinary category
described on page 71.
Administering Faculty
Interdisciplinary doctoral programs involving SSPS have currently been formed in
coordination with faculty in ME, CS,
CEE, ECE, and MA departments. For
administrative purposes, SSPS will serve as
host department in each instance.
Admission
Admission criteria for the doctoral program
are outlined on pages 12 and 14. Applicants
to the SSPS interdisciplinary doctoral program must have prior BS and MS degrees.
A GRE is required, but can be waived in
special cases with consent of the sponsoring group.
The Doctoral Committee and
Plan of Study
Each program of study is tailored to the
interests of the student and the interests
of the participating faculty members. The
first step in establishing a program is the
selection of a doctoral program committee
of no less than three faculty members, with
at least one faculty member from each
participating department. The doctoral
program committee must be approved by
CGSR.
A Plan of Study, of at least 60 credit hours,
is then developed with the help of the
student’s doctoral program committee
to meet the degree requirements and the
interests of the student and the participating faculty. This Plan of Study must also
be approved by CGSR. Minimum and
typical requirements for the Plan of Study
are discussed below.
Requirements for the Interdisciplinary
Social Science Doctorate at WPI
In addition to meeting the general requirements of the doctoral degree at WPI,
students in the interdisciplinary social
science doctoral program must also take a
qualifying examination prior to earning 18
credit hours of work.
There are four stages toward an interdisciplinary doctorate involving SSPS: first,
submitting an approved Plan of Study to
the Registrar; second, passing a qualifying
examination; third, defending a dissertation proposal and becoming a doctoral
candidate; and fourth, defending the dissertation. The requirements stated below
apply to students already having a master’s
degree and are focused on 60 credits of
graduate work beyond the MS degree.
Summary of Post-Master’s Degree
Credits
Graduate coursework
Credits: 18 max
Pre-qualifying exam coursework
Graduate coursework
Credits: 6 min
Post-qualifying exam coursework
Dissertation
Credits: 18 max
Post-qualifying exam, pre-candidacy
exam dissertation credits
Dissertation
Credits: 12 min
Post-candidacy exam dissertation
credits to make at least 30
dissertation credits totally
Graduate coursework or
dissertation credits
Credits: Balance
Post-candidacy exam credits to make
at least 60 total credits
Total Post-MS Credits: 60
Initial Coursework Leading to the
Qualifying Exam
The student may take no more than
18 credit hours of graduate coursework
prior to taking a qualifying exam. The
content of these 18 credit hours must be
established and agreed to by the student’s
doctoral program committee, and then approved by CGSR, as a part of the student’s
Plan of Study. Graduate courses from
other departments and universities may be
included if recommended by the student’s
doctoral program committee.
Credit Transfer
Up to 1/3rd of the credit requirements for
the doctoral degree may be satisfied from
courses taken elsewhere. All credit transfer
requests must be approved by the student’s
doctoral program committee and CGSR,
and must be shown on the student’s Plan
of Study.
Qualifying Exam
In addition to the general WPI requirements for a Ph.D., students studying
for the SSPS interdisciplinary doctorate
must pass a qualifying examination. This
examination will test the basic knowledge
and understanding of the student in the
disciplines covered by the research. The
exam questions will be developed by the
student’s doctoral program committee, and
may take the form of written, take-home,
or oral questions at the committee’s discretion. Students are allowed at most two
attempts at passing the examination, and
may take a maximum of 18 credits prior
to passage. The schedule of the qualifying
examination must be approved by CGSR.
Post-Qualifying Exam Coursework,
Research, and Candidacy Exam
Once the qualifying examination has
been passed, the student continues toward
preparation of a thesis proposal, and its
defense in a candidacy exam. This preparation will involve at least 6 additional credits of graduate coursework, and at most
18 credit hours of dissertation research
(prior to passing the candidacy exam). The
student will prepare a thesis proposal and
defend it in a candidacy exam. The exact
format for the preparation of the proposal
and its defense will be determined by the
student’s doctoral program committee.
Residency
The student must establish residency by
being a full-time WPI graduate student for
at least one continuous academic year.
Adjunct Faculty
Robert Eberlein, Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, President, Ventana
Systems, Inc
Dissertation - Final Defense
Following the passing of the candidacy
exam, a minimum of 12 credit hours of
dissertation research, under the guidance
of the doctoral program committee, is
required for the preparation and defense
of the doctoral dissertation. At this time,
additional balance credits of graduate
coursework or dissertation credits should
be taken to complete the 60 required
total post-M.S. credits, and to make at
least 30 credits of dissertation credits. All
dissertations must be defended in an oral
presentation and accepted by the student’s
doctoral program committee. Revisions
may or may not be orally defended at the
discretion of the doctoral program committee, but must be approved by doctoral
program committee chair.
Andrew Ford, Professor; Ph.D., Washington State University; Regional Planning
For additional information on university
requirements, see page 24.
Faculty
Khalid Saeed, Professor and Department
Head; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1981; sustainable economic
development, system dynamics; organizational development, political economy;
saeed@wpi.edu
James K. Doyle, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., University of Colorado/Boulder,
1991; judgement and decision making,
mental models of dynamic systems, evaluation of system dynamics interventions
James M. Lyneis, Professor of Practice;
Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1974;
system dynamics, project dynamics and
management, economic dynamics, market
and industry behavior, (de)regulation,
forecasting, business strategy; jmlyneis@
wpi.edu
Oleg V. Pavlov, Assistant Professor; Ph.D.,
University of Southern California, 2000;
economics of information systems, political economy, system dynamics, computational economics, complex economic
dynamics; opavlov@wpi.edu.
Michael J. Radzicki, Associate Professor;
Ph.D., University of Notre Dame du Lac,
1985; economic growth, environmental
and energy policy, fiscal and monetary
policy, combining post keynesian economics and institutional economics with
system dynamics; mjradz@wpi.edu
James Hines, Ph.D., Senior Lecturer,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Kim Warren, Ph.D., Chairman, Global
Strategy Dynamics
Course Descriptions
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted.
SD 550. System Dynamics Foundation:
Managing Complexity
Why do some businesses grow while others
stagnate or decline? What causes oscillation
and amplification - the so called “bullwhip”
-- in supply chains? Why do large scale projects
so commonly over overrun their budgets and
schedules? This course explores the counter-intuitive dynamics of complex organizations and how
managers can make the difference between success
and failure. Students learn how even small changes
in organizational structure can produce dramatic
changes in organizational behavior. Real cases and
computer simulation modeling combine for an
in-depth examination of the feedback concept in
complex systems. Topics include: supply chain
dynamics, project dynamics, commodity cycles,
new product diffusion, and business growth and
decline. The emphasis throughout is on the unifying concepts of system dynamics.
SD 551. Modeling and Experimental
Analysis of Complex Problems
This course deals with the hands on detail related
to analysis of complex problems and design of
policy for change through building models and
experimenting with them. Topics covered include:
slicing complex problems and constructing reference modes; going from a dynamic hypothesis
to a formal model and organization of complex
models; specification of parameters and graphical
functions; experimentations for model understanding, confidence building, policy design and
policy implementation. Modeling examples will
draw largely from public policy agendas. Prerequisites: SD 550 System Dynamics Foundation:
Managing Complexity
SD 552. System Dynamics for Insight
The objective of this course is to help students
appreciate and master system dynamics’ unique
way of using of computer simulation models. The
course provides tools and approaches for building
and learning from models. The course covers the
use of molecules of system dynamics structure to
increase model building speed and reliability. In
addition, the course covers recently developed eigenvalue-based techniques for analyzing models as
well as more traditional approaches. Prerequisites:
SD 550 System Dynamics Foundation: Managing
Complexity and SD 551 Modeling and Experimental Analysis of Complex Problems
Social Science & Policy Studies 115
SD 553. Model Analysis and
Evaluation Techniques
This course focuses on analysis of models rather
than conceptualization and model development.
It provides techniques for exercising models,
improving their quality and gaining added
insights into what models have to say about a
problem. Five major topics are covered: use of
subscripts, achieving and testing for robustness,
use of numerical data, sensitivity analysis, and
optimization/calibration of models. The subscripts
discussion provides techniques for dealing with
detail complexity by changing model equations
but not adding additional feedback structure. Robust models are achieved by using good individual
equation formulations and making sure that they
work together well though automated behavioral
experiments. Data, especially time series data, are
fundamental to finding and fixing shortcomings
in model formulations. Sensitivity simulations
expose the full range of behavior that a model can
exhibit. Finally, the biggest section, dealing with
optimization and calibration of models develops
techniques for both testing models against data
and developing policies to achieve specified goals.
Though a number of statistical issues are touched
upon during the course, only a basic knowledge
of statistics and statistical hypothesis testing is
required. Prerequisites: SD 550 System Dynamics
Foundation: Managing Complexity and SD 551
Modeling and Experimental Analysis of Complex
Problems, or permission of the instructor
SD 554. Real World System Dynamics
In this course students tackle real-world issues
working with real managers on their most pressing
concerns. Many students choose to work on issues
in their own organizations. Other students have
select from a number of proposals put forward by
managers from a variety of companies seeking a
system dynamics approach to important issues.
Students experience the joys (and frustrations) of
helping people figure out how to better manage their organizations via system dynamics.
Accordingly the course covers two important
areas: consulting (i.e. helping managers) and the
system dynamics standard method - a sequence
of steps leading from a fuzzy “issue area” through
increasing clarity and ultimately to solution recommendations. The course provides clear project
pacing and lots of support from the instructors
and fellow students. It is recommend that students
take SD 552 Real World System Dynamics toward the end of their system dynamics coursework
as it provides a natural transition from coursework
to system dynamics practice. Prerequisites:
SD 550 System Dynamics Foundation: Managing
Complexity and SD 551 Modeling and
Experimental Analysis of Complex Problems
116 Social Science & Policy Studies
SD 555. Psychological Foundations of
System Dynamics Modeling
This course examines the cognitive and social
processes underlying the theory and practice of
system dynamics. The errors and biases in dynamic decision making that provide the primary
rationale for the use of system dynamics modeling
will be traced to their root causes in cognitive
limitations on perception, attention, and memory.
Group processes that influence the outcome
of modeler-client interactions and appropriate
psychological techniques for eliciting and using
mental data to support model building will also
be addressed. Additional topics will include the
reliability of alternate data sources for modeling,
techniques for quantifying soft variables, design
issues in group model building, the relative advantages of qualitative and quantitative modeling,
and client attitudes toward modeling.
Prerequisite: SS550 System Dynamics Foundation: Managing Complexity or permission of the
instructor
SD 560. Strategy Dynamics
This course provides a rigorous set of frameworks
for designing a practical path to improve performance, both in business and non-commercial
organisations. The method builds on existing
strategy concepts, but moves substantially beyond
them, by using the system dynamics method to
understand and direct performance through time.
Topics covered include: strategy, performance and
resources; resources and accumulation; the ‘Strategic Architecture’; resource development; rivalry
and the dynamics of competition; strategy, policy
and information feedback; resource attributes;
intangible resources; strategy, capabilities and organization; industry dynamics and scenarios. Case
studies and models are assigned to students for
analysis. Prerequisite: SD 550 System Dynamics
Foundation: Managing Complexity or permission
of the instructor.
SD 561. Environmental Dynamics
Environmental Dynamics introduces the system
dynamics students to the application in environmental systems. The course materials include the
book Modeling the Environment, a supporting
website, lectures and the corresponding power
point files. Students learn system dynamics with
examples implemented with the Stella software.
The course includes a variety of small models
and case applications to watershed management, salmon restoration, and incentives for
electric vehicles to reduce urban air pollution The
students conclude the course with a class project
to improve one of the models from the text. The
improvements may be implemented with either
the Stella or the Vensim software. Prerequisite:
SD 550 System Dynamics Foundation: Managing
Complexity.
SD 562. Project Dynamics
This course will introduce students to the fundamental dynamics that drive project performance,
including the rework cycle, feedback effects, and
inter-phase “knock-on” effects. Topics covered include dynamic project problems and their causes:
the rework cycle and feedback effects, knock-on
effects between project phases; modeling the
dynamics: feedback effects, schedule pressure and
staffing, schedule changes, inter-phase dependencies and precedence; strategic project management: project planning, project preparation, risk
management, project adaptation and execution
cross project learning; multi-project issues. A
simple project model will be created, and used in
assignments to illustrate the principles of “strategic
project management.” Case examples of different
applications will be discussed. Prerequisite:
SD 550 System Dynamics Foundation: Managing
Complexity.
SD 565. Macroeconomic Dynamics
There are three parts to this course. The first
acquaints a student with dynamic macroeconomic
data and the stylized facts seen in most macroeconomic systems. Characteristics of the data
related to economic growth, economic cycles,
and the interactions between economic growth
and economic cycles that are seen as particularly
important when viewed through the lens of
system dynamics will be emphasized. The second
acquaints a student with the basics of macroeconomic growth and business cycle theory. This is
accomplished by presenting well-known models
of economic growth and instability, from both the
orthodox and heterodox perspectives, via system
dynamics. The third part attempts to enhance a
student’s ability to build and critique dynamic
macroeconomic models by addressing such topics
as the translation of difference and differential
equation models into their equivalent system
dynamics representation, fitting system dynamics
models to macroeconomic data, and evaluating
(formally and informally) a model’s validity for the
purpose of theory selection. Prerequisites:
SD 550 System Dynamics Foundation: Managing
Complexity.
SS 590. Special Topics in Social Science
and Policy Studies
(credits: 1-4)
Individual or group studies on any topic relating
to social science and policy studies selected by the
student and approved by the faculty member who
supervises the work. Prerequisites: permission of
the instructor. See the SUPPLEMENT section
of the on-line catalog at www.wpi.edu/Catalogs/
Grad/ for descriptions of courses to be offered in
this academic year.
Index
Academic Calendar 2
Academic Standards 17
Admission 12
Advanced Distance Learning Network
(ADLN) 11
Advanced Graduate Certificates 8
Application Requirements 14
Applied Mathematics 88
Applied Statistics 88
Audit 21
Deferred Enrollment 12
Deferred Payment 21
Degree Requirements 22
Directions 119
Dissertations 24
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 6
Driving Directions 119
Berkey, Dennis i
Biochemistry 40
Biology and Biotechnology 28
Biomedical Engineering 30
Bookstore 25
BS/MS Program 7
Fellowships 15
Financial Information 15
Financial Mathematics 88
Fire Protection Engineering 66
Campus Map 120
Campus Telephone Numbers 118
Career Development Center 25
Certificate in College Teaching 69
Chemical Engineering 36
Chemistry and Biochemistry 40
Civil and Environmental Engineering 43
Class Cancellation 25
Collaborative for Entrepreneurship
and Innovation 74
Colleges of Worcester Consortium 4
Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Program 7
Computer and Communications
Networks 50
Computer Resources 25
Computer Science 52
Conditional Admission 12
Construction Project Management 44
Corporate and Professional Education 10
Course Change Policies 21
Electrical and Computer Engineering 58
Environmental Engineering 43
Mail Services 26
Management 71
Manufacturing Engineering 79
Marketing and Technological
Innovation 72
Master Builder 44
Master of Business Administration 6
Master of Mathematics for ­Educators
(M.M.E.) 6, 88
Master of Science 6
Materials Process Engineering 82
Materials Science and Engineering 83
Mathematical Sciences 88
Mechanical Engineering 98
Nondegree Students 13
Geotechnical Engineering 43
Gordon Library 25
Grading System 17
Graduate and Advanced Graduate
Certificates 8
Graduate Calendar 3
Graduate Certificate Program 8
Graduate Information Sessions 2
Graduate Programs by Degree 6
Graduate Programs by Department 5
GRE (Graduate Record Examination) 12
Health and Accident Insurance 21
Highway Infrastructure 43
Housing 26
IELTS 12
Industrial Mathematics 88
Information Technology 71
Insurance 21
Interdisciplinary Master’s and Doctoral
Programs 7
Interdisciplinary Programs 69
International Graduate Student Services 26
Internships 15
Leave of Absence 21
Library 25
Locations 4
Operations Design and Leadership 72
Ph.D. (Doctor of Philosophy) 6
Physics 110
Plan of Study 19
Printing Services 26
Probational Admission 12
Project, Thesis, and Dissertation
Advising 19
Registration 20
Research Assistantships 15
Social Science & Policy Studies 112
Structural Engineering 43
Student ID Cards 26
Student Loans 16
Student Services 25
Systems Modeling 113
System Dynamics 112
Teaching Assistantships 15
Theses 24
TOEFL: (Test of English as a Foreign
Language) 12
Transcripts 21
Transfers and Waivers 13
Tuition and Fees 16
Withdrawal Policies 21
WPI Police 25
Index 117
Campus Telephone Numbers
Main Switchboards
Offices & Services
Main Campus
(Worcester)......................... 508-831-5000
Academic Advising.............. 508-831-5381
Academic Departments & Programs
Air Force & Aerospace
Studies................................ 508-831-5747
Academic Technology
Center................................. 508-831-5220
Accounting Office............... 508-831-5067
Administrative Services....... 508-831-5150
Biology & Biotechnology.... 508-831-5543
Admissions (graduate)......... 508-831-5301
Biomedical Engineering...... 508-831-5447
Admissions
(undergraduate).................. 508-831-5286
Chemical Engineering......... 508-831-5250
Chemistry &
Biochemistry....................... 508-831-5371
Civil & Environmental
Engineering......................... 508-831-5294
Computer Science............... 508-831-5357
Electrical & Computer
Engineering ....................... 508-831-5231
Fire Protection
Engineering......................... 508-831-5593
Humanities & Arts............. 508-831-5246
Interdisciplinary &
Global Studies
(undergraduate).................. 508-831-5547
Management ...................... 508-831-5218
Manufacturing
Engineering......................... 508-831-6088
Materials Process
Engineering......................... 508-831-5633
Materials Science
& Engineering.................... 508-831-5633
Advanced Distance
Learning Network............... 508-831-5220
Library Services (George C.
Gordon Library) ................ 508-831-5410
Mail Services....................... 508-831-5523
Marketing &
Communications................ 508-831-5610
Massachusetts Academy of
Mathematics and Science.... 508-831-5859
Media Relations.................. 508-831-5610
Ombuds Office................... 508-831-5290
Payroll................................. 508-831-5877
Plant Services...................... 508-831-5500
Alumni Office..................... 508-831-5600
President’s Office................. 508-831-5200
Bookstore (Barnes&
Nobel@WPI) ..................... 508-831-5247
Projects Program................. 508-831-5457
Campus Police
(non-emergency) . .............. 508-831-5433
Provost’s Office................... 508-831-5222
Campus Police
(emergency) ....................... 508-831-5555
Research Administration..... 508-831-5359
Property Administration..... 508-831-5137
Registrars Office . ............... 508-831-5211
Career Development
Center................................. 508-831-5260
Residential Services............. 508-831-5645
Computing &
Communications Center..... 508-831-5136
Secretary of the Faculty....... 508-831-5135
Continuing &
Professional Education........ 508-831-5517
Sports Information.............. 508-831-5328
Corporate and
Foundation Relations.......... 508-831-5010
Dining Services................... 508-831-5253
Diversity Programs.............. 508-831-5796
Events................................. 508-831-5613
Scheduling (academic)........ 508-831-5457
Snow Closings/Delays......... 508-831-5744
Student Activities................ 508-831-5291
Student Development &
Counseling Center.............. 508-831-5540
Student Affairs &
Campus Life....................... 508-831-5060
Mathematical Sciences........ 508-831-5241
Extended Education............ 508-831-5517
Student Night Assistance
Patrol (SNAP)..................... 508-831-5433
Mechanical Engineering . ... 508-831-5236
Financial Aid . .................... 508-831-5469
Summer Programs............... 508-831-5999
Metal Processing Institute... 508-831-5992
Graduate Studies
and Enrollment................... 508-831-5301
Telecommunications........... 508-831-5210
Military Science.................. 508-831-5268
Physical Education &
Athletics ............................. 508-831-5243
Health Services.................... 508-831-5520
Helpdesk............................. 508-831-5888
Physics ............................... 508-831-5258
Human Resources............... 508-831-5470
Social Science &
Policy Studies...................... 508-831-5296
International Students
& Scholars.......................... 508-831-6030
118 Campus Telephone Numbers
University Advancement..... 508-831-5612
Web Development.............. 508-831-5963
Women’s Programs.............. 508-831-5819
Notice of Disclaimer
WPI reserves the right to make changes
in policy, regulations, tuition and fees
subsequent to the publication of this
material. For a current description of the
WPI policies and procedures, tuition and
fees, please contact the Graduate Studies
and Enrollment Office.
Notice of Nondiscriminatory
Policy as to Students
It is the policy of WPI that each qualified
individual shall have equal opportunity
in education, employment and services at
WPI. As a matter of practice and policy,
and in accordance with the Civil Rights
Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education
Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and other state
and federal laws, WPI does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, age, sex,
ancestry, religion, national origin, sexual
orientation, family status, disability or
membership in the armed services, in
recruiting and admitting students, awarding financial aid, recruiting and hiring
faculty and staff, or in operating any of its
programs and activities.
Notice of Accreditation
WPI is accredited as an institution by
the New England Association of Schools
and Colleges Inc., a nongovernmental,
nationally recognized organization whose
affiliated institutions include elementary
schools through collegiate institutions
offering post-graduate instruction. In
addition, undergraduate programs leading
to majors in computer science, chemical,
civil, electrical, industrial, manufacturing
and mechanical engineering are accredited
by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for
Engineering and Technology (ABET).
The Chemistry and Biochemistry Department and its program are approved by the
American Chemical Society for a major in
chemistry. The Department of Management is accredited by The Association to
Advance Collegiate Schools of Business
(AACSB).
Driving Directions
To WPI’s Worcester Campus
100 Institute Road, Worcester, MA
The top map will guide you to I-290. Exit at 17 if eastbound or
18 if westbound. Using the bottom map, follow the arrows to the
WPI campus.
To WPI’s MetroWest Campus
at the Massachusetts Technology Collaborative
75 North Drive
Westborough, MA 01581
Phone: 508-870-0312
WPI offers graduate courses and extended education seminars in
Westborough, Mass. The UMass I-495 Center for Professional Education is located in the Karl Weiss Education and Conference Center
on the campus of the Massachusetts Technology Collaborative. The
Center is highly accessible with convenient parking and close proximity to I-495 and the Massachusetts Turnpike. WPI courses meet in
Room 109 of the Weiss Center.
From the north or south: Take I-495 to Exit 23B (Route 9, westbound). Proceed west on Route 9 for 3.3 miles to its intersection with
Route 135. Turn right onto 135 west and follow it 0.4 mile to North
Drive, the Massachusetts Technology Collaborative entrance on the
right.
From the east or west: Take the Massachusetts Turnpike and exit
at Exit 11A; take I-495 north, take Exit 23B (Route 9, westbound).
Proceed west on Route 9 for 3.3 miles to its intersection with Route
135. Turn right onto 135 west and follow it 0.4 mile to North Drive,
the Massachusetts Technology Collaborative entrance on the right.
Directions 119
120 Campus Map
Graduate
admissions
Graduate Studies & Enrollment
Worcester Polytechnic Institute
100 Institute Road
Worcester, MA 01609-2280
Phone: 508-831-5301
Fax: 508-831-5717
Web: www.grad.wpi.edu
Email: gse@wpi.edu
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising